Routledge
New Titles and Key Backlist
Security Studies
2009
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
Welcome to the Routledge
CONTENTS
Security Studies Catalogue 2009
Quick Reference Course Textbook Guide . . . . . . . . . .1 Security Studies – The Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 International Security: Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
HIGHLIGHTS
International Security: Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 International Security: Post Soviet and Transitional States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Critical Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Terrorism and Political Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 International Relations and Foreign Policy . . . . . . . .45 Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Strategic and Military Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Cold War Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Space Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Adelphi Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Centre of Catalogue
Page 2
Page 2
Page 3
CONTACTS: Dear Reader, Inside the Routledge Security Studies catalogue you will find a selection of upcoming and currently available titles from our security studies publishing programme. How to Use this Catalogue All books are grouped by subject – see the table of contents on this page. An index of authors (in roman) and book titles (in italic) can be found at the back of the catalogue. How to Order Books Order books using the order forms found in the centre (don’t forget to send the library recommendation form to your library). Alternatively, you can order online at www.routledge.com or call our customer service department on +44 (0)1235 400524.
EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES AND BOOK PROPOSALS: Security, Strategic and Military Studies Andrew Humphrys Senior Commissioning Editor Email: andrew.humphrys@tandf.co.uk Emily Kindleysides Editorial Assistant Email: emily.kindleysides@tandf.co.uk
Politics and International Relations Craig Fowlie Senior Publisher Email: craig.fowlie@tandf.co.uk
How to Order Inspection Copies
Heidi Bagtazo Senior Commissioning Editor Email: heidi.bagtazo@tandf.co.uk
Books available as inspection copies are marked with • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY. To order your copy simply:
Michael Kerns Acquisitions Editor (North America) Email: michael.kerns@taylorandfrancis.com
1) Use the order form in the centre of this catalogue
Nicola Parkin Editorial Assistant Email: nicola.parkin@tandf.co.uk
2) Visit the Routledge website – www.routledge.com 3) Email security_studies@routledge.com with details of the courses that you teach. Keep Informed 1) Sign up for the Military, Strategic and Security Studies RSS Feed by visiting www.routledgestrategicstudies.com/rsshelp. This will allow you to keep up-to-date with all new books published, on your own terms and without having to sign up to a mailing list 2) To receive future catalogues, join the Routledge mailing list by emailing your details, including the subjects that you are interested in to security_studies@routledge.com. You will only be sent relevant catalogues.
Lucy Dunne Editorial Assistant Email: lucy.dunne@tandf.co.uk Felisa Salvago-Keyes Editorial Assistant (North America) Email: felisa.salvago-keyes@taylorandfrancis.com
MARKETING ENQUIRIES: Michael King Marketing Executive Email: michael.king@tandf.co.uk James Williams Senior Marketing Coordinator Email: james.williams@tandf.co.uk Sarah De Vos Senior Marketing Manager (North America) Email: Sarah.DeVos@taylorandfrancis.com
COVER PHOTO BY SGT. BRYSON K. JONES (U.S. MARINE CORPS)
p.56
Contemporary European Security:
EUROPEAN SECURITY
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
Conflict Management and Resolution: p.55
STUDIES
p.56
International Conflict Management: p.55
Thinking about War and Peace:
p.45
p.57
p.39
p.40
PEACE
Global Ethics:
Terrorism versus Democracy:
Terrorism Today
Understanding Contemporary Terrorism and Global Response:
VIOLENCE
- 2nd ED: p.40
Terrorism Studies: A Reader:
POLITICAL p.39
Global Terrorism
TERRORISM &
- 2nd ED: p.39
Understanding Northern Ireland:
p.34
Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia: p.15
SECURITY
p.14
Chinese Foreign Policy:
ASIAN
p.2
Security Studies: An Introduction:
p.33
Critical Relations:
p.39
SECURITY
Terrorism Studies: A Reader:
p.34
p.33
p.55
Contemporary European Security:
Critical International Relations:
War, Conflict and Human Rights:
War, Peace and International Relations: p.65
p.3
HUMAN
RELATIONS
INTERNATIONAL
RIGHTS
Realism Reader: p.45
Recovering Realism: p.45
Security Studies: A Reader: p.2
Security Studies: An Introduction: p.2
International Statebuilding: p.34
Understanding Global Security - 2nd ED: p.3
War, Conflict and Human Rights: p.55
Genocide Studies Reader: p.54
Genocide: p.54
Century of Genocide - 3rd ED: p.54
Global Ethics: p.45
NAVAL STUDIES
- 2nd ED: p.70
Strategic Studies: A Reader: p.64
War, Peace and International Relations: p.65
Seapower
Strategic Studies: A Reader: p.64
Secret Intelligence Reader: p.72
Intelligence and Politics: p.72
Secret Intelligence Reader: p.72
Intelligence and Politics: p.72
US Defense Politics: p.64
Understanding Counter Insurgency Warfare: p.56
Critical International Relations: p.33 Century of Genocide: p.54
Understanding Contemporary Strategy: p.64
War, Peace and International Relations: p.65
Understanding Global Security - 2nd ED: p.3
INTELLIGENCE
STUDIES
Understanding Northan Ireland: p.57 Security Studies: An Introduction: p.2
STRATEGIC
Global Ethics: p.45
Strategic Studies: A Reader: p.64
War, Peace and International Relations: p.65
Strategic Studies: A Reader: p.64 War, Peace and International Relations: p.65
Dilemmas of Statebuilding: p.3
US Defense Politics: p.64
Politics of Civil Wars: p.56
Genocide Studies Reader: p.54
Century of Genocide - 3rd ED: p.54
Global Terrorism - 2nd ED: p.39
Global Ethics: p.45
Contemporary European Security: p.34
Critical International Relations: p.33
Power in World Politics: p.46
Understanding Internal Wars and Conflict: p.56
Understanding Global Security - 2nd ED: p.3
Bridging the Foreign Policy Divide: p.45
Realism and International Relations: p.45
Realism & US Foreign Policy: p.45
TEXTBOOKS
Understanding Conflict and Violence: p.56
MODULE
International Statebuilding: p.34
Dilemmas of Statebuilding: p.3
Politics of Civil Wars: p.56
Understanding Internal Wars and Conflict: p.56
Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare: p.56
International Conflict Management: p.55
Dilemmas of Statebuilding:
War, Conflict and Human Rights: p.55
p.2
Understanding Conflict and Violence: p.56
Thinking About War and Peace: p.56
International Conflict Management: p.55
Security Studies: A Reader: p.2
Security Studies: An Introduction:
Understanding Global Security - 2nd ED: p.3
& CONFLICT
Conflict Management and Resolution: p.55
Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare: p.68
Understanding Contemporary Strategy: p.64
p.45
Understanding Conflict and Violence: p.56
Politics of Civil Wars:
TEXTBOOKS
Global Ethics:
WAR
MODULE
Strategic Studies: A Reader: p.64
p.2
CRITICAL
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
Security Studies: A Reader: p.2
Security Studies: An Introduction:
STUDIES
TEXTBOOKS
SECURITY
MODULE
QUICK REFERENCE COURSE TEXTBOOK GUIDE 1
SECURITY STUDIES - THE ESSENTIALS
2
NEW
Security Studies
FORTHCOMING
TEXTBOOK
A Reader
Handbook of Security Studies
Security Studies
Edited by Christopher W. Hughes, University of Warwick, UK
Edited by Victor Mauer and Myriam Dunn Cavelty, both at Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland
An Introduction
This reader offers students an informed overview of the most significant work in security studies and features contributions from many of the leading scholars in the field.
Edited by Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA Security Studies is the most comprehensive textbook available on security studies. It gives students a detailed overview of the major theoretical approaches, key themes and most significant issues within security studies. • Part 1 explores the main theoretical approaches currently used within the field from realism to international political sociology. •Part 2 explains the central concepts underpinning contemporary debates from the security dilemma to terrorism. •Part 3 presents an overview of the institutional security architecture currently influencing world politics using international, regional and global levels of analysis. •Part 4 examines some of the key contemporary challenges to global security from the arms trade to energy security. •Part 5 discusses the future of security. Security Studies provides a valuable new teaching tool for undergraduates and MA students by collecting these related strands of the field together into a single coherent textbook. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Paul D. Williams Part 1: Theoretical Approaches 2. Realism Colin Elman 3. Liberalism Cornelia Navari 4. Game Theory Frank C. Zagare 5. Constructivism Matt McDonald 6. Peace Studies Peter Lawler 7. Critical Theory Pinar Bilgin 8. Feminist Perspectives Sandra Whitworth 9. International Political Sociology Didier Bigo Part 2: Key Concepts 10. Rethinking the Security Dilemma for Dangerous Times Ken Booth and Nicholas J. Wheeler 11. War Paul D. Williams 12. Terrorism Paul Rogers 13. Genocide and Mass Killing Adam Jones 14. Ethnic Conflict Stuart J. Kaufman 15. Coercion Lawrence Freedman and Srinath Rhagavan 16. Human Security Fen Osler Hampson 17. Poverty Caroline Thomas 18. Environmental Change Simon Dalby 19. Health Colin McInnes Part 3: Institutions 20. Alliances John Duffield 21. Regional Institutions Louise Fawcett 22. The United Nations Thomas G. Weiss and Danielle Zach Kalbacher Part 4: Contemporary Challenges 23. International Arms Trade William D. Hartung 24. Nuclear Proliferation W. Pal Sidhu 25. Counterterrorism Paul R. Pillar 26. Counterinsurgency Joanna Spear 27. Peace Operations Michael Pugh 28. The Responsibility to Protect Alex J. Bellamy 29. Private Security Deborah Avant 30. Transnational Organized Crime John T. Picarelli 31. Population Movements Sita Bali 32. Energy Security Michael T. Klare. Conclusion 33.What Future for Security Studies? Stuart Croft June 2008: 246x174: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-42561-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92660-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
Security Studies: A Reader is a substantial critical introduction exploring the development of security studies, as well as introductions to each section and editorial commentary on the readings themselves. Suggestions for further reading and questions for discussion are also included in each section. Security Studies: A Reader will be invaluable for students of security studies and international relations. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: What is Security? 1. National Security as an Ambiguous Symbol 2. Violence, Peace and Peace Research 3. Redefining Security 4. People States and Fear 5. Security and Emancipation 6. Revisioning Security 7. The Concept of Security 8. Feminism and Security 9. The Periphery as the Core 10. Human Security 11. The Renaissance of Security Studies 12. Security Analysis Part 2: Security Paradigms 13. The Utopian Background 14. A Realist Theory of International Politics 15. The Concept of Order in World Politics 16. Anarchic Orders and Balances of Power 17. Cooperation under the Security Dilemma 18. The False Promise of International Institutions 19. Clausewitz Rules OK? 20. Economics and the Moral Case of War 21. Neoliberal Institutionalism 22. Liberalism and World Politics 23. A Neo-Kantian Perspective 24. Anarchy is What States Make of It 25. Norms, Identity and National Security in Germany and Japan Part 3: Security Dimensions and Issues 26. Deterrence Theory Revisited 27. ‘The Action-Reaction Model’ and ‘The Domestic Structure Model’ 28. The Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction 29. The Changing Forms of Military Conflict 30. The So-Called Revolution in Military Affairs 31. Environmental Scarcities and Violent Conflict 32. Security, Stability and International Migration 33. Transnational Criminal Organizations and International Security 34. Transnational Crime, Drugs and Security in East Asia 35. AIDS and International Security 36. Political Economy in Security Studies after the Cold War Part 4: Security Frameworks and Actors 37. The Long Peace 38. The Unipolar Illusion: Why New Great Powers will Rise 39. The Security Dilemma in Alliance Politics 40. Why Alliances Endure or Collapse 41. Multilateralism 42. Security Regimes 43. Nuclear Learning and US-Soviet Security Regimes 44. Imagined (Security) Communities 45. The Evolution of United Nations Peacekeeping 46. NATO’s ‘Humanitarian War’ over Kosovo 47. Why Economic Sanctions Do Not Work 48. Outsourcing War Part 5: The Future of Security 49. New Patterns of Global Security in the Twenty-First Century 50. Back to the Future: Instability in Europe after the Cold War 51. China, the US-Japan Alliance and the Security Dilemma in East Asia 52. Structural Realism after the Cold War 53. Star Wars Strikes Back 54. New and Old Wars 55. Globalization and the Study of International Security 56. Postmodern Terrorism 57. What’s in a Name July 2009: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-32600-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32601-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89447-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
+44 (0)1235 400524
The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies is a comprehensive collection of cutting-edge essays on all aspects of this subject by a mix of established and upand-coming international scholars. It identifies the key contemporary topics of research and debate today, taking into account that the study of international security has undergone dramatic changes since the end of the Cold War. Security studies now also encompasses dangers ranging from pandemics and environmental degradation to more traditional concerns about direct violence such as posed by international terrorism and inter-state armed conflict. With its focus on contemporary challenges, this Handbook offers a ground-breaking and wideranging collection of essays on security studies. This Handbook will be essential reading for all scholars and students of Security Studies, War and Conflict Studies and International Relations in general. Selected Contents: Introduction Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Victor Mauer Part 1: Theoretical Approaches to Security 1. Classical, Offensive and Defensive (Neo-) Realism William Wohlforth 2. Liberalism 3. Critical Security Studies David Mutimer 4. Constructivism and Securitization Thierry Balzacq 5. Feminist Security Studies Annick Wibben 6. Post-Structuralism Claudia Aradau 7. English School Barry Buzan Part 2: Different ’Securities’ 8. Human Security Pauline Kerr 9. Societal Security Tobias Theiler 10. Homeland Security Jane Bullock 11. Non-Western Regional Security Concerns Brian Job 12. National Security, Culture, and Identity Iver B Neumann Part 3: Contemporary Security Challenges 13. Old and New Wars (Civil Wars) 14. Terrorism Louise Richardson 15. Privatization of Security Sarah Percy 16. Weapons of Mass Destruction and the Challenge of Proliferation James W. Wirtz 17. State Failure, State Building and New Forms of Statehood Tobias Debiel and Daniel Lambach 18. Migration / Immigration Jeff Huysmans and Vickie Squire 19. Organized Crime, Drugs, Human Trafficking Phil Williams 20. Energy Security Robert Orttung and Jeronim Perovic 21. Environmental Risks and Security Nils Petter Gleditsch 22. Bio-risks (Bio-terrorism) and Biodefense Barry Kellman 23. Pandemic and Global Health Colleen O’Manique and Pieter Fourie 24. Cyberthreats Myriam Dunn Cavelty Part 4: Regional Security Challenges 25. China’s Rise 26. Korean Peninsula Scott Snyder 27. India Sumit Ganguly 28. Russia’s Revival Jeffrey Mankoff 29. Middle East Martin Beck 30. Iran 31. Iraq Gareth Stansfield 32. Afghanistan 33. Pakistan 34. Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 35. Horn of Africa Jennifer G. Cooke 36. The Balkans Richard Caplan 37. European Security Victor Mauer Part 5: Confronting Security Challenges 38. Global Governance Tom Biersteker 39. Alliances Carlo Masala 40. Coercive Diplomacy Bruce W. Jentleson 41. Deterrence Richard Ned Lebow 42. Crisis Management Arjen Boin 43. Humanitarian Intervention Alex Bellamy 44. Peace Operations Oliver Ramsbotham February 2009: 246x174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-46361-4: £95.00
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
NEW
NEW
Security and Governance
TEXTBOOK 2ND EDITION
Understanding Global Security Peter Hough, Middlesex University, UK Fully revised to incorporate recent developments in world politics, the second edition of Understanding Global Security analyzes the variety of ways in which people’s lives are threatened and/or secured in contemporary global politics. The traditional focus of Security Studies texts - war, deterrence and terrorism - are analyzed alongside non-military security issues such as famine, crime, disease, disasters, environmental degredation and human rights abuses to provide a comprehensive survey of how and why people are killed in the contemporary world. New to this edition: •analysis of key international political events of recent years such as the War in Iraq, Hurricane Katrina and the Israeli incursion into Lebanon •recent developments in the proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) and the ‘war against terror’ •new data on deaths attributable to global warming and the contribution played by this in ‘securitizing’ the issue on the agendas of sceptical states •examinations of ‘lifestyle illnesses’, largely spread by the diffusion of Western culture, like smoking or diabetes •greater analysis of recent diplomatic and institutional developments in the area of security: the Human Security Network and the UN Commission on Human Security. User friendly and easy to follow, this textbook is designed to make a complex subject accessible to all. Key features include: •‘top ten’ tables highlighting the most destructive events or forms of death in that area throughout history •boxed descriptions elaborating key concepts in the field of security and International Relations •‘biographical boxes’ of key individuals who have shaped world events •further reading and websites at the end of each chapter guiding you towards the most up-to-date information on various topics •glossary of political terminology. This highly acclaimed and popular academic text will continue to be essential reading for everyone interested in security. Selected Contents: 1. Security and Securitization 2. Military Threats to Security from States 3. Military Threats to Security from Non-State Actors 4. Economic Threats to Security 5. Social Identity as a Threat to Security 6. Environmental Threats to Security 7. Health Threats to Security 8. Natural Threats to Security 9. Accidental Threats to Security 10. Criminal Threats to Security 11. Towards Global Security April 2008: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-42141-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42142-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93267-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
This series seeks to fill a major gap in the literature in international relations, comparative politics, security studies and public policy, and provide an outlet for publishing theoretically innovative yet policy-relevant scholarship on new topics in security studies.
FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK
Dilemmas of Statebuilding Confronting the Contradictions of Postwar Peace Operations Edited by Roland Paris, University of Ottawa, Canada and Timothy D. Sisk, University of Denver, USA This book explains that a careful rethinking of statebuilding is needed before major decisions are made on whether, and how, to reinvest. It seeks to identify some of these competing imperatives and to begin the process of thinking through how they may be reconciled in the hopes of improving the design of future missions. Sharing a consensus, but offering a variety of approaches, methodologies, case analyses, and recommendations, the essays in this volume provide a deeper understanding of the dilemmas of state-building. The book brings together respected experts from around the world and will be of interest to students and scholars of peacebuilding, post-conflict reconstruction, nation-building and state-building, international security conflict resolution and development, and at military colleges and on government training courses. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Future of Postwar State-Building: To Retreat, Reinvest or Rethink? Roland Paris and Timothy Sisk Part 1: Contexts of StateBuilding 1. From Failed States to State-Building: Imperatives of Governance Robert Rotberg 2. The Peacebuilder’s Contract: How External State-Building Reinforces Weak Statehood Michael Barnett and Christoph Zuercher 3. Understanding the ’Coordination Problem’ in Post-War State-Building Roland Paris Part 2: Challenges of Security 4. Foreign Militaries, Sustainable Institutions, and Postwar State-Building David Edelstein 5. Making Peacemakers Out of Spoilers: International Organizations, Private Military Training, and State-Building after War Deborah Avant Part 3: Challenges of Political Economy 6. Trajectories of Accumulation through War and Peace Cristopher Cramer 7. The Superficiality of State-Building in Cambodia: Patronage and Clientelism as Enduring Forms of Politics David Roberts Part 4: Challenges of Institutional Design 8. Constitutional Choices and State-Building in Postconflict Countries Kirsti Samuels 9. Pathways of the Political: Electoral Processes after Civil War Timothy Sisk Part 5: Challenges of Autonomy and Dependence 10. The Dangers of a Tight Embrace: Externally Assisted State-Building in Afghanistan Astri Suhrke 11. Dilemmas of Promoting Local Ownership: The Case of Postwar Kosovo Jens Narten Part 6: Reflections and Conclusions 12. A New Generation of StateBuilding Scholarship: Reflections on this Volume Miles Kahler 13. Conclusion: Navigating the Pitfalls of State-Building Roland Paris and Timothy D. Sisk
The UN Security Council and the Politics of International Authority Edited by Bruce Cronin, City College of New York, USA and Ian Hurd, Northwestern University, USA Observes how the growth of the political authority of the Council challenges the basic idea that states have legal autonomy over their domestic affairs. The individual essays survey the implications that flow from these developments in the crucial policy areas of: terrorism; economic sanctions; the prosecution of war crimes; human rights; humanitarian intervention; and the use of force. In each of these areas, the evidence shows a complex and fluid relation between state sovereignty, the power of the United Nations, and the politics of international legitimation. Demonstrating how world politics has come to accommodate the contradictory institutions of international authority and international anarchy, this book makes an important contribution to how we understand and study international organizations and international law. Written by leading experts in the field, this volume will be of strong interest to students and scholars of international relations, international organizations, international law and global governance. Selected Contents: Part 1: Concepts 1. Introduction Bruce Cronin and Ian Hurd 2. Theories and Tests of International Authority Ian Hurd Part 2: Sources of Council Authority 3. Delegation and the Nature of Security Council Authority Erik Voeten 4. International Consensus and the Changing Legal Authority of the Security Council Bruce Cronin 5. The Security Council as Legislature Ian Johnstone 6. The Security Council and the Challenges and Perils of Normative Overstretch George Andropolous Part 3: The Exercise of Council Authority 7. Creating Authority by the Council: The International Criminal Tribunals Wayne Sandholtz 8. NGOs and the Security Council: Authority All Around But For Whose Interest? Jonathan Graubart 9. The Uniting for Peace Resolution and Other Ways of Circumventing the Authority of the Security Council Mitushi Das and Jean Krasno Part 5: Conclusion 10. Assessing the Council’s Authority Bruce Cronin and Ian Hurd March 2008: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-77527-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77528-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93330-5
December 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77628-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77629-5: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
3
4
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Governing the Global Good?
Rethinking Japanese Security
Humanitarianism and International Ethics
Internal and External Dimensions
Michael Barnett, University of Minnesota, USA
Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University, USA
One of the truly revolutionary developments in global affairs over the last half-century is the development of an international global architecture, replete with international norms, laws, and governmental and nongovernmental organizations. We are arguably witnessing the emergence of a global community that has developed new kinds of obligations to distant strangers and imagining new forms of interventions that will remove various causes of suffering. Yet there also is cause for greater sobriety. This book, featuring published essays and new essays, provides a critical exploration of the politics and practice of global ethical interventions. Michael Barnett explores three defining themes and tensions that run through the essays regarding the relationship between global governance, ethics, and international order. The volume will be organized into four parts: •the Introduction will develop the three themes and situate them as part of a necessary lens for constructing a critical understanding of the relationship between governance, security, and ethics •Section I focuses on different ways to think about the relationship between world orders and the UN •Section II provides a critical examination of international ethics in practice. Ethics have become institutionalized in global affairs, and institutionalization can transform and transfigure ethical commitments •the concluding essay offers less of a retrospective and more of a prospective regarding of how scholars, might begin to think about the relationship between world orders and forms of humanitarianism. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of global governance, international organizations, the United Nations system, humanitarian intervention, development, security and international ethics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Governing for the Common Good? World Order, Governance, and Ethics Section I: UN and World Order 2. Bringing in the New World Order: Legitimacy, Liberalism, and the United Nations 3. The New U.N. Politics of Peace: From Juridical Sovereignty to Empirical Sovereignty 4. The United Nations and Global Security: The Norm is Mightier Than the Sword 5. Humanitarianism with a Sovereign Face: UNHCR in the Global Undertow Section II: The Ethics of Intervention 6. The Politics of Indifference at the United Nations: The Security Council, Peacekeeping, and Genocide in Rwanda 7. UNHCR and the Ethics of Repatriation 8. Building a Republican Peace: Stabilizing States After War 9. Humanitarianism Transformed 10. Conclusion: Toward a Critical Study of International Ethics
Since the unexpected end of the Cold War, standard arguments about power politics can no longer be adopted uncritically. This has led to a renewed interest in Japan’s unusually peaceful security policy. Japan’s championing of ’comprehensive security’ is central to this collection. Peter J. Katzenstein’s essays explore this concept which not only encompasses traditional military concerns but also domestic aspects of security. The book’s focus on counter-terrorism and national security highlights a policy approach which, over decades, Japan has developed with political patience and diplomatic finesse. These essays advocate an eclectic approach that helps in recognizing new questions and that seek to combine elements from different analytical perspectives in the exploration of novel lines of argument. Additionally, the book features an entirely new, substantial introduction that explores and elaborates the themes of the collection while bringing it up to date. This collection will be of significant interest to students and scholars of Japanese politics, security studies and international relations. Selected Contents: 1. Japanese Security in Perspective Peter J. Katzenstein 2. Japan, Asian-Pacific Security, and the Case for Analytical Eclecticism Peter J. Katzenstein and Nobuo Okawara (2001) Part 1: Japan’s Internal and External Security Policies 3. Japan’s Security Policy: Political, Economic and Military Dimensions Peter J. Katzenstein and Nobuo Okawara (1991) 4. Japan’s Internal Security Policy Peter J. Katzenstein and Yutaka Tsujinaka (1991) 5. Japan and Asian-Pacific Security: Regionalization, Entrenched Bilateralism and Incipient Multilateralism Nobuo Okawara and Peter J. Katzenstein (2001) 6. Immovable Object? Japan’s Security Policy in East Asia H. Richard Friman, David Leheny, Peter J. Katzenstein and Nobuo Okawara (2006) Part 2: Japanese and Asian Security in Comparative Perspective 7. Coping with Terrorism: Norms and Internal Security in Germany and Japan Peter J. Katzenstein (1993) 8. Why Is There no NATO in Asia? Collective Identity, Regionalism, and the Origins of Multilateralism Christopher Hemmer and Peter J. Katzenstein (2002) 9. Same War-Different Views: Germany, Japan, and Counter-Terrorism Peter J. Katzenstein (2003) Part 3: Analytical Eclecticism and Security 10. Rethinking Asian Security: A Case for Analytical Eclecticism Peter J. Katzenstein and Rudra Sil (2004)
State Building and International Intervention in Bosnia Roberto Belloni, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Focusing on Bosnia after Dayton, this book examines the role of the international community in state-building and intervention, underlining the importance of international participation and building on local resources for increased effectiveness. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Bosnia’s Stateness Problem and the Challenge of International Intervention 3. Post-War Democracy Building 4. Elections and Electoral Engineering 5. The Limits and Virtues of Civil Society 6. The Antinomies of Refugee Return 7. From NATO to the EU 8. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44925-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93800-3
RELATED JOURNAL European Security Editor-in-Chief: Andrea Ellner, King’s College London and Joint Services Command & Staff College, UK European Security is a forum for discussing challenges and approaches to security – broadly defined – within Europe and for Europe in a global context. It seeks to publish critical analyses of policies of, and developments in, European institutions and member states, their relations with European and other immediate neighbours, and their relations with the wider world, including regional and international organisations. It is also interested in non-European perspectives on Europe in a global context. Volume 17, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0966-2839 Online ISSN: 1746-1545
March 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77394-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77395-9: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92874-5
May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77631-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77632-5: £21.99
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
Contemporary Security Studies James Gow and Rachel Kerr, both at King’s College, University of London, UK
Countering the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction
NEW
NATO and EU Options in the Mediterranean and the Middle East
Preferences, Norms and Policy-Making
Thanos P. Dokos, Eliamep, Greece
NEW
America, the EU and Strategic Culture Renegotiating the Transatlantic Bargain Asle Toje, Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies, Oslo, Norway This book examines transatlantic security relations after the Cold War, and how this has influenced the development of an EU strategic culture. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Understanding Transatlantic Relations 2. The Transatlantic Bargain 3. The Kosovo War 4. EU and NATO Enlargements 5. The Iraq Crisis. Towards a Bipolar West January 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44872-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92970-4
Examining the accuracy of predictions and perceptions about a possible military threat from the Southern Mediterranean world, this book assesses the impact of such a threat on NATO’s political and military posture and the Alliance’s key options for dealing with the problem. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Emerging Security Environment in the Mediterranean and the Middle East 2. Recent Developments in Arms Control and Non-Proliferation 3. Assessing the Proliferation Threat 4. WMD Terrorism 5. WMD Capabilities of Selected Countries in the Mediterranean and the Middle East 6. WMD Proliferation: Threats and Challenges to Western Security and NATO’s Response 7. Basic Principles of U.S. Counterproliferation Strategy 8. The EU’s Response to WMD Proliferation. Conclusions 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5606-9: £70.00
NEW
NEW
Causes and Consequences of International Conflict
Cyber-Conflict and Global Politics
Data, Methods and Theory Edited by Glenn Palmer, Pennsylvania University, USA Containing essays by some of the leading scholars in the field, this volume looks at the scientific study of the causes of international conflict. Selected Contents: Introduction Glenn Palmer Part 1: Contributions to the Understanding of the Causes of Conflict Multiparty Disputes and the Probability of War, 1816-1992 Karen K. Petersen, John A. Vasquez and Yijia Wang. Comparing New Theory with Prior Beliefs: Market Civilization and the Democratic Peace Michael Mousseau. Testing Competing Institutional Explanations of the Democratic Peace: The Case of Dispute Duration Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, Michael T. Koch and Randolph M. Siverson Part 2: How to Study Conflict: Data and Methods The MID3 Data Set, 1993-2001: Procedures, Coding Rules, and Description Faten Ghosn, Glenn Palmer and Stuart A. Bremer. Danger Beyond Dyads: Third-Party Participants in Militarized Interstate Disputes Renato Corbetta and William J. Dixon. Dangerous Dyads Revisited: Democracies May Not Be That Peaceful after All Halvard Buhaug. Assessing the Dyadic Approach to Interstate Conflict Processes: A.k.a. ’Dangerous’ Dyad Years Sarah E. Croco and Tze Kwang Teo Part 3: Conflict, Survival and Political Issues Was Leo Durocher Right? Do ’Nice States’ Finish Last?’ Richard J. Stoll. Balancing against Extinction: Alliance Politics among Non-State Actors Douglas Lemke. Chinese Acquisition of the Spratly Archipelago and Its Implications for the Future Paul D. Senese. Negotiations, Guns and Money: Do Constrained Leaders Do Better? Faten Ghosn, Tamar R. London and Glenn Palmer January 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43390-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93287-2
Edited by Athina Karatzogianni, University of Hull, UK This volume examines theoretical and empirical issues relating to cyberconflict and its implications for global security and politics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: New Media and the Reconfiguration of Power in Global Politics Athina Karatzogianni Part 1: Transforming Media and Global Conflict 2. War and the New Media Paradox Hall Gardner 3. The Internet as a weapon of war? Some thoughts on radicalization Ben O’Louglin and Andrew Hoskins 4. Transparency and accountability in the age of cyberpolitics: the role of blogs in framing conflict Maria Touri Part 2: Global Security and Information warfare 5. Web activism as an element of global security Michael Dartnell 6. Computer-based information warfare across the Taiwan Strait Gary Rawnsley 7. Information warfare operations and the concept of self-defense Dimitris Delibasis Part 3: Ethno/ Religio/Cultural Cyber Conflicts 8. The Internet and Militant Jihadism: Global to Local Re-imaginings Frazer Egerton 9. How small are small numbers in cyberspace? Athina Karatzogianni 10. Rivalry in cyberspace and virtual contours of a new conflict zone: The Sri-Lankan case Harinda Vidanage 11. Feminist solidarity and the cybercrusade: The Women in Black Movement and the 16th Day Activism against gender violence Zinthiya Ganespachan Part 4: Socio/politico/economic Cyber Conflicts 12. Electronic Civil Disobedience and Symbolic Power Graham Meikle 13. Decentralization and Communication: Email lists and the organizing process of the European Social Forum Anastasia Kavada 14. Some notes on the social antagonism in netarchical capitalism Michel Bauwens
Democracy and Security Edited by Matthew Evangelista, Cornell University, Ithaca, USA, Harald Muller and Niklas Schoernig, both at Peace Research Institute, Frankfurt, Germany This edited book offers a broad examination of how democratic preferences and norms are relevant to security policy beyond the decision of whether to go to war, therefore providing a fresh understanding of state behaviour in the security realm. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Harald Müller and Matthew Evangelista 2. Casualty Aversion in Democratic Security Provision: Procurement and the Defense Industrial Base Niklas Schörnig 3. Non-Lethal Weapons: Democratic Necessity or Business as Usual? Jürgen Altmann and Judith Reppy 4. Air War and Restraint: The Role of Public Opinion and Democracy Stephen Watts 5. Curbing the Use of Indiscriminate Weapons: NGO Advocacy in Militant Democracies Margarita H. Petrova 6. Technology, Nuclear Arms Control, and Democracy: Reflections in the Light of Democratic Peace Theory Harald Müller and Una Becker 7. Strained Relationships: The Revolution in Military Affairs, Democracy and Arms Control Olivier Minkwitz 8. Torn Apart: Nuclear Secrecy and Openness in Democratic Nuclear Weapon States Annette Schaper and Harald Müller 9. Much Ado About Democracy: Some Skeptical Observations on Democracies and War Matthew Evangelista and Judith Reppy 10. Security Studies’ Cinderella? Why Democratic Peace Theory Should be Invited to the King’s Ball Harald Müller and Niklas Schörnig July 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43389-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89444-6
European Union and Strategy An Emerging Actor Edited by Kjell Engelbrekt, Stockholm University, Sweden and Jan Hallenberg, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden This edited volume looks into the nature of the European Union as a strategic actor, setting out to explore the paradox that the EU produces policies with strategic qualities, but lacks the institutions and concepts to engage in strategic reasoning and action proper. Selected Contents: Part 1: Constraints and Capacities. Part 2: Strategic Entanglements. Part 3: Actor on a Global Scale? Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45060-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93307-7
September 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45970-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89076-9
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
5
6
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
Global Biosecurity Threats and Responses Edited by Peter Katona and Michael D. Intriligator, both at University of California, Los Angeles, USA, and John P. Sullivan, National Terrorism Early Warning Resource Center, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, USA This book explores a range of biohealth and biosecurity threats, places them in context, and offers responses and solutions from global and local, networked and pyramidal, as well as specialized and interdisciplinary perspectives. Selected Contents: Preface: Reflections of a Bioweaponeer William Patrick III 1. Introduction: Global Biosecurity and the Spectrum of Infectious Disease Threats Part 1: Assessing the Threats of Natural and Deliberate Epidemics 2. Emerging and Re-Emerging Infectious Diseases: Avian Influenza and Other Global Pandemics Peter Katona and Michael Scheld 3. Biological Warfare and Bioterrorism: How Do They Differ from Other WMD Threats Peter Katona and David Franz 4. A History of Bioterrorism and Biocrimes Peter Katona and Seth Carus 5. Agroterrorism and Food Safety Tom Frazier 6. The Economic, Political, and Social Impacts of Bioterrorism Michael D. Intriligator 7. Technology and the Global Proliferation of Dual-Use Biotechnologies Mark Gorwitz 8. Conflict and Environmental Security Setting the Stage for Humanitarian Crises John P. Sullivan Part 2: Weaknesses in Current Preparedness and Response 9. The Global Politics of Biosecurity and Crime: Obstacles to Integration Adrian Baciu 10. Problems in Coordinating Health, Law Enforcement, and Intelligence Activities in the US and the United Kingdom Keith Weston 11. A Critique of the U.S. National Guard’s Role in Combating Bioterrorism Annette Sobel 12. The Media and the Role of Risk Communication in Public Health Preparedness Manfred Green and Bruce Dan Part 3: Integrated Approaches to Infectious-Disease Preparedness and Response 13. The Changing Role of Surveillance in Bioterrorism Preparedness Marjorie Pollack 14. Improving Strategic Medical Intelligence and Forensic Epidemiology Dixon Diamond 15. Integrating Local, State, and Federal Responses to Infectious Threats Jonathan Fielding 16. Handling Special Populations: The Elderly, Disabled, Immunocompromised and Children Alan Toy 17. Developing a New Paradigm for Biodefense in the 21st Century: Adapting Healthcare Response to the Biodisaster Threat Joseph Rosen and C. Everett Koop 18. Enhancing the Role of Business, the Pharmaceutical Industry and Hospitals in Biosecurity Preparedness Eric Toner 19. The Contribution of International Law to Enhance Biosecurity David P. Fidler 20. Conclusion: An Integrated, Networked Approach to Infectious Disease Preparedness 21. Epilogue: Reflections on the Future of Bioweapons Alvin Toffler
Global Security and the War on Terror
FORTHCOMING
Elite Power and the Illusion of Control
A New World Order
Paul Rogers, University of Bradford, UK As the ‘War on Terror’ evolves into the ‘Long War’ against Islamo-fascism, it demands an enduring commitment to ensuring the security of the United States and its allies. This policy is based on the requirement to maintain control in a fractured and unpredictable global environment, while paying little attention to the underlying issues that lead to insecurity. It is an approach that is manifestly failing, as the continuing problems in Afghanistan and Iraq demonstrate. Moreover, ‘control’ implies the maintenance of a global order that focuses on power remaining in the hands of a transnational elite community, principally focused on North America and Western Europe, but extending worldwide. This elite largely ignores socioeconomic divisions and environmental constraints, and sees continuing stability as being best achieved by the maintenance of the status quo, using force when necessary. This collection of essays by Professor Paul Rogers argues that this post-Cold War security paradigm is fundamentally misguided and unsustainable. It concludes with two new essays on the need for a new conception of global security rooted in justice and emancipation. Selected Contents: Part 1: Cold War and Old War Introduction 1. Learning from the Cold War Nuclear Confrontation (1998) 2. Alternative Military Options in Europe (1989) Part 2: A Jungle Full of Snakes Introduction 3. Military Force Projection and the New World Order (1991) 4. Oil and US Security (1991) 5. Taming the Jungle (1999) 6. The New Security Paradigm (1999) Part 3: Force and Counterforce Introduction 7. Directed Energy Weapons and the Control of Rogue States (2000) 8. Economic Targeting and Asymmetric Warfare (2000) Part 4: After 9/11 Introduction 9. 11 September and the New American Century (2002) 10. Iraq and the War on Terror – Year 2 (2005) 11. Iran: Consequences of a War (2006) Part 5: An Illusion of Control 12. The War on Terror – The First Five Years (2006) 13. The Long War and the Illusion of Control (2006) 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41937-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41938-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08917-0
Multipolarity in the 21st Century Edited by Donette Murray and David Brown, both at Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, UK This book seeks to help shape the debate surrounding power and polarity in the twenty-first century both by assessing the likelihood of US decline and by analysing what each of the so-called ’rising powers’ can do (in terms of ’hard’ and ’soft’ power), what they want to do (i.e. foreign and security policy), and the weaknesses and obstacles that may hinder their continued development. In doing so, it will examine the implications of a multipolar world for international security. Written by a combination of emerging scholars and recognised experts, this volume will provide a timely and authoritative analysis of one of the most controversial and compelling security debates of the twenty-first century. The book will appeal to students of International Relations, Security Studies and Foreign Policy. Selected Contents: Introduction Donette Murray 1. The American Eagle Rob Singh 2. The Chinese Dragon Donette Murray 3. The Russian Bear Dmitri Polikanov 4. The Indian Tiger Sumit Ganguly and Manjeet S Pardesi 5. The EU: A different kind of beast? John McCormick. Conclusion - A New World Order – an emerging multipolar framework? David Brown January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47547-1: £70.00
NEW
NATO, Security and Risk Management From Kosovo to Khandahar M.J. Williams, Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, London, UK This new volume explores the crisis in transatlantic relations and analyses the role of NATO following the collapse of the Soviet Union. Selected Contents: 1. NATO, Risk and Security Management: – From Kosovo to Khandahar and Beyond 2. Understanding Risk 3. From Security Community to Risk Community: NATO’s Evolution 4. Managing Strategic Risk in the Near Abroad: Kosovo 5. Managing Strategic Risk in Abroad: Afghanistan 6. Risk Managed or Manufactured: Iraq and the Precautionary Principle 7. Transatlantic Insecurity and the Future of NATO September 2008: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-45216-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89098-1
March 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46053-8: £70.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
NEW
Security and the War on Terror
NEW
Peace Operations and International Criminal Justice
Edited by Alex J. Bellamy, Roland Bleiker and Richard Devetak, all at University of Queensland, Australia, and Sara E. Davies, Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia
The Homeland Security Dilemma
The terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001 marked a turning point in international politics, representing a new type of threat that could not easily be anticipated or prevented through statebased structures of security alone. Opening up interdisciplinary conversations between strategic, economic, ethical and legal approaches to global terrorism, this edited book recognises a fundamental issue: while major crises initially tend to reinforce old thinking and behavioural patterns, they also allow societies to challenge and overcome entrenched habits, thereby creating the foundations for a new and perhaps more peaceful future.
Frank P. Harvey, Dalhousie University, Canada
Building Peace after Mass Atrocities Majbritt Lyck, Department of Peace Studies, University of Bradford, UK This new volume provides the first thorough examination of the involvement of peace enforcement soldiers in the detention of indicted war criminals. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Peace Missions, Global Order and Transitional Justice 1. Peace Missions and Global Order 2. Peace Missions and Transitional Justice Part 2: UN Peace Missions’ Involvement in Securing Justice and Transitional Justice 3. UN Peace Missions, Peace-Building and Justice 4. UN Peace Missions, Peace-Building and Transitional Justice Part 3: The Experiences of IFOR, SFOR and KFOR 5. IFOR and the Detention of Indicted War Criminals 6. SFOR and the Detention of Indicted War Criminals 7. KFOR and the Detention of Indicted War Criminals Part 4: Preparing, Authorising and Ensuring the Detention of Indicted War Criminals 8. Preparing Peace Enforcement Soldiers for Detaining Indicted War Criminals: Incorporating the Detention of Indicted War Criminals into the Military Doctrines of Peace Enforcement Missions 9. Authorising Peace Enforcement Soldiers to Detain Indicted War Criminals: Incorporating the Detention of Indicted War Criminals into the Mandate and Rules of Engagement 10. Ensuring the Detention of Indicted War Criminals: Improving the Practices of Peace Enforcement Missions aiming at Detaining Indicted War Criminals Part 5: Peace Missions and Politics 11. Peace Missions: Peace, Justice and Politics Part 6: Assisting Peace Enforcement Missions in the Apprehension of Indicted War Criminals 12. Peace Enforcement Soldiers Cannot Do It Alone: Involving International Institutions and Organisations and the Local Population in Locating Indicted War Criminals 13. Peace Enforcement Soldiers Cannot Do It Alone: Involving International and Local Agencies in Apprehending Indicted War Criminals. Conclusion. Bibliography August 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44459-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89159-9
FORTHCOMING
Private Security Contractors and New Wars Risk, Law and Ethics Kateri Carmola, Middlebury College, Vermont, USA This book addresses the ambiguities of the growing use of private security contractors and provides some guidance as to how our expectations about regulating this expanding ‘service’ industry will have to be adjusted.
This volume addresses the issues that are at stake in this dual process of political closure, and therefore rethinks how states can respond to terrorist threats. The contributors range from leading conceptual theorists to policy-oriented analysts, from senior academics to junior researchers. The book explores how terrorism has had a profound impact on how security is being understood and implemented, and uses a range of hitherto neglected sources of insight, such as those between political, economic, legal and ethical factors, to examine the nature and meaning of security in a rapidly changing world. Selected Contents: Introduction Alex J. Bellamy and Roland Bleiker Part 1: Security and Terrorism 1. Security Studies, 9/11 and the Long War on Terror Paul D. Williams 2. Cause and Effect in the War on Terror Anthony Burke 3. ’War on Terror’/’War on Women’: Critical Feminist Perspectives Katrina Lee-Koo Part 2: Ethics, Emotions and Law in the War on Terror 4. Emotions in the War on Terror Emma Hutchison and Roland Bleiker 5. International Law and the State of Exception Sara E. Davies 6. New Thinking in the Just War Tradition: Theorizing the War on Terror Cian O’Driscoll 7. Pre-Empting Terror Alex J. Bellamy Part 3: Fighting Terror 8. Failures, Rogues and Terrorists: States of Exception and the North/South Divide Richard Devetak 9. US Bioterrorism Policy Christian Enemark 10. Intelligence and Ethics in the Age of Terror Hugh Smith 11. The International Campaign to Combat the Financing of Terrorism Jason Sharman. Conclusion Sara E. Davies and Richard Devetak 2007: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-36844-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36845-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02809-4
Fear, Failure and the Future of American Insecurity This book explores the paradox of the ‘security dilemma’ in International Relations, as applied to the post-9/11 context of homeland security. It argues that the more security you have, the more security you will need, as enhancing security raises public expectations. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Origins of Homeland Security Dilemma 1. Rising Public Expectations and Higher Standards for Measuring Performance 2. The Power and Triumph of Failure 3. Public Imagination and Probability Neglect 4. Political Imagination and Motivation 5. Declining Support for Sacrificing Civil Liberties 6. Multilateral Failures and the HSD 7. Homeland Security Dilemma and Political Motivations 8. Revisiting the Overblown Thesis: Logical, Empirical and Theoretical Problems 9. Non-Falsifiability of Overblown Theory 10. Weak Theories Lead to Simple (mistaken) Solutions 11. Conclusion: The Homeland Security Dilemma and the Future July 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77515-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89424-8
FORTHCOMING
Understanding NATO in the 21st Century Alliance Strategies, Security and Global Governance Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland and John Kriendler, George C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, Germany This volume provides an overview of the evolution of NATO, alliances and global security governance in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: NATO 20/20 2. NATO Transformation 3. Crisis Response Operations 4. NATO’s Role in Combating International Terrorists 5. NATO Enlargement 6. NATO Partnerships 7. NATO and Mutually Supporting Institutions 8. NATO HQ Reform 9. NATO’s Future: 2020 Alternative Scenarios December 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43633-5: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
US Foreign Policy and Iran American-Iranian Relations since the Islamic Revolution Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. New Wars, New Actors 2. Dying for What? Risk Evaluation and the Privatized Soldier 3. The Law of War in the World of Private Security Contracts 4. Ethics and the Just War Tradition in the World of the Private Warrior 5. Concluding Policy Recommendations and Implications
This book is a study of US foreign policy decisionmaking vis-à-vis Iran and the implications for Middle Eastern relations in the latter part of the twentieth century, and into the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Introduction: From Friend to Foe: Key Themes in US Foreign Policy towards Iran, 1945–1979 1. The Crucible of Revolution: Carter’s Bitter Legacy 2. Reagan: After the Revolution, In Search of a Policy 3. George H.W. Bush: War and Peace 4. Clinton: Sideshow Iran 5. George W. Bush: My Enemy’s Enemy 6. Bush’s Second Term: Crossroads? Conclusion
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77171-9: £70.00
March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39406-2: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
7
8
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
War, Image and Legitimacy Viewing Contemporary Conflict James Gow, King’s College London, University of London, UK and Milena Michalski, University College London, UK Drawing on a wide range of examples from fiction and factual film, current affairs and television news, as well as new digital media, this book examines how image affects war and whether image affects our understanding of war.
Routledge Global Security Studies Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, both at Old Dominion University, USA and Terry Terriff, University of Birmingham, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Moving Images and Meaning: The Nature of the Weapon 3. Feature Fiction 4. Documentary and Current Affairs 5. Television News 6. The Alphabet of Images 7. Image and Experience: Legitimacy and Contemporary War. Filmography and Bibliography
Global Security Studies emphasizes broad forces reshaping global security and the dilemmas facing decision-makers the world over. The series stresses issues relevant in many countries and regions, accessible to broad professional and academic audiences as well as to students, and enduring through explicit theoretical foundations.
2007: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-40101-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08922-4
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Detecting Nuclear Weapons The IAEA and the Politics of Proliferation Chen Kane, Harvard University, USA
Rethinking the Rules of International Security
This book critically examines the effectiveness of the International Atomic Energy Authority, the international organization charged with preventing the spread of nuclear weapons.
This book explores the status and function of rules, broadly defined, in relation to the use of military force and international security. The book does not provide a final answer as to what rules ought to govern global security, but it will move scholars, activists, and policy makers toward a greater appreciation of what rules can and cannot do. This wide-ranging volume will be of great interest to students of international law, international security and IR theory. Selected Contents: 1. Can Rules Contribute to International Security? Legitimacy, Enforcement and Freedom in the War on Terror Anthony F. Lang, Jr. Part 1: Rules and Contexts: Torture 2. Rules for Torture? Nicholas Onuf 3. Contextualizing Torture: Rules and Conventions in the Roman Digest Jill Harries 4. Torture, Rights, Rules and War: From Northern Ireland to Iraq Caroline Kennedy-Pipe Part 2: Rules and Legitimacy: War 5. Cannon, not Canon: The Dynamics of ad bellum Rule Change Janne Haaland Matlary 6. Preventive War ’à l’américaine’: The Fog of Norms Ariel Colonomos Part 3: Rules and Adaptability: Technology 7. Technology Change, Rule Change and the Law of Armed Conflict Michael Smith 8. Technology and the Law – Which Will Win? William Boothby 9. Rules, International Order and Nuclear Weapons William Walker Part 4: Rules and Responsibility: War Crimes 10. International Rules, Custom, and the Crime of Aggression Larry May 11. Who Says the Nazis Were Not Aggressors? Standards in the International Law on the Use of Force Anthony Carty Part 5: Alternatives to the Rules? 12. Truth Commissions and Rules: Justice and Peace Mario Aguilar 13. The Ends of Action: Rules, Trust and Morality Amanda Beattie 14. Rules, Order and Traditions Nicholas Rengger October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46521-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46522-9: £22.99
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Framework. Part 2: Historical Foundations. Part 3: Case Studies. Part 4: Assessment, Conclusions, and Policy Recommendations December 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44050-9: £70.00
NEW
Energy Security and Global Politics The Militarization of Resource Management Edited by James A Russell and Daniel Moran, both at Department of National Security Affairs, Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA This edited book analyses the strategic dimensions of energy security, particularly where energy resources have become the object of military competition. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Militarization of Energy Security Daniel Moran and James A. Russell 2. The Battlefield and the Market Place: Two Cautionary Tales Daniel Moran 3. Petroleum Anxiety and the Militarization of Energy Security Michael T. Klare 4. AlQaeda, Oil Dependence, and U.S. Foreign Policy Peter Haynes 5. Gulf Oil and International Security: Can the World’s Only Superpower Keep the Oil Flowing? Duane Chapman 6. Regional Issues and Strategic Responses: The Gulf States Saad Rahim 7. Energy Security: The Russian Connection Amy Myers Jaffe and Ronald Soligo 8. Central Asia: Energy Resources, Politics, and Security? Thomas H. Johnson 9. Maintaining Gazpromistan: The Politics of Turkmen Gas Exports Christopher Boucek 10. Energy Security: The Case of Venezuela Harold A.Trinkunas 11. Chinese Energy Security and the Chinese Regime Jacqueline Newmyer 12. Resource Mercantilism and the Militarization of Resource Management: Rising Asia and the Future of American Primacy in the Persian Gulf Flynt Leverett. Index August 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77638-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89283-1
Debating Fourth-Generation Warfare Edited by Regina Karp and Aaron Karp, both at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, USA and Terry Terriff, University of Birmingham, UK Explores the Fourth-Generation Warfare thesis in detail and its implications for security planning in the twenty-first century through a series of essays written by top international security scholars and military professionals. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Re-Discovery of Fourth Generation Warfare 3. Evaluating Fourth Generational Warfare Theory 4. Fourth Generation Wars 5. The Global Implications of Fourth Generation Warfare 6. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-41357-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08927-9
War, Torture and Terrorism Edited by Anthony F. Lang, Jr., and Amanda Beattie, both at University of St Andrews, UK
Global Insurgency and the Future of Armed Conflict
Globalization and WMD Proliferation Terrorism, Transnational Networks and International Security Edited by James A. Russell, and James J. Wirtz, both at Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA Explores the relationship between the accelerating process of globalization and the proliferation of WMDs. Selected Contents: 1. WMD Proliferation, Globalization and International Security: Whither the Nexus and National Security James A. Russell 2. Globalization and Nuclear Proliferation H.H. Gaffney 3. Proliferation Networks in Theory and Practice Alexander H. Montgomery 4. Globalization and WMD Proliferation Networks John P. Caves, Jr. 5. The A.Q. Khan Illicit Nuclear Trade Network and Implications for Nonproliferation Efforts David Albright and Corey Hinderstein 6. Near-Term Threats of Chemical Weapons Terrorism Margaret E. Kosal 7. Constituency Constraints on Violence: al-Qaeda and WMD William W. Browne III 8. Organized Crime, Terrorism and Nuclear Trafficking Lyudmila Zaitseva 9. Globalization and WMD Proliferation Networks: The Case of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles as Terrorist Weapons Dennis M. Gormley 10. Intelligence and Nuclear Proliferation: Understanding and Probing Complexity Phil Williams 11. Conclusion James J. Wirtz 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43394-5: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93325-1
FORTHCOMING
Iran and Nuclear Weapons Protracted Conflict and Proliferation Saira Khan, McGill University, Canada Investigates what is driving Iran’s nuclear weapons programme in a less-hostile regional environment, using a theory of protracted conflicts to explicate proliferation. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. How Others Comprehend Iran’s Nuclear Weapons Aspiration 2. Proliferation Propensities of Protracted Conflict States 3. Iran’s Nuclear Ambition and Twin Protracted Conflicts between 1947-79 4. Iran’s Nuclear Program and Triple Protracted Conflicts from 1979 Onwards 5. Asymmetric Iran-US Protracted Conflict from 1990–2000 in Iran’s Nuclear Domain 6. Iran’s Fast-Paced Proliferation Activity as a Function of Hostile US Policy since 2000. Conclusion and Policy Implications March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45307-3: £65.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Networks, Coalition Warfare and US Policy
Risk, Global Governance and Security
The New Military Operating System
The Other War on Terror
Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction Responding to the Challenge Edited by Ian Bellany, University of Lancaster, UK
Paul T. Mitchell, Canadian Forces College, Toronto, Canada
Yee-Kuang Heng and Ken McDonagh, both at Trinity College Dublin, Ireland
This book argues that Network Centric Warfare (NCW) influences how developed militaries operate in the same fashion that an operating system influences the development of computer software.
This book steers existing discussions on the war on terror away from the militaristic tinge it has acquired so far, notably through the use (and misuse) of concepts closely linked to the risk discourse, such as Donald Rumsfeld’s ‘unknown unknowns’, in justifying the war on Iraq. Instead it shifts the emphasis back to the original formulation and prescriptions contained in Beck’s World Risk Society: that increased global cooperation and a new cosmopolitan agenda would be the best solution to managing globalised risks like terrorism.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. US Military Primacy and the New Operating System 2. Information and Military Operations: Freedom and Control 3. Coalitions and Limited War: International Anarchy and Military Cooperation 4. Coalitions and Networks: Standards and Cooperation 5. Networks at Sea: Canada and Australia 6. Networks on Land: Denmark and the UK 7. Networks in the Air: NORAD and Homeland Defense. Conclusion December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44645-7: £70.00
Nuclear Proliferation and International Security Edited by Sverre Lodgaard and Bremer Maerli, both at Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Oslo, Norway In search of an overarching strategy that recognizes both the flaws of the existing non-proliferation regime, and the value of some of the corrections proposed by regime critics, this volume assesses contemporary efforts to stem nuclear proliferation. Selected Contents: Foreword Hans Blix. Editors’ Preface 1. Introduction Morten Bremer Mærli and Sverre Lodgaard Part 1: Growing Pressures, Fragile Policies 2. Ban on Nuclear Weapon Proliferation in Light of International Law Jozef Goldblat 3. Preventive War as an Alternative to Treaty-Based Nuclear Non-Proliferation Astrid Forland 4. Proliferation, Disarmament and the Future of the Non-Proliferation Treaty Steven Miller Part 2: Encountering Proliferators, Real or Potential 5. The Exceptional End to the Extraordinary Libyan Nuclear Quest Harald Müller 6. Iran’s Uncertain Nuclear Ambitions Sverre Lodgaard 7. North Korean Proliferation and the End of US Nuclear Hegemony Peter Hayes 8. Israel and a Nuclear Weapon Free Zone in the Middle East Lawrence Scheinman and Marvin Miller 9. India’s Nuclear Exceptionalism Raja Mohan 10. Pakistan as a Receptive Proliferator Talat Masood 11. Non-State Actors and Nuclear Proliferation William Potter Part 3: Building Restraint, Reducing Risks 12. The Fizzling Fervency of the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty Annette Schaper 13. The Fissile Material Cut-Off Treaty as a Nuclear Security Policy Driver Annette and Morten Bremer Mærli 14. Nuclear Non-Proliferation Assistance Across Borders Lars van Dassen 15. Export Controls and Multilateral Nuclear Arrangements Tariq Rauf Part 4: Assessments and Recommendations 16. Regaining Common Ground Sverre Lodgaard 2007: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-42047-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08903-3
The literature and rhetoric of the ’War on Terror’ has been dominated by dramatic high-profile military campaigns and division in the international community. This overlooks the various multilateral practices and cooperative processes that are emerging to combat global terrorism. President Bush himself had initially been at pains to stress that his ‘war’ on terror would be like no other; it would involve not just military tools but financial, intelligence, police and diplomatic measures too. More than seven years later, the time is ripe for an in-depth evaluation of this ’other’ war on terror. Yet these relatively mundane regulatory dimensions have received much less attention than ‘hot’ wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, where ongoing difficulties suggest that military force alone is woefully inadequate in controlling globalised terrorism. This book aims to redress this imbalance, by foregrounding these initiatives, tracing their implementation and reflecting on the implications for International Relations. Adopting an analytical approach that seeks to incorporate theories of risk, global governance and security, this book aims to explore the overlapping multi-level and multi-lateral dynamics of the emerging global security architecture which have remained neglected and unmapped thus far in the war on terror. October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47196-1: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Security and Post-Conflict Reconstruction Edited by Robert Muggah, Small Arms Survey, Geneva, Switzerland This book provides a critical examination of the changing discourse and practice of post-conflict security-promoting interventions since the Cold War. Selected Contents: 1. Promoting Security: State of the Art 2. Demobilisation and Violence Reduction in Colombia 3. Reintegration Failures in Sierra Leone 4. Reintegration Success in Liberia 5. Demobilising Children in Uganda 6. Disarmament in Afghanistan 7. Reflections on DDR and SSR in Haiti and Sudan 8. Demobilisation and Reintegration in Ethiopia
This book critically assesses the suggestion that strengthening existing international prohibitions against state-level acquisition of Weapons of Mass Destruction could safeguard against the possibility of their use by terrorists targeting civilians. Selected Contents: Introduction General 1. Material Dangers Bellany 2. Manufacturing the Means of Apocalypse: Aum Shinrikyo and the Acquisition of Weapons of Mass Destruction Reader Chemical and Biological 3. Chemical and Biological Terrorism and Multilateral Conventions Spiers 4. The Chemical Weapons Convention and the Biological Weapons Convention: Confronting the Threat of International Terrorism Feakes 5. The Status of the Biological Weapons Convention (BWC) in Relation to the Prevention of Bioterrorism Sims 6. Verification under the Chemical Weapons Convention Manley Nuclear 7. Francis: The Diversion of Nuclear Materials for Terrorist Use 8. Arms Control, Game Theory and the Twenty-First Century Kilgour 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41714-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93753-2
NEW
US Nuclear Weapons Policy After the Cold War Russians, ’Rogues’ and Domestic Division Nick Ritchie, University of Bradford, UK This book offers an in-depth examination of America’s nuclear weapons policy since the end of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The policy-making process. Actors involved in nuclear weapons policy. The annual nuclear policy budgetary process 2. American nuclear weapons policy at the end of the Cold War 3. Nuclear weapons policy under George H. W. Bush. Key decisions. Nuclear arms control. Nuclear forces. ‘Rogue’ states and nuclear planning. The nuclear weapons production complex. Conclusion 4. Nuclear weapons policy under Bill Clinton. Nuclear forces. Nuclear arms control. Russia, ‘rogues’ and nuclear planning. The nuclear weapons complex. Conclusion 5. Nuclear weapons policy under George W. Bush. Nuclear policy and the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review. Nuclear forces. Nuclear arms control. The nuclear weapons production complex. Conclusion 6. Post-Cold War trends in nuclear weapons policy 7. The influence of ideas on nuclear weapons policy. Three competing ‘idea sets’: Idea set 1: Managing the drawdown of Cold War nuclear forces. Idea set 2: Responding to nuclear proliferation through progress in arms control and disarmament. Idea set 3: Responding to nuclear proliferation by re-orienting Cold War nuclear weapons policy to a post-Cold War war-fighting policy. Conclusion 8. Domestic politics and nuclear weapons policy. Policy inertia. Political disinterest in nuclear weapons policy. Military disinterest in nuclear weapons policy. Nuclear conservatism and neglect. Conclusion August 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46626-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89225-1
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46054-5: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
9
10
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
Buying National Security How America Plans and Pays for Its Global Role and Safety at Home Gordon Adams, George Washington University, Washington DC, USA and Cindy Williams, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA This book examines the current planning and budgeting processes of the United States, covering national defense and intelligence, international affairs, homeland security, and the national security related functions of other federal departments and agencies. The authors describe the planning and resource integration activities of the White House (Office of Management and Budget; National Security Council), as well as examine the structure and processes the Congress uses to carry out its national security oversight and budgetary responsibilities. Finally, they review the adequacy of the current structures and process and make proposals for ways both might be reformed to fit the demands of the 21st century security environment. April 2009: 6 x 9: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-95439-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95440-2: £22.99
Global Security Governance Competing Perceptions of Security in the Twenty-First Century Edited by Emil J. Kirchner, University of Essex, UK and James Sperling, University of Akron, Ohio, USA ’Global Security Governance is a distinct contribution to our understanding of international security cooperation in the contemporary world. Using a common framework, 12 excellent surveys examine national perceptions of security threats, institutional and instrumental preferences over policy, and the allocation of security resources. Integrating these essays, the editors insightfully probe the potentials and pitfalls for global and regional security governance.’ – David A. Lake, University of California, USA Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Regional and Global Security: Changing Threats and Institutional Responses Part 1: Europe 2. France: Between Exceptionalism and Orthodoxy 3. Germany: From a Reluctant Power to a Constructive Power? 4. Italy: New Ambitions and Old Deficiencies 5. United Kingdom: Punching above its Weight 6. European Union: The European Security Strategy versus National Preferences Part 2: North America 7. Canada: Taking Security Seriously after 11 September? 8. United States: The Unrelenting Search for an Existential Threat in the Twenty-First Century Part 3: Eurasia 9. China: Security Cooperation with Reservations 10. Japan: Recasting the Post-War Security Consensus 11. Russia: Struggling for Dignity Conclusion 12. Regional or Global Security Cooperation? The Vertices of Conflict and Interstices of Cooperation
Multilateralism and Security Institutions in an Era of Globalization
Radical Islam and International Security
Edited by Dimitris Bourantonis and Kostas Ifantis, both at University of Athens, Greece and Panayotis Tsakonas, University of the Aegean, Greece
Edited by Efraim Inbar and Hillel Frisch, both at Bar-Ilan University, Israel
’This rich and timely volume brings together a truly impressive set of contributors on the topic of multilateralism in world politics. Why do states engage in multilateral cooperation? When and how do multilateral institutions matter? For anyone interested in these fundamental questions, Multilateralism and Security Institutions in an Era of Globalization is a must read.’ – Jonas Tallberg, Stockholm University, Sweden This book is a significant contribution to the contemporary debate on multilateralism and the effects of multilateral security institutions and will be of great interest to scholars of international relations and security studies. Selected Contents: Introduction Dimitris Bourantonis, Kostas Ifantis and Panayotis Tsakonas Part 1: Multilateralism and Security: Concepts, Issues and Strategies 1. State Power and International Institutions: America and the Logic of Economic and Security Multilateralism G. John Ikenberry 2. Unipolar Empire and Principled Multilateralism as Strategies for International Change Jack Snyder 3. U.S. Military Commitments: Multilateralism and Treaties Lisa L. Martin 4. The Crisis of the Transatlantic Security Community Thomas Risse 5. State Attributes and System Properties: Security Multilateralism in Central Asia, Southeast Asia, the Atlantic and Europe James Sperling 6. Is Multilateralism Bad for Humanitarianism? Michael Barnett 7. Horizontal and Vertical Multilateralism and the Liberal Peace Oliver Richmond Part 2: Assesing Multilateral Security Institutions 8. Transatlantic Relations, Multilateralism and the Transformation of NATO Frank Schimmelfennig 9. Persuasion and Norm Promotion: International Institutions in the Western Balkans Geoffrey Edwards and Mladen Tosic 10. From ‘Perverse’ to ‘Promising’ Institutionalism? NATO, EU and the GreekTurkish Conflict Panayotis Tsakonas 11. Evaluating Multilateral Interventions in Civil Wars: A Comparison of UN and Non-UN Peace Operations Nicholas Sambanis and Jonah Schulhofer-Wohl 12. Why No UN Security Council Reform?: Lessons for and from Institutionalist Theory Erik Voeten 13. The Reform and Efficiency of the UN Security Council: A “Veto Player” Analysis Aris Alexopoulos and Dimitris Bourantonis v
2007: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-44945-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44946-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93350-3
Challenges and Responses
This book serves as a welcome addition to the intellectual and policy debate on the nature of the radical Islam phenomenon and how to respond to it. The collection analyzes the phenomenon of radical Islam, the challenges it poses to international security and the strategic responses available. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Challenge of Radical Islam: General Themes. Part 2: The Islamist Challenge: Case Studies. Part 3: Responding to the Islamist Challenge 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44460-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93840-9
FORTHCOMING
Yugoslav Military Industry Past and Present Amadeo Watkins, UK Defence Academy, UK Series: Cass Military Studies This book provides a historic overview of military industrial development in the territories of the Former Yugoslavia. Selected Contents: 1. Defence Production and Yugoslav Defence Doctrine 2. Short History of Yugoslavia 3. Yugoslav Economic Development 4. Development of Military Industry 1918–41 5. Military Industrialisation 1945–73 6. Yugoslav Military Industry 1973–91 7. Development of Military Production for Ground Forces 1945–91 8. Military Industry in the Successor States 9. Conclusion October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5626-7: £75.00
Cyber-Security and Threat Politics US Efforts to Secure the Information Age Myriam Dunn Cavelty, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations This book explores how cyber-threats are constructed and propelled onto the political agenda, with a specific focus on the United States. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Information Age and Cyber-Threats – Shifting Meanings and Interpretations 2. Politics and Threat Construction – Theoretical Underpinnings 3. The Hostile Intelligence Threat, Data Security, and Encryption Set the Stage 4. Asymmetric Vulnerabilities and the Double-Edged Sword of Information Warfare – Developments in the Military Domain 5. Critical Infrastructures and Homeland Security 6. Securing the Information Age: Failed Securitisation or a New Logic of Security? 7. CyberThreats and Security in the Information Age – Issues and Implications 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42981-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93741-9
2007: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-39161-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39162-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96470-5
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
NEW
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Origins of the European Security System
Geopolitics for the 21st Century
Non-Great Powers in International Politics
The Helsinki Process Revisited, 1965–75
Edited by Leonard Hochberg and James D. Hardy Jr., both at Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, USA
The English School and Nordic Internationalism
Series: Geopolitical Theory
Series: New International Relations
This edited volume assesses the geopolitical configuration of forces in the international arena at the beginning of the twenty-first century.
Explores the role of small and medium-sized states in international politics, with a focus on the Nordic states, and draws on the English School to conceptualize and define non-great powers’ internationalist behaviour.
Edited by Andreas Wenger, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland, Vojtech Mastny, Parallel History Project on Cooperative Security, Zurich, Switzerland and Christian Nuenlist, Mittelland Zeitung, Switzerland Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations Based on newly declassified documents, this edited volume explores the significance of the early ‘Helsinki process’ as a means of redefining and broadening the concept of security during the latter half of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction. Part 2: The Superpowers and European Détente. Part 3: Eastern Strategies in the CSCE. Part 4: Western Strategies in the CSCE. Part 5: The Neutrals – Economics – Military Security May 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43387-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89530-6
Addressing National Insecurities
Selected Contents: Introduction Leonard Hochberg and James D. Hardy, Jr. 1. The Enduring Significance of Classical Geopolitical Thought Leonard Hochberg, James D. Hardy, Jr. and Geoff Sloan 2. Geopolitics and Strategic Cultures: A Comparison of the Arab, Chinese, and Western Ways of War Laurent Murawiec 3. The Geopolitics of Terror: How Home Grown Jihadists are Recruited in the West Steven Emerson 4. The Geopolitics of Strategic Goods Ewan Anderson 5. Classical Geopolitics in the Space Age: The Strategy of Transformation Everett Carl Dolman 6. Toward a Second Cold War Era? 2000-2025: A Geopolitical Net Assessment of Current Trajectories and Future Developments Ioannis Loucas. Conclusion December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43392-1: £70.00
11
Annika Bergman-Rosamond, University of Leicester, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Revising the English School 3. Non-Great Powers in International Society 4. Nordic Welfare Internationalism as a Form of Solidarism 5. Humanitarian (Forcible) Intervention and the Limits of Solidarist Arguments 6. Gendered Internationalism and the English School 7. Adjacent Internationalism 8. Conclusion May 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46179-5: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
The International Politics of Judicial Intervention
Geopolitics and the Great Powers in the 21st Century
NEW
Creating a More Just Order
Multipolarity and the Revolution in Strategic Perspective
Armed Groups and the Balance of Power
Andrea Birdsall, University of Edinburgh, UK
C. Dale Walton, University of Reading, UK
The International Relations of Terrorists, Warlords and Insurgents
The author examines the conflict between the states, international law and aspirations for justice by analyzing cases of judicial intervention including: Pinochet and the House of Lords, the Congo vs Belgium, the Former Yugoslavian war crimes tribunal and the ICC.
Series: Geopolitical Theory This book argues that in the twenty-first century Eastern Eurasia will replace Europe as the theatre of decision in international affairs, and that this new geographic and cultural context will have a strong influence on the future of world affairs. Selected Contents: Introduction: New Powers and Old Politics. Part 1: Geopolitics in an Uncertain World: The Case for Classical Geopolitics. Part 2: The Geography of Universal Empire - The Geopolitics of the Columbian Epoch. Part 3: The Grand Casino Reopens: Multi-Polarity and International Politics. Part 4: Leviathan Slimming: Guarding American Interests in a Multipolar Environment. Part 5: Strategizing Without a License: The Non-State Challenge to World Order. Part 6: Strategy 2.0: Great Power Competition in an Era of Technological Revolution 2007: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-35853-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00473-9
Anthony Vinci Series: LSE International Studies Series This new book provides a framework for understanding the international relations of armed groups, including terrorist organizations, insurgencies and warlords. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Armed Groups 3. The International System 4. Somali Warlords and Militias 5. The Lord’s Resistance Army 6. Al Qaeda 7. Conclusion. October 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46622-6: £70.00
Series: New International Relations
Selected Contents: 1. Order and Justice in International Relations 2. The Emergence of Human Rights and the Limits of their Enforcement 3. The Pinochet Decisions in the House of Lords 4. The International Arrest Warrant Case - The Congo versus Belgium 5. The Creation of the Ad Hoc International War Crimes Tribunal for Former Yugoslavia 6. Judicial Intervention Coming of Age? The International Criminal Court and US Opposition December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46392-8: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
The Future of Biological Disarmament Nicholas Sims, Dept of Politics and International Relations, London School of Economics, UK Series: LSE International Studies Series This book examines the politics of biological weapons disarmament, focusing on the Biological Weapons Convention of 2006. Selected Contents: 1. The Biological Weapons Convention 2. The Convention in context: treaty constraints on biological, chemical and nuclear weapons compared 3. Legal constraints on biological weapons 4. The Sixth Review Conference: successes and limitations 5. Reasons for success and new hope after the Sixth Review Conference 6. BWC next steps (1): an accountability framework for organising collective scrutiny 7. BWC next steps (2): strengthening structures for remedying the institutional deficit 8. Fragmentation scenarios: amendment and withdrawal 9. Alternative futures: convergence and reinforcement April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47580-8: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
12
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
The Political Economy of Global Security
The EU and the European Security Strategy
FORTHCOMING
War, Future Crises and Changes in Global Governance
Forging a Global Europe
Bridging the Gap between Theory and Policy
Heikki Patomäki, University of Helsinki, Finland and RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia Series: Rethinking Globalizations Provides an innovative study of future war crises and transformations of the global political economy by bringing together economic and political theory, peace and conflict research and historical analogy to explore alternatives for the future. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Global Security: Learning from Possible Futures 3. Explaining the First World War: Learning from Classical Theories of Imperialism 4. The Origins of the First World War: Using Historical Counterfactuals in Constructing Open-System Explanations 5. The Long Downward Wave of the World Economy in the Late 20th Century: Towards a Return of the Past? 6. Global Insecurity in the Early 21st Century: Neoliberalisation and the Rise of New Imperialism 7. Possible Futures A: The Logic of Violence and War Returns to the Core Areas of Global Political Economy 8. Possible Futures B and C: Wars, Crises and Peaceful Transformations of Global Governance 9. Conclusions: Is the Future of Global Security a Tragedy, Farce, or Comedy? Appendix 1: How to Analyse and Help to Solve Global Collective Dilemmas. Appendix 2: Layers of Agency, Structures and Geo-Historical Nodal Points that Explain the First World War 2007: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-41672-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93746-4
Edited by Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International Relations, Brussels, Belgium and Jan Joel Andersson, Swedish Institute of International Affairs, Stockholm, Sweden Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This book offers a comprehensive vision of how the EU can achieve the ambitious objectives of the European Security Strategy and become an effective global actor as the strategy helps to forge a global Europe. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The European Security Strategy in Context: A Comprehensive Trend 2. The European Security Strategy and Threats: Is Europe Secure? 3. The European Security Strategy’s Global Objective: Effective Multilateralism 4. The European Security Strategy’s Regional Objective: Neighbourhood Policy 5. The European Security Strategy and Military Capacity: The First Significant Steps 6. The European Security Strategy and the Partners 7. The European Security Strategy and the Continuing Search for Coherence 8. The European Security Strategy and the United States: The Past as Prologue. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-39317-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94558-2
An Implementation Perspective Edited by Michael Merlingen, Central European University, Budapest, Hungary and Rasa Ostrauskaite, Council of the European Union, Belgium Preface by Javier Solana, EU High Representative for the Common Foreign and Security policy Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics The first in-depth book to explore how the European Security and Defence Policy has been implemented, presenting both theory and detailed case studies on the EU’s role in Bosnia, Macedonia, Georgia, Aceh, NATO, Africa and cooperation with the US. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The European Union in International Security Affairs 2. The European Security and Defence Policy 3. The Role of ESDP Operations 4. The Police Mission EUPM in Bosnia, 2003–2005 5. The EU Military Operation in Bosnia 6. EUPOL Proxima in Macedonia, 2003–2005 7. More than a Balkan Crisis Manager 8. Implementing the ESDP in Africa 9. From European to Global Security Actor 10. ESDP Operations and NATO 11. The ESDP Between Washington and Brussels 12. The ESDP in Action 13. The Implementation of the ESDP
Edited by David Carment, Stewart Prest and Yiagadeesen Samy, all at Carleton University, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book reconceptualises the notions of state failure and fragility, to provide a new policy-relevant framework on these issues. Selected Contents: 1. Theories of Failure and Fragility 2. Policy Analysis: Contending and Complementary Approaches 3. Towards a Policy-Relevant Framework of Fragility Analysis 4. The Causes and Consequences of State Fragility: An Empirical Assessment 5. Assessing Policy Inputs: Aid Allocation and Effectiveness in Fragile States Environments 6. Assessing Policy Options: Considerations of Timing and Sequencing 7. Profiles of Fragility for Effective Risk Analysis, Early Warning and Impact Assessment 8. Conclusion: Directions for Future research and Policy Implications January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48083-3: £70.00
New Security Issues in Northern Europe The Nordic and Baltic States and the ESDP
FORTHCOMING
Statebuilding and Intervention Policies, Practices and Paradigms
European Security and Defence Policy
State Fragility and Security
Edited by David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book brings together leading analysts of statebuilding to set out and engage with some of the key policies, practices and paradigms of external intervention in the case of state support and reconstruction. Selected Contents: Introduction David Chandler Part 1: Policy Frameworks 2. Ownership in Theory and Practice: Transfer of Authority in UN Statebuilding Operations Simon Chesterman 3. Do the Root Causes of Civil War Matter? On Using Knowledge to Improve Peacebuilding Interventions Susan L. Woodward 4. The Myth of the Failed State and the War on Terror: A Challenge to the Conventional Wisdom Aidan Hehir Part 2: Practices of Statebuilding 5. Reconstruction: an Agenda Amitai Etzioni 6. State-Building and Force: The Proper Role of Foreign Militaries Kimberly Marten Part 3: Paradigms 7. Post Sovereign Constitution Making and its Pathology in Iraq Andrew Arato 8. Hybrid Polities and Indigenous Pluralities: Advanced Lessons in Statebuilding from Cambodia David Roberts 9. Debt, Development and Intervention in Africa: The Contours of a Sovereign Frontier Graham Harrison
Edited by Clive Archer, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies This volume analyzes the Nordic and Baltic states’ relationship with the European Security and Defence Policy (ESDP). Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Aims of the Book The Empirical and Theoretical Outline 2. The Strategic Background 3. The EU and the ESDP in Context 4. Questions of Security in the Region: Internal-External, Soft-Hard, ‘Hyphenated’ 5. Some Hard Questions About Defence 6. Denmark 7. Finland 8. Norway 9. Sweden 10. Estonia 11. Latvia 12. Lithuania 13. The Response in Brussels: Views in the EU About Nordic and Baltic Contributions to the ESDP 14. Hard Answers to Hard Questions? Conclusions: Bringing Together Practice and Theory 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39340-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94682-4
November 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45204-5: £70.00
2007: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-43173-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01602-2
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Human Security in East Asia
Human Trafficking and Human Security
Challenges for Collaborative Action Edited by Sorpong Peou, Sophia University, Japan Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series This book explores human security in East Asia, focusing especially on the challenges of coordination and collaboration among actors involved in securing and promoting human security. It includes detailed case studies of military interventions in East Asia, including East Timor, and also non-military interventions, including international criminal justice in Cambodia. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Human Security and Conceptual Arguments 1. Human Security and the Challenge for Globalism Sorpong Peou 2. Western Intellectual Roots of Human Security Oliver Richmond 3. A South-Korean Perspective on Human Security Shin-Wha Lee 4. East Asia vs. Europe: A Japanese Perspective Akiko Fukushima Part 2: Military Intervention in East Asia 5. East Timor and the Challenge for Collaboration on Peacekeeping Maiko Ichihara 6. Humanitarian Intervention in Southeast Asia Mely Caballero-Anthony 7. Recent Trends in Northeast Asian Thinking on Human Security Paul Evans Part 3: Nonmilitary Intervention in East Asia 8. The East-Asian Challenge for International Criminal Justice: Cambodia, East Timor, and Beyond Sorpong Peou 9. The Neo-Liberalization of Security and Violence in Cambodia Simon Springer October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46796-4: £75.00
FORTHCOMING
Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking
Edited by Anna Jonsson, Uppsala University, Sweden Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption This book examines human trafficking from post-Soviet countries, exploring the full extent of the problem and discussing countermeasures, at both the local and the global level, and considering the problem in all its aspects. Selected Contents: Preface. Foreword 1. Introduction: Human Trafficking and Human Security in the Baltic Sea Region Anna Jonsson 2. Human Security and Human Trafficking Louise Shelley 3. Organized Crime or Crimes Organized: Isolating and Identifying Actors in the Human Trafficking Chain Tamara Makarenko 4. The Interaction of Drug Smuggling, Human Trafficking and Terrorism Svante Cornell 5. International Countermeasures against Human Trafficking Inger Österdahl 6. Human Trafficking in the Baltic Sea Region: Supply, Demand, and Organized Crime Anna Jonsson 7. An Assessment of Human Trafficking in the Kaliningrad Oblast: Strategies and Responses Galina Vitkovskaya and Elena Turukanova 8. Trade in Human Beings in Lithuania Aurelijus Gutauskas 9. Conclusions and Looking Ahead Anna Jonsson September 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45181-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89091-2
RELATED JOURNALS RUSI Journal
Whitehall Papers
Asian and Western Perspectives
(RUSI Journal and Whitehall Papers – Combined Subscription)
(RUSI Journal and Whitehall Papers – Combined Subscription)
Edited by Shiro Okubo, Ritsumeikan University, Japan and Louise Shelley, George Mason University, USA
Editor: Terence McNamee, Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, UK
Series Editor: Terence McNamee, Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, UK
Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption Examining transnational crime, human trafficking and its implications for human security from both Western and Asian perspectives, this book, with essays from contributors based in Europe, the US and Asia, fills a gap on all bookshelves; providing an excellent volume on the under considered area of Asian transnational crime. Selected Contents: Part 1: Human Security and Transnational Crime. Part 2: Human Security and Human Trafficking January 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43701-1: £75.00
The RUSI Journal is the Institute's flagship publication and a leading forum for the exchange of ideas on national and international defence and security issues. First published in 1857, The RUSI Journal is the oldest publication of its kind in the world and considered by practitioners and scholars alike to be essential reading for anyone seeking to understand war and conflict, the UK' and other states' armed forces and defence and security policies, and military history. Volume 153, 2008, 6 issues per year Print ISSN 0307-1847 Online ISSN 1744-0378
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
The Whitehall Papers series provides in-depth studies of specific developments, issues or themes in the field of national and international defence and security. 2008, 2 issues per year Print ISSN 0268-1307 Online ISSN 1754-5382
13
14
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Politics in Asia
TEXTBOOK
Security and Migration in Asia
Chinese Foreign Policy
The Dynamics of Securitisation
An Introduction
FORTHCOMING
Marc Lanteigne, University of St Andrews, UK
TEXTBOOK
This textbook is designed as an introduction to the study of contemporary Chinese foreign policy. It examines the patterns of engagement with various domestic and international actors which have shaped Beijing’s foreign policy thinking since the end of the Cold War, and offers a combination of ongoing questions and trends in Chinese foreign policy, as well as an in-depth look at key points of China’s current foreign policy.
2ND EDITION
Edited by Melissa Curley, University of Queensland, Australia and Siu-lun Wong, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong
Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia ASEAN and the Problem of Regional Order Amitav Acharya, University of Bristol, UK
•the increase in the number and types of international regimes
This second edition of Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia takes the excellent framework from Acharya’s first edition and brings it up-to-date, looking at ASEAN’s comprehensive and critical account of the evolution of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) norms and the viability of the ASEAN way of conflict management. Key issues in determining the future stability of the Southeast Asian and Asia Pacific region are covered, including:
•modern security challenges
•the effect of expansion
•bilateral versus multilateral approaches to international problem-solving
•the application of the ASEAN model of conflict management to the wider Asia Pacific region
•the question of American hegemony
•territorial disputes in the South China Sea
•changing linkages between the developed and developing world.
•domestic instability in Burma and Cambodia
Chinese Foreign Policy will be of great interest to upper-level students of Chinese foreign policy, Asian security, comparative foreign policy and international relations, as well as professionals interested in China’s changing place in the world order.
Including additional material on ASEAN’s response to terrorism in the wake of the War on Terror and the proposal for an ASEAN security community, this new edition will continue to appeal to students and scholars of Asian security, international relations theory and Southeast Asian studies.
Bringing together the many different facets of China’s foreign interests, this volume presents a unified view of the country’s international affairs, and examines contemporary issues such as: •the rise of globalization
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Expansion of China’s International Interests 2. Domestic Actors in China’s Foreign Policymaking 3. China’s Strategic Relations 4. The New Politics of Trade 5. China’s New Periphery Policy 6. Foreign Policy Beyond Asia 7. The American Question 8. Conclusion: The Reconstruction of Chinese Foreign Policy February 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46523-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46524-3: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
•military acquisitions on intra-regional relations.
Selected Contents: Map of Southeast Asia. The Evolution of the ASEAN - Ten: A Chronology. Introduction: Security Communities and ASEAN in Theoretical Perspective 1. Constructing Security Communities 2. The Evolution of ASEAN Norms and the Emergence of the ’ASEAN Way’ 3. ASEAN and Cambodia Endgame: A Regional Solution to a Regional Problem? 4. Extending ASEAN Norms: Benefits and Burdens of ASEAN - 10 5. Managing Intra-Regional Relations 6. ASEAN and Asia Pacific Security: Limits of the ASEAN Way? Conclusion: ASEAN as a Pluralistic Security Community: Ascendant or Decadent? October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41428-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41429-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93923-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
Security and Migration in Asia provides compelling insights into contemporary forms of illegal migration under conditions of globalization, and makes a contribution to the literature in international relations and migration studies. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Applying Securitisation Theory to Unregulated Migration in Asia Melissa G. Curley and Wong Siu-lun 2. Levels of Analysis Issues in the Migration-Security Nexus Melissa G. Curley 3. Illegal Migration and Migrant Smuggling in the AsiaPacific: Balancing Regional Security and Human Rights Andreas Schloenhardt 4. Securitising Human Trafficking in the Asia-Pacific: Regional Organisations and Response Strategies Ralf Emmers, Beth Greener-Barcham and Nicholas Thomas 5.The Securitisation of Chinese Migration to the Russian Far East: Rhetoric and Reality Elizabeth Wishnick 6. Human Smuggling and Trafficking in the Taiwan Strait: Security Predicament or Political Dilemma? James K. Chin 7. The Cultural Economy of Illegal Migration: Migrant Workers Who Overstay in Hong Kong Amy S.C. Sim 8. Human Trafficking in Post-Soviet Central Asia: A Critique of the Securitisation Framework Nicole Jackson 9. Reflections on Managing Migration in Southeast Asia: Mitigating the Unintended Consequences of Securitisation Mely Caballero-Anthony 10. Conclusion: Undocumented Migration and the State/Human Security Nexus in Asia Melissa G. Curley and Wong Siu-lun June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40055-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93472-2
FORTHCOMING
A Rising China and Security in East Asia Identity Construction and Security Discourse Rex Li, Liverpool John Moores University, UK This volume provides a comprehensive and in-depth analysis of the security discourse of Chinese élites on the major powers in East Asia, namely the United States, Japan and Russia. It is the first book-length study that utilizes international relations theories systematically to analyze Chinese perceptions of the three countries’ global and Asia-Pacific security strategy in the post-Cold War era. Rex Li argues that the security discourse of Chinese policy analysts is closely linked to their conception of China’s identity and their desire and efforts to construct a great power identity for China. Drawing on a wide range of Chinese-language sources, this study demonstrates that Chinese policy élites perceive the power, aspirations and security strategies of other East Asian powers primarily in terms of their implications for China’s pursuit of a great power status in the twenty-first century. It also examines the debate among Chinese international relations specialists on how China should respond to the perceived challenge from the three major powers to its rise to a global status. September 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44940-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44941-0: £21.99
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
Asian Security Studies Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA and Andrew Scobell, Texas A&M University, USA Few regions of the world are fraught with as many security questions as Asia. Within this region it is possible to study great power rivalries, irredentist conflicts, nuclear and ballistic missile proliferation, secessionist movements, ethnoreligious conflicts and inter-state wars. This series publishes the best possible scholarship on the security issues affecting the region, and includes detailed empirical studies, theoretically oriented case studies and policy-relevant analyses as well as more general works.
Asia-Pacific Security US, Australia and Japan and the New Security Triangle
China, the United States, and South-East Asia
Conflict and Cooperation in Multi-Ethnic States
Contending Perspectives on Politics, Security, and Economics
Institutional Incentives, Myths and Counter-Balancing
Edited by Sheldon W. Simon, Arizona State University, USA and Evelyn Goh, University of Oxford, UK
Brian Shoup, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA
This volume, with its wide range of perspectives, makes a valuable contribution to the ongoing policy and academic dialogue on a rising China. It examines a range of perspectives on the nature of China’s rise and its implications for Southeast Asian states as well as US interests in the region. Selected Contents: Part 1: Economics. Part 2: Politics. Part 3: Military 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42945-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94606-0
Counter-Insurgency, Politics and Internal Security
Edited by William Tow, Australian National University, Canberra, Australia, Mark Thomson, Australian Strategic Policy Institute (ASPI), Barton, Australia, Yoshinobu Yamamoto, Research Institute for Peace and Security (RIPS), Tokyo, Japan and Satu Limaye, Institute for Defense Analyses (IDA), Alexandria, USA This book explores in-depth the increasingly critical trilateral security cooperation between the United States, Australia and Japan in the Asia-Pacific region.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Morality and Power in China’s Wild West 1. Fighting Terrorism: China’s Bottom-Up Approach 2. Insurgency in Xinjiang 3. Counterinsurgency: China’s ’Infinite’ Political Will 4. The Changing Use of Force in Society 5. Grass-Roots Institutions and Security 6. The War of Ideas: The Reshaping of Society in Xinjiang 7. Conclusion: Gauging Effectiveness. Epilogue: The Art of Countering Insurgency
2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41710-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93900-0
This book examines the success of China’s counterinsurgency policies in fighting Islamic terrorism in its internal war in the Xinjiang province, and draws lessons for the West in its war against global Jihadism.
2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45097-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93613-9
Chinese Strategic Culture and Foreign Policy Decision-Making Confucianism, Leadership and War Huiyun Feng, Utah State University, USA Examining the major academic and policy debates over China’s rise and related policy issues, this book looks into the motivations and intentions of a rising China. Selected Contents: 1. China as a Rising Power 2. China’s Strategic Culture and War 3. The Revolutionaries: Mao and Zhou in the Korean War 4. China as a Regional Power: Mao, Zhou and Deng in India and Vietnam 5. Post-Cold War China Under New Leaders: Jiang and Hu Wen 6. Taiwan and the Future of Sino-American Relations 2007: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-41815-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08890-6
This book develops a model that explains how and why interethnic bargains between rival groups can erode given different institutional configurations. Selected Contents: 1. Ethnic Identity, Economic Power, and Conflict 2. Ethnic Mythologies and Formal Institutions 3. A Theory of Conflict and Cooperation in Counterbalanced States 4. Fiji: ’A Nationalist Iceberg’ in the Pacific 5. Of Ballots and Tall-Grass: Malaysia’s Quasi-Democracy and Ethnic Relations 6. South Africa: A Rainbow Nation in Zimbabwe’s Shadow 7. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43391-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94560-5
NEW
China’s War on Terrorism Martin I. Wayne, National Defense University, Washington DC, USA
Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Evolution of ‘The Triangle’ 1. Theoretical Overview 2. Historical Overview 3. Enriched Bilateralism? 4. Institutional Assessments Section 2: The Regional Dimension 5. Triangularity and Sino-Japanese Relations 6. Triangularity and U.S.-Japanese Relations 7. Triangularity, Australia and the Region 8. Triangularity and U.S. Regional Strategy 9. Fragile States in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific, and the Australian-Japanese Response 10. Triangularity and Regional Multilateralism 11. Trilateralism, Economics and Security 12. The Power of Three 13. Regional Maritime and Energy Security Section 3: Extra-Regional and Global Dimensions 14. Trilateralism and International Terrorism 15. Australia and Japan in Southern Iraq: A Case Study of National Security Decision-Making 16. The Triangle, Ballistic Missile Defense and International Arms Control. Conclusion
15
Conflict Management, Security and Intervention in East Asia Third-party Mediation in Regional Conflict Edited by Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand and Kwei-Bo Huang and Chung-Chian Teng, both at National Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan This edited volume examines the sources, manifestations and management of conflict in East Asia, which contains many of the world’s conflict flashpoints, such as the Korean Peninsula and the China-Taiwan Strait. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Economics, Politics, and Security in East Asia Chung-Chian Teng Part 1: General Approaches to Conflict Management and Third Party Mediation in East Asia 2. Third Parties and Conflict Management in the Context of East Asia and the Pacific Jacob Bercovitch 3. Conflict Management in East Asia: The China-Taiwan-North Korea Conundrum Chung-Chian Teng 4. Peacebuilding in East Asia: The Role of Track II Diplomacy, Informal Networks, and Economic, Social and Cultural Regionalisation Mikael Weissmann Part 2: Approaches to Conflict Management in East Asia: Third Parties and Other Parties 5. Third Parties in the Beijing-Tokyo Negotiation: Informal Political Actors and Mechanisms Quansheng Zhao 6. Peace by Piece: The Six-Party Talks and Beyond John S. Park and Yeh-Chung Lu 7. The Limits of Humanitarian Intervention in North Korea Sukhee Han 8. The Transformation of ASEAN as a Third-Party Mediator in Intraregional Disputes of Southeast Asia Kwei-Bo Huang 9. The ’Track 2’ Process within ASEAN & Its Application in Resolving the Aceh Conflict in Indonesia Eric Teo Chu Cheow Part 3: Third Parties in the Context of Taipei-Beijing 10. The Role of the United States in the Cross-Strait Dialogues: A Taiwanese Perspective Edward I-Hsin Chen 11. The Role of the United States in Cross-Strait Dialogues: A Mainland Chinese Perspective Su Changhe 12. Managing America’s Taiwan Dilemma: U.S. Policy toward the Taiwan Strait and its Implications for Cross-Strait Stability Scott L. Kastner 13. Regional Organizations, Individuals, and the Mediation in Beijing-Taipei Disputes after the Cold War Tsungting Chung Part 4: Conclusion 14. Reflections on Conflict Management and Third Party Intervention in East Asia Kwei-Bo Huang May 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-40353-5: £75.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
16
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
FORTHCOMING
NEW
NEW
Cooperative Security in the Asia-Pacific
Nuclear Proliferation in South Asia
South Asia’s Cold War
Crisis Behaviour and the Bomb
The ASEAN Regional Forum
Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA and S. Paul Kapur, Center for International Security and Cooperation, Stanford University, USA
Nuclear Weapons and Conflict in Comparative Perspective
Edited by Jürgen Haacke, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK and Noel M. Morada, University of the Philippines Diliman, Quezon City, The Philippines This book provides an in-depth and comprehensive study of the ASEAN Regional Forum, and its activities in promoting regional security after 9/11. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Jürgen Haacke and Noel M. Morada 2. Origins and Development Noel M. Morada 3. ASEAN Perspectives Rizal Sukma 4. US, Japanese and Australian Perspectives on the ARF Kuniko Ashizawa 5. China’s Perspective on the ARF Christopher R. Hughes 6. Securitization and the ARF’s Discourse on Transnational Challenges Jürgen Haacke 7. Dynamics of Securitization: Terrorism M.C. Abad 8. Dynamics of Securitization: Maritime Threats J.N. Mak 9. Failures to Securitize Herman Kraft 10. Liberalization and Regional Security Jörn Dosch 11. Conclusion: Fusing Agendas Noel M. Morada and Jürgen Haacke December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46052-1: £65.00
NEW
Managing the China Challenge
This edited volume explores competing perspectives on the impact of nuclear weapons proliferation on the South Asian security environment. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Sumit Ganguly and S. Paul Kapur 2. A Dangerous Exercise: Brasstacks as Non-Nuclear Near War Varun Sahni 3. Brasstacks: Prudently Pessimistic John H. Gill 4. Nuclear Optimism and the 1990 India-Pakistan Crisis Manjeet S. Pardesi 5. Crisis and Opportunity: The 1990 Nuclear Crisis in South Asia Karthika Sasikumar 6. The Kargil War: An Optimistic Assessment Devin T. Hagerty 7. The Kargil War and Nuclear Deterrence Neil Joeck 8. A War to End a War: The Causes and Outcomes of the 2001–2 IndiaPakistan Crisis Praveen Swami 9. To War or Not to War: The India-Pakistan Crisis of 2001–2 Kanti Bajpai 10. North Korea’s Nuclearization and the Fallout from the Subcontinent Andrew Scobell and Michael R. Chambers 11. The Implications of a Nuclear-Armed Iran in Light of South Asia’s Nuclear Experience Devin T. Hagerty August 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44049-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89286-2
NEW
Nuclear Weapons and Conflict Transformation
This edited volume addresses one of the most significant issues in international strategic studies today: how to meet the challenge of a rising China?
The Case of India-Pakistan Saira Khan, McGill University, Canada This new volume explores what the acquisition of nuclear weapons means for the life of a protracted conflict, using the case study of the conflict between India and Pakistan. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory. Part 2: The India-Pakistan Protracted Conflict September 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37507-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89176-6
FORTHCOMING
Pakistan’s Security The Insecure State Shaun Gregory, University of Bradford, UK This is an in-depth analysis of the contemporary security of Pakistan – now one of the most important states in the world in terms of international security. Selected Contents: 1. Inside the Pakistani State 2. Federalism and Pakistani State Security 3. Terrorism in Pakistan 4. The Great Enemy: Pakistan and India 5. Pakistani Security in Regional Context 6. Great Power Rivalry and Pakistan 7. Securing the Insecure State January 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40573-7: £65.00
Selected Contents: 1. Thinking about Cold Wars 2. Patterns in Cold War Rivalry 3. The India-Pakistan Cold War – Ideational and Material Dimensions 4. The India-Pakistan Nuclear Relationship 5. Anticipating Cold War’s End 6. Conclusion April 2008: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-39194-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92823-3
NEW
The Rise of China and International Security Edited by Kevin J. Cooney, Union University, Tennessee, USA and Yoichiro Sato, Asia-Pacific Center for Security Studies, Hawaii, USA
Edited by Quansheng Zhao, American University, Washington, USA and Guoli Liu, Charleston College, USA
September 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46573-1: £70.00
This book is a groundbreaking analysis of the IndiaPakistan nuclear confrontation as a form of ‘cold war’. Drawing on nuclear rivalries between similar pairs, the work examines the rise, process and potential end of the Cold War between India and Pakistan.
America and Asia Respond
Global Perspectives
Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding the China Challenge 1. China Rising: Theoretical Understanding and Global Response Quansheng Zhao and Guoli Liu 2. China’s Rise in Historical Perspective Warren I. Cohen 3. Exploring Theoretical Implications of the Rise of China: A Critique on Mainstream IR Perspectives Yun-han Chu and Min-Hua Huang 4. China’s Rise as a Trading Power Guoli Liu Part 2: Perspectives from the Globe 5. U.S. Response to the China Challenge Robert G. Sutter 6. Japan’s Shifting Strategy toward the Rise of China Mike M. Mochizuki 7. Future imperfect: The European Union’s Encounter with China (and the United States) William A. Callahan 8. Beyond Alliance? China’s Strategic Partnerships with Russia and India Yong Deng 9. Southeast Asian Perspectives on the China Challenge Evelyn Goh 10. Latin America and China’s Growing Interest He Li Part 3: Managing the Challenge 11. Unipolarity: Implications for China, the US and the World Qingguo Jia 12. Managing the Challenge: Power Shift in U.S.-China Relations Quansheng Zhao
Rajesh M. Basrur, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore
This comprehensive volume fills a gap in the existing literature by focusing on the responses of other East Asian states to China’s rise. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Kevin Cooney 2. The Rise of China: Chinese Perspectives Jian Yang 3. ChineseAmerican Hegemonic Competition in East Asia: A New Cold War or into the Arms of America? Kevin Cooney 4. U.S. Strategic Relations with a Rising China: Trajectories and Impacts on Asia-Pacific Security Evelyn Goh 5. Tango without Trust and Respect? Japan’s Awkward CoProsperity with China in the Twenty-First Century Yoichiro Sato 6. Taiwan’s Response to the Rise of China Denny Roy 7. Out of America, Into the Dragon’s Arms: South Korea, a Northeast Asian Balancer? Seongho Sheen 8. Southeast Asian Responses to China’s Rise: Managing the Elephants? Evelyn Goh 9. India’s Response to China’s Rise Mohan Malik 10. Political Construction of Human Rights: With a Focus on North Korean Refugees in China Mikyoung Kim 11. Conclusion: China in the Eyes of Asia and America Yoichiro Sato July 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43396-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89363-0
NEW
US Taiwan Policy Constructing the Triangle Øystein Tunsjø, Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies, Oslo, Norway This book is the first to trace the historical origins of what is known as the ‘Taiwan issue’ in US-China relations from a constructivist perspective. Selected Contents: 1. Refocusing the Study of US Taiwan Policy 2. Discourses and the Origins of the ‘Taiwan Issue’ 1949–50 3. Opening Space on the Taiwan Question 1969–72 4. Contemporary Challenges in US Taiwan Policy 5. Debating US Strategy towards China 6. Understanding US Taiwan Policy – The Linkage between History and Theory February 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45202-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93035-9
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series Leszek Buszynski, International University of Japan and William Tow, Australian National University, Canberra, Australia This series puts forward important new work on key security issues in the Asia Pacific region. It embraces the roles of the major actors, their defense policies and postures and their security interaction over the key issues of the region. It includes coverage of the United States, China, Japan, Russia, the Koreas, as well as the middle powers of ASEAN and South Asia. It also covers issues relating to environmental and economic security as well as transnational actors and regional groupings.
FORTHCOMING
Securing Southeast Asia
Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia
The Politics of Security Sector Reform
Ralf Emmers, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore This book examines geopolitics in East Asia, focusing in particular on East Asia’s contentious maritime territorial disputes. It examines how important factors including territory, natural resources and power relations influence state behaviour and relations between important powers including the United States, China, Japan and South Korea. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Geopolitical Considerations in International Relations 2. Geopolitical Considerations of the Claimant States 3. The Tokdo/Takeshima Dispute 4. The Senkaku/Diao yu Dispute 5. The Spratly and Paracel Disputes. Concluding Chapter: Toward Conflict Management May 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46942-5: £75.00
Asia’s Nuclear Futures
FORTHCOMING
Chung Min Lee, National University of Singapore, Singapore
North Korea’s Military-Diplomatic Campaigns
This volume provides a comprehensive assessment of the role of nuclear weapons in Asia since 1945, its implications for regional and global security, and the conditions under which more Asian countries might seek to acquire a nuclear capability in the future.
A Case of Calculated Adventurism
February 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42825-5: £75.00
Australia as an Asia-Pacific Regional Power Friendships in Flux? Edited by Brendan Taylor, Australian National University, Australia This book considers the changing nature of Australia’s identity and role in the Asia-Pacific, and the forces behind these developments, with particular attention towards security alignments and alliance relationships. Selected Contents: Foreword Coral Bell Part 1: Laying the Table 1. Introduction Brendan Taylor 2. Alliances and Alignments in the Twenty-First Century William Tow Part 2: Dining with Giants 3. Australia–United States Paul Dibb 4. Australia–Japan Brendan Taylor and Desmond Ball 5. Australia–China Michael Wesley 6. Australia–India Sandy Gordon Part 3: Working the Room 7. Australia–Indonesia Allan Gyngell 8. Australia–South Pacific Hugh White 9. Australia–New Zealand Robert Ayson 10. Australia–Singapore Ron Huisken Part 4: Washing Up 11. Threats without Enemies: Are Australia’s Alliances and Alignments Still Relevant? Christopher Chung 12. Australia’s Changing Alliances and Alignments: Towards a New Diplomatic Two-Step? Pauline Kerr and Shannon Tow 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40421-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94012-9
Narushige Michishita, National Institute for Defense Studies, Japan This book examines North Korea’s nuclear strategy over a long time period from the early 1960s, setting the nuclear strategy in the wider context of North Korea’s military and diplomatic campaigns to achieve its political goals. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Origins and Development of Calculated Adventurism 2. Changing Strategic Equation on the Korean Peninsula 3. Genesis of the Calculated Adventurism, 1966-1972: The Pueblo Incident, 1968 4. Limited Use of Force, 1973-1992: West Sea Incident, 1973-74, and The Axe Murder Incident, 1976 5. Strategic Coercion, 1993-2000: The First Nuclear Diplomacy, 1993-94, and Missile Diplomacy and the Second West Sea Incident, 1998-2000 6. The Second Nuclear Diplomacy and its Outlook 7. Conclusion Effectiveness and Limits of the Calculated Adventurism January 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44943-4: £75.00
NEW
Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons Bhumitra Chakma, University of Hull, UK This book provides a comprehensive study of a nuclear-armed Pakistan, investigating the implications of its emergence as a nuclear weapons state. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Pakistan’s Nuclearisation Process: Proliferation Lessons and the rise of the second nuclear age 3. Pakistan’s Emerging Nuclear Posture and Doctrinal Contemplation 4. Pakistan’s Nuclear Deterrent: Force Level and Missile Capabilities 5. Command and Control System 6. Pakistan and the Global Non-proliferation Regime 7. Proliferation Control Challenges, Nuclear Terrorism, and Pakistan 8. Conclusion August 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40871-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89223-7
Mark Beeson, University of Birmingham, UK and Alex Bellamy, University of Queensland, Australia This book applies the security reform agenda to Southeast Asia. It investigates recent developments in civil-military relations in the region, looking in particular at the impact and utility of the agenda on the region and assessing whether it is likely to help make the region more stable and less prone to military interventions. Selected Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction 1. Security Sector Reform in a Southeast Asian Context 2. Civil-Military Relations and Institutional Change 3. The Historical Origins of Southeast Asian Security 4. Malaysia: Constitutionalism Corrupted? 5. Thailand: Military Rule, There and Back Again? 6. Indonesia: From Concordance to Constitutionalism? 7. The Philippines: The Politics of Polyarchy? Conclusion. References 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41619-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93488-3
FORTHCOMING
Selected Contents: Part 1: Proliferation Networks. Part 2: Nuclear Pandora’s Arc. Part 3: Tipping Points and New Security Dilemmas. Part 4: A Brave New World?
17
FORTHCOMING
Security and International Politics in the South China Sea Towards a Co-operative Management Regime Edited by Sam Bateman and Ralf Emmers, both at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore The South China Sea has long been regarded as a major source of tension in East Asia. This book examines international politics and security in the South China Sea, exploring the history of the disputes, attempts to resolve them, and new security threats including piracy, terrorism, resource and environmental management. Selected Contents: Introduction Sam Bateman Part 1 – Background to the South China Sea Disputes 1. Islands, Rocks and Shoals: A Geo-Political Overview of the South China Sea Clive Schofield 2. The South China Sea Dispute: An International History Geoffrey Till 3. The Contribution of the South China Sea Workshops – Importance of a Functional Approach Ian Townsend-Gault 4. Maritime Territorial Disputes and their Impact on Maritime Strategy – A Historical Perspective Bruce A. Elleman Section 2 – The Environment, Resources and Marine Scientific Research 5. The UNEP/GEF South China Sea Project: Reversing Environmental Degradation Trends in the South China Sea and Gulf of Thailand Miguel D. Fortes 6. Fisheries Management in the South China Sea David Rosenberg 7. Cooperative Development of the Oil and Gas Resources of the South China Sea Zou Keyuan Section 3 – The Strategic Significance of the South China Sea 8. The Spratly Dispute in ChinaSoutheast Asia Relations: A Case of De-escalation Ralf Emmers 9. Claimants Policies on the South China Sea Craig Snyder 10. China and the South China Sea Disputes Li Minjiang 11. The Declaration on the Conduct of Parties in the South China Sea Nguyen Hong Thao Section 4 – Good Order at Sea in the South China Sea 12. The South China Sea – The Long Road toward Peace and Cooperation Hasjim Djalal 13. Legal Regimes for Cooperation in the South China Sea Robert Beckman 14. The South China Sea (SCS): From Hostility to Stability Ramli Haji Nik December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46943-2: £75.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
18
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
FORTHCOMING
The China-India-Pakistan Strategic Relationship Ashok Kapur, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada This book traces the triangular strategic relationship of India, Pakistan and China over the second half of the twentieth century, showing how two enmities – Sino-Indian and Indo-Pakistani – and one friendship – Sino-Pakistani – defined the distribution of power and the patterns of relationships in a major centre of gravity of international conflict and international change. Selected Contents: 1. Importance of Subject 2. ChinaIndia-Pakistan as a Strategic Triangle: Overview 3. Origins of the Triangle: Context, Motives and Behaviour, 1950s – Early 1960s 4. The Triangle at Work in War – 1962, 1965, 1971 5. China and Pakistan Nuclearize the Triangle, 1970s – Present, and India Joins the Nuclear Game (1998) 6. Late 1990s – Present. China Adapts its Style and Makes Few Minor Policy Changes 7. The Future: Adapting or Learning from the Past January 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45466-7: £75.00
FORTHCOMING
American Sanctions in the Asia-Pacific Brendan Taylor, Australian National University, Australia Provides a comprehensive assessment of US sanctions policy in the Asia-Pacific, examining US sanctions policy toward China, Japan, North Korea, India/Pakistan, Taiwan, Indonesia and Myanmar. In each case it discusses why sanctions were employed, what the expectations were, how sanctions operated in practice, and how effective they were. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Sanctions Debate – An Overview 3. China 4. Japan 5. North Korea 6. India/Pakistan 7. Taiwan 8. Indonesia 9. Myanmar 10. Summary and Conclusions February 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42350-2: £75.00
China’s Security Interests in the 21st Century
Korea in the New Asia
Russell Ong, University of Manchester, UK
Edited by Francoise Nicolas, Centre Asie Ifri, France
Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series
Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies
The collapse of communism in Europe, the quest for economic security and the War on Terror have all affected China’s view of security matters. This book provides a comprehensive study of the new policy and security challenges China faces in the coming years.
This book analyzes to what extent, and how, South Korea may contribute to, and take advantage of, the new regional configuration in East Asia which is dominated by the rise of China.
Selected Contents: 1. The Chinese Concept of Security 2. The Threat of Peaceful Evolution 3. US Global Supremacy 4. The Taiwan Issue 5. The Challenge of Japan 6. The Alliance with North Korea 7. The Role of South Korea 8. The Importance of Central Asia 9. The Drive to Global Power Status 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-39215-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96222-0
Selected Contents: Part 1: Korea, China and East Asian Economic Integration. Part 2: A New Regional Policy for Korea 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42006-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94659-6
Military Control in Pakistan The Parallel State Mazhar Aziz, Independent scholar
Maritime Security in Southeast Asia Edited by Kwa Chong Guan, IDSS, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and John Skogan, Norwegian Institute for International Affairs, Norway Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series Expert contributors confront both the maritime security challenges and responses, identifying the nature of the maritime security problem and critically evaluating the various responses with an eye to improving the management of prevailing and emerging security threats. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Southeast-Asian SLOCs and Security Options 2. Re-Thinking the Safety of Navigation in the Malacca Straits Challenges 3. The Importance and Security of Regional Sea Lanes 4. The Regional Dimension of Territorial and Maritime Disputes in Southeast Asia: Actors, Disagreements and Dynamics 5. Maritime Disputes in the South China Sea: Strategic and Diplomatic Status Quo 6. Piracy in the Waters of Southeast Asia 7. Maritime Terrorist Threat in Southeast Asia Responses 8. Building Good Order at Sea in Southeast Asia: The Promise of International Regimes 9. Archipelagic Sea Lanes Passage in Southeast Asia: Developments and Uncertainties 10. The US Regional Maritime Security Initiative and US Grand Strategy in Southeast Asia 11. Satellite-Based Tracking of Ships as Global Crime Control: ISPS Code, AIS, SSAS and LRIT 12. Flags of Convenience as a Complicating Factor in Combating Crime at Sea Comments and Reflections 13. Terrorism at Sea: Combating What - and How? 14. Reflections on the Changing Maritime Security Environment Afterword 15. The Important Role of Shipping: Challenges Ahead 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41388-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96441-5
East Asian Integration and the China Factor
Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies This volume examines the role of the military, the most influential actor in Pakistan, and challenges conventional wisdom on the causes of political instability in this geographically important nuclear state. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Conceptualising Political Developments in Pakistan 2. Explaining Politics: Of Institutions and Institutional Theory 3. The Military in Politics 4. Examining Military Coup in Pakistan 5. Ordering the State: Consolidating Military Control 6. ‘L Etat, c’est Militaire’ 2007: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-43743-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93357-2
FORTHCOMING
War and Nationalism in South Asia The Indian State and the Nagas Marcus Franke, University of Heidelberg, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies This book presents and analyzes the oldest subnational war of postcolonial South Asia, the one between the Indian state and the Nagas of Northeast India. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. British Imperial Expansion and Historical Agency – 1820s–1850s 2. The Nagas, the Angami Case – Polity and War, 1820s–1880 3. Imperial Conquest and Withdrawal, 1860s–1947 4. The Transformation of Naga Societies under Colonialism 5. India’s Nation-Building and the Nagas, 1947–64 6. The Nagas’ War 7. Machiavelli in the Naga Hills 8. The Destruction of the Common Good: Peripheral People as the Victims of Imperial State Formation January 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43741-7: £85.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
FORTHCOMING
Water, War and India-Pakistan Relations Nasrullah M. Mirza, Quaid-i-Azam University, Pakistan Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies This book presents a theoretical model which explains the role of international rivers in inter-state relations in general, and the intertwined nature of the disputes between India and Pakistan over Kashmir and the Indus rivers in particular. It shows that competition over, and control of, vital resources - be they oil, materials for warfare, or minerals - is the main cause of conflict between states, and it highlights the pitfalls in the field of mediation and exposes the role of self-interested mediators in providing unsustainable solutions. It will be of interest to academics in the field of International Relations and International Security, Conflict Resolution, Geopolitics and South Asian Studies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Theoretical Framework 2. Conflict Factors in the Indus Basin 3. Water-War Linkages in Indus and Jordan Basins 4. Indus Dispute: Pre-Mediation Scenario (1947-51) 5. Mediating Indus Dispute: The role of the World Bank 6. The Strategy of Accomodation 7. Indus Waters Treaty: Implications 8. Water Disputes and Diplomatic Deadlock 9. Conclusion. Appendices December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46946-3: £80.00
RELATED JOURNAL NEW TO ROUTLEDGE IN 2008
The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis Publication of the Korea Institute for Defense Analyses (KIDA) Editor-in-Chief: Changsu Kim Since its first publication in 1989, The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has been covering a broad range of topics related to foreign policy, defense and international affairs in the Asia-Pacific region. As one of the three SSCI registered English journals of political science in Asia, The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has promoted efforts to provide an arena for sharing initiatives and new perspectives on military and security issues of the Asia-Pacific region.
FORTHCOMING
Routledge Contemporary China Series
China, Xinjiang and Central Asia History, Transition and Crossborder Interaction into the 21st Century
China Turns to Multilateralism Foreign Policy and Regional Security Edited by Guoguang Wu, University of Victoria, Canada Written by an impressive team of international scholars, this volume is the first collective effort in the field of China studies and international relations to look at China’s recent turn to multilateralism in foreign affairs. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. International Multilateralism with Chinese Characteristics: Attitude Changes, Policy Imperatives, and Regional Impacts Guoguang Wu and Helen Lansdowne Part 1: Global Concerns 2. China’s New Internationalism Lowell Dittmer 3. Racing to Integrate, or Cooperating to Compete? Liberal and Realist Interpretations of China’s New Multilateralism Thomas G. Moore 4. New Player in the Game: China, Arms Control and Multilateralism Jing-dong Yuan Part 2: Regional Security 5. China’s Multilateralism and Regional Order Michael Yahuda 6. China and the North Korean Nuclear Problem: Diplomatic Initiative, Strategic Complexities, and Relevance of Security Multilateralism Yinhong Shi 7. China and SCO: Towards a New Type of Interstate Relations Jianwei Wang 8. Chinese and ASEAN Responses to the US Regional Maritime Security Initiative Gaye Christoffersen 9. Maritime Security and Multilateral Interactions between China and its Neighbours Keyuan Zou Part 3: Peaceful Rise? 10. Intentions on Trial: ‘Peaceful Rise’ and Sino-ASEAN Relations Yongnian Zheng and Sow Keat Tok 11. Peaceful Rise? Soft Power? Human Rights in China’s New Multilateralism Jeremy Paltiel 12. China’s Petroleum Diplomacy: Hu Jintao’s Biggest Challenge in Foreign and Security Policy Willy Lam 13. China’s Multilateralism and its Impacts on Cross-Strait Relations: A View from Taipei Dong-Ching Day 14. An Exception to the Growing Emphasis on Multilateralism: The Case of China’s Policy toward Hong Kong Jean-Philippe Béja Conclusion 15. Multiple Levels of Multilateralism: The Rising China in the Turbulent World Guoguang Wu 2007: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-42571-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94632-9
Edited by Michael Clarke and Colin Mackerras, both at Griffith University, Australia Central Asia and Xinjiang, the far northwestern province of China, are of increasing international importance. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the region’s significance historically, of the contemporary international forces which affect the region, and of current political, economic and cultural developments. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Michael Clarke and Colin Mackerras Section 1: Conceptions of Xinjiang and Central Asia in World History 2. The ‘Centrality’ of Central Asia in World History, 1700-2005: From Pivot to Periphery and Back Again? Michael Clarke 3. Views of Xinjiang and the Silk Road in World History James Millward 4. The ‘Perilous Frontier’ in the Twenty-First Century: State Formation in Afghanistan’s Past and Present Geoff Watson Section 2: Contemporary Political, Economic and Social Dilemmas in Xinjiang and Central Asia 5. Xinjiang-Central Asia: Interdependency – Not Integration Ann McMillan 6. Minority Entrepreneurs on the Move in China – The Uygur Minority Marika Vicziany 7. The Historical Development of Central Asia and Xinjiang in the Twentieth Century: Bases of Contemporary Dilemmas Ablet Kamalov 8. Beijing’s Growing Security Dilemma in Xinjiang and Central Asia Martin Andrew Section 3: International Relations in the Xinjiang and Central Asia Region 9. Xinjiang and Central Asia since 1990: Views from Beijing and Washington and Sino-American Relations Colin Mackerras 10. Central Asia’s Stability in Official Russian Security Thinking under Yeltsin and Putin: From Hegemony to Multilateral Pragmatism Kiril Nourzhanov 11. Uzbekistan and the United States: Friends or Foes Shahram Akbarzadeh Section 4: Conclusion 12. Conclusion Donald H. McMillen January 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45317-2: £75.00
NEW
China’s Energy Geopolitics The Shanghai Cooperation Organization and Central Asia Thrassy N. Marketos, C.E.D.S., Paris, France China’s need for energy has become a driving factor in contemporary world politics and a precondition for sustaining China’s continuing high economic growth. This book argues that a US presence in Central Asia is necessary for securing the energy provision of China from the region. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Chinese Strategic Interests in Eurasia 2. Shanghai Cooperation Organization: Security Role in Eurasia 3. Clashes and Coexistence among the Three Major Powers in Eurasia 4. Is a Strategic Meeting of Minds among Washington, Beijing and Moscow for the Sake of Eurasia’s Stability Realistic? 5. The Nexus between Energy, Security and Maritime Power and S.C.O.’s Role in China’s Energy Security. Conclusions
Volume 20, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN 1016-3271 Online ISSN 1941-4641
19
August 2008: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-45690-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89428-6
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
20
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
China-US Relations Transformed
NEW
FORTHCOMING
Perspectives and Strategic Interactions
China and the New International Order
Southeast Asia and the Rise of China
Edited by Wang Gungwu, National University of Singapore and Zheng Yongnian, University of Nottingham, UK
Ian Storey, Asia-Pacific Center for Security Studies, Hawaii, USA
Edited by Suisheng Zhao, University of Denver, USA This book, written by leading scholars and policy analysts from both the US and China, explores the transformation and multifaceted nature of US-China relations. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Implications of China’s Rise for US-China Relations Suisheng Zhao 2. China Rising: Geo-Strategic Thrust and Diplomatic Engagement Suisheng Zhao Part 2: Perspectives of Chinese Scholars 3. Learning to Live with the Hegemon: China’s Policy toward the U.S. Since the End of the Cold War Jia Qingguo 4. Complexity and Transformational Structure of China-US Relations Chen Dongxiao 5. Comparing Security Concepts of China and the United States Xu Jian 6. Nuclear Deterrence and Sino-U.S. Strategic Relationship Zhang Baohui 7. ChinaUS Economic Relations and the Trade Imbalance Issue Li Wei Part 3: Perspectives of US-Based Scholars 8. Managing a Multifaceted Relationship with China Phillip Saunders 9. The Domestic Political Game Behind the Engagement Strategy Jean Garrison 10. Chinese Military Modernization and Energy Security: Conflict or Cooperation? Bernard Cole 11. The Rise of China and Sino-American Energy Cooperation June Teufel Dreyer 12. China’s Economic Rise: Implications for the United States Pieter Bottelier 13. China, the US and Japan: Reconfiguring Relations in Southeast Asia Elizabeth Economy 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43867-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93478-4
FORTHCOMING
Institutional Balancing in the Asia Pacific Economic Interdependence and China’s Rise Kai He, Spelman College, USA This book is about the strategic interactions between China and other major powers in the AsiaPacific, the United States, Japan, and the Southeast Asian states, in the context of China’s rise and processes of globalization after the Cold War. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Rise of the Dragon 1. China’s Rise and Institutionalization of Security in Asia 2. China’s Institutional Balancing-Peaceful Rise? Part 2: Reining in the Dragon 3. America’s Institutional Balancing-Pragmatic Engagement 4. Japan’s Institutional Balancing-Normalizing Foreign Policy 5. ASEAN’s Institutional Balancing-Living with Giants Part 3: The Dragon in 21st Century World Politics 6. Institutional Balancing and the Rise of China November 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46952-4: £75.00
Series: China Policy Series This book explores China’s place in the new international order, from both the international perspective, and from the perspective within China. It discusses how far the new international order, as viewed by the United States and with the United States seeing itself as the single dominant power, applies to China. Selected Contents: Introduction Wang Gungwu and Zheng Yongnian Part 1: Key Issues in Conceptualising Chinese International Relations 1. China and International Order: Some Historical Perspectives Wang Gungwu 2. Nationalism: Dynamics of Domestic Transformation and International Relations in China Zheng Yongnian 3. Redefining Chinese Concept of Sovereignty Shan Wenhua 4. Sovereignty in Exercise: Constructing Political Chinese-ness in Post-1997 Hong Kong Tok Sow Keat 5. Beyond Symbiosis: Changing CivilMilitary Relationship after Mao You Ji Part 2: China and Globalization 6. China Reshapes the World Economy Deng Ziliang and Zheng Yongnian 7. Understanding Chinese Views of the Emerging Global Order Zhang Yongjin 8. China Joins Global Governance: The Ten Conundrums Gerald Chan Part 3: China and Regionalism 9. Contested International Relations Theory and China’s Constructing Regional Entitlement Gordon Cheung 10. Learning from the EU? China’s Changing Outlook Towards Multilateralism Jean-Pierre Cabestan 11. Northeast Asia Regionalism and China: From an Outside-in Perspective Jaewoo Choo 12. China in the Shanghai Cooperation Organization Pan Guang 13. China and ASEAN in the Asian Regional Integration Sheng Lijun Part 4: China and International Relations Studies 14. De-Constructing Cultural Realism Anthony A. Loh 15. Toward a Chinese School of International Relations? Ren Xiao January 2008: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-44111-7: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93226-1
Ancient China on Postmodern War Enduring Ideas from the Chinese Strategic Tradition Thomas M. Kane, University of Hull, UK
This book examines ASEAN-Chinese relations over recent years, showing how worries about China’s developing role have been a significant factor in shaping the nature of ASEAN and its policies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. ASEAN’s Relations with the PRC during the Cold War: From Hostility to Alignment 2. ASEAN-China Relations in the Post-Cold War Era 3. ASEAN and the Engagement of China 4. Indonesia 5. Malaysia 6. Singapore 7. Thailand 8. The Philippines 9. Brunei 10. Vietnam 11. Burma/Myanmar 12. Cambodia 13. Laos. Conclusion June 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32621-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-32189-8
RELATED JOURNAL Asian Affairs Journal of the Royal Society for Asian Affairs Editor: Barney Smith Asian Affairs covers the whole region of Asia - the Middle East, Central Asia, South Asia, South East Asia and East Asia. The Journal has a multi-disciplinary approach, which includes social, political and historical perspectives as well as contemporary affairs. Editions of Asian Affairs generally consist of articles on specific countries, locales or historical episodes. Some articles are based on lectures to the Society. These and others are the fruit of academic research or the experiences of contributors. Biographical pieces and accounts of archaeological and historical travel have also been published. The editor welcomes contributions which fall within the overall framework of the Journal. Volume 39, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 0306-8374 Online ISSN: 1477-1500
Series: Cass Military Studies This book explains the way prominent thinkers from Ancient China treated critical strategic questions and how this informs modern strategic theory. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Historical Background 3. From Modernism to Postmodernism in Contemporary Strategic Thought 4. The Nature of War 5. Waging War 6. Conclusion: Thinking About Strategy 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-38479-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08888-3
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series
FORTHCOMING
The Separatist Conflict in Sri Lanka A Political-Economic Analysis
Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series
Asoka Bandarage, Georgetown University, USA
China-India Relations Contemporary Dynamics Amardeep Athwal, University of Toronto, Canada This book examines the modern-day dynamics of the Sino-Indian relationship, assessing the accuracy of predominant neorealist accounts which emphasize its conflictual and competitive elements. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The History of Sino-Indian Relations 2. The Indian Ocean and China and India’s Naval Strategy and Modernization 3. Chinese and Indian Economic Liberalization and the Nature of the Sino-Indian Economic Relationship 4. China and India’s Energy Policies 5. The Positive Trends in the Sino-Indian Bilateral Dialogue. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-43735-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93444-9
FORTHCOMING
India’s Energy Security Edited by Ligia Noronha and Anant Sudarshan, both at The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), India This book explores the multifaceted aspects of India’s energy security concerns. It looks at the political calculus of India’s energy choices, geopolitical, security and trade issues, India’s energy problems in the wider Asian context and consumption and climate related challenges. Selected Contents: Foreword. Part 1. Understanding India’s Energy Security Concerns. Part 2. Making Ends Meet: Fuel and Supply Questions. Part 3. Energy Security: Revisiting the Consumption Question. Part 4. The Future of Nuclear Energy in India. Part 5. Looking Ahead: Energy Security in a Climate Stressed World December 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46838-1: £75.00
Madrasas in South Asia
This book provides an in-depth, historical case study of the origin, evolution and potential resolution of the civil conflict in Sri Lanka.
NEW
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Pre-Colonial Ethno-Religious Evolution, circa 5 B.C- 16 A.D. 2. Colonialism and Ethno-Religious Stratification, 1505–1940s 3. Anti-Colonial Resistance and Democratization, 1880s–1940s 4. Post-Colonial Ethno-Religious Nationalism, 1948–1970 5. Democratic -Socialism, Class and Ethnic Conflicts, 1970-–1977 6. Economic Liberalization, Authoritarianism and Conflict, 1977–1983 7. Internationalization of the Conflict, 1983–2002 8. Conclusions
States of Conflict
December 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77678-3: £80.00
Islamist Militancy in Bangladesh A Complex Web Ali Riaz, Illinois State University, USA This book examines the growing Islamist militancy in Bangladesh. It examines the relevance, significance and trajectories of militant Islamist groups in Bangladesh by presenting the complex web of domestic, regional and international events and dynamics that engendered and strengthened Islamist militancy in Bangladesh. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Political Landscape of Bangladesh 2. Islamist Politics and the Militants: A Taxonomy 3. The Missing State and the Homegrown Militants 4. A ’Friendly’ Neighborhood and the Proxy-Wars 5. The Long Shadow of the Distant World 6. Future Trajectories of Islamist Militancy in Bangladesh. Appendix 1: Constitutional Provisions of the Caretaker Government. Appendix 2: Bomb Attacks in Bangladesh 1999-2005. Appendix 3: Militant Islamist Organizations in Bangladesh. Appendix 4: Profiles of Islamist Militant Leaders. Appendix 5: The JMB Leaflet Calls for Islamic Rule. The Original Text of the JMB Leaflet 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45172-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93308-4
Teaching Terror?
Ethnic Politics in Burma Ashley South, Independent consultant, amongst others for the United Nations and Human Rights Watch This book considers the conflict and civil war that has ravaged Burma, and considers the implications that conflict has had for Burma’s development and prospects for democratization. Part 1: Conflicting Histories 1. Shifting Identities [Pre-colonial and Colonial Burma] 2. State and Society, Grievance and Greed, Ethnicity and Insurgency [World War, Independence and Civil War] Part 2: Armed Conflict Since 1988 3. Enemies and Allies on the Thailand Border [Insurgency and Exile] 4. The Costs of Conflict [Humanitarian Impacts and Responses: Refugees and the Internally Displaced, and International Agendas] Part 3: State, Ceasefires and Civil Society 5. The SPDC and the Ceasefire Movement [Militarisation and Governance] 6. Civil Society and Social Change [Contested Domains] 7. Re-Imagining Communities [Development and Democracy] June 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41008-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89519-1
NEW
Ethno-Religious Violence in Indonesia From Soil to God Chris Wilson, Formerly at Australian National University, Australia From 1999 until 2000, the conflict in North Maluku, Indonesia, saw the most intense communal violence of Indonesia’s period of democratization. This book examines this brutal conflict, illustrating in detail how and why previously peaceful religious communities can descend into violent conflict. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Study of Violent Communal Conflict 2. North Maluku in Context 3. Initiation - Malifut 4. Escalation - Ternate and Tidore 5. Dispersion - Torbelo and Galela 6. Political Exploitation - The Putih-Kuning 7. Killing in the Name of God 8. Conclusion
Edited by Jamal Malik, Erfurt University, Germany This book discusses the educational system of madrasas in South Asia. It gives a balanced and contextual account on different facets of madrasa education from historical, anthropological, theological, political and religious studies perspectives.
March 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45380-6: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92898-1
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Jamal Malik 2. Ahl-i Sunnat Madrasas: The Madrasa Manzar-i Islam, Bareilly, and Jamia Ashrafiyya, Mubarakpur Usha Sanyal 3. Making Muslims: Identity and Difference in Indian Madrasas Arshad Alam 4. Madrasas: The Potential for Violence in Pakistan? Tariq Rahman 5. Pakistani Madrasas and Rural Underdevelopment: An Empirical Study of Ahmedpur East Saleem H. Ali 6. Pakistan’s Recent Experience in Reforming Islamic Education Christopher Candland 7. The Gender of Madrasa Teaching Nita Kumar 8. Cinematic Representation of Islamic Learning and Identity Conflict in Bangladesh Zakir Hossain Raju 9. Power, Purity and the Vanguard: Educational Ideology of the Jama’at-i-Islami of India Irfan Ahmad 10. In Lieu of a Conclusion Jamal Malik 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44247-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93657-3
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
21
22
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
FORTHCOMING
Military Politics in Contemporary Southeast Asia
Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies
Marcus Mietzner, The Indonesian Institute, Jakarta, Indonesia
Glenn D. Hook, University of Sheffield, UK
This book examines the role of the military in Southeast Asian politics, focusing especially on developments since 2001. Each chapter addresses the role of the military in the politics of a particular country, including Thailand, Myanmar, Indonesia, the Philippines, Malaysia, Singapore, Vietnam and East Timor.
NEW
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Political Role of Southeast Asian Militaries Marcus Mietzner 2. Thailand: Insurgency, Political Conflict and the Overthrow of Thaksin James Ockey or Duncan M. Cargo 3. Philippines: Extrajudicial Killings, Rebellions and Arroyo’s Fight for Survival Carolina Hernandez or Nathan Quimpo 4. Indonesia: Political Stabilization and the Decline of State Coercion Marcus Mietzner 5. Myanmar: Domestic Opposition and International Isolation Morten Pedersen 6. Malaysia: Civil-Military Relations in the Post-Mahatir Polity William Case 7. Singapore: The Armed Forces and Societal Pressure for Political Change Tim Huxley 8. Vietnam: The Military’s Declining Historical Legitimacy Thaveeporn Vasavakul 9. East Timor: From Rebel Movement to State Army – An Impossible Transition? Douglas Kammen 10. Conclusion: Conflict, Insurgencies and Democratic Governance – Trends in Southeast Asian Civil-Military Relations after 2001 Marcus Mietzner January 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46035-4: £75.00
FORTHCOMING
Reconciliation in Post-Suharto Indonesia Priyambudi Sulistiyanto, National University of Singapore The era of rule by the Suharto regime in Indonesia was characterised by a long series of gross human rights abuses. This book examines the politics of reconciliation and forgiveness in post Suharto Indonesia since 1998. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Politics of Reconciliation and Forgiveness in Emerging Democracies 2. Regime Change, Justice and Reconciliation 3. Failure of Prosecution (the case of the East Timor tribunal) 4. Reconciliation through a Truth Commission (a critical examination) 5. Haunted by the Past (the case of the 1965/1966 Mass Killing) 6. Trials versus ’Islamic’ Reconciliation (the case of Tanjung Priok Killings) 7. Reconciliation with Compensation (the Lampung/Talangsari Killings) 8. Searching for Justice and Reconciliation (the Trisakti/Semanggi Killings) 9. Post-Suharto Indonesia in Comparative Perspective. Conclusion August 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43120-0: £75.00
Japan’s Middle East Security Policy Theory and Cases Yukiko Miyagi, University of Durham, UK This book focuses on Japanese policy toward Middle East security issues, examining how policy is shaped by the need to both maintain Japan’s security alliance with the US and its oil relationship with states in the Middle East. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Aims, Debates and Theoretical Framework 2. Japan’s Policy Towards Middle East Security Issues: An Overview 3. Policy Determinants and the Policy-making Process 4. The Iraq War 5. The Iranian Nuclear Crisis 6. Syria Under US Hostility 7. Conclusion: Findings and Implications September 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45878-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93115-8
FORTHCOMING
Japan’s Security Identity From a Peace-State to an International-State Bhubhindar Singh, University of Sheffield, UK This book examines Japanese post-Cold War security policy, analyzing how Japan reacted to the end of the Cold War, the results of the transformation in the post-Cold War security environment, and exactly how Japanese security has changed from its Cold War design. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Identity and Japanese Security Policy 2. Japanese Security Identity 3. Japan and UN Peacekeeping 4. US-Japan Defence Cooperation 5. Fight Against Terrorism 6. Conclusion July 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46336-2: £75.00
FORTHCOMING
Japan’s Security Policy and Ballistic Missile Defence Christopher W. Hughes, University of Warwick, UK Japan’s Security Policy and Ballistic Missile Defence provides an analysis of a very topical and controversial subject: Japan’s participation in the American ’Star Wars’ missile programme. Based on extensive research and interviews with many of Japan’s policy makers, this book is a must read for anyone interested in security issues in the Asia Pacific.
Japan’s Security Policy and the ASEAN Regional Forum The Search for Multilateral Security in the AsiaPacific Takeshi Yuzawa, The Japan Institute of International Affairs, Japan Based on documents and extensive interviews with Japanese policy makers, this book provides a comprehensive and detailed empirical analysis of Japan’s involvement in Asia-Pacific security multilateralism after the end of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Japan’s Growing Interest in Asia-Pacific Security Multilateralism: The Road to the Nakayama Proposal (1989–1991) 2. The Surge of Japan’s Enthusiasm for Regional Security Multilateralism and the Formation of the ARF (1992-–1993) 3. Japan’s Policy on the Evolution of Confidence Building Measures in the ARF 4. Japan’s Challenges for Promoting Preventive Diplomacy in the ARF 5. Japan and Multilateral Security Dialogue in the ARF (1994–1997): Security Dialogue as a Means of Reassuring, Engaging or Constraining China? 6. Japan and Multilateral Security Dialogue in the ARF (1998–2005): Eroding Confidence in Multilateral Approaches to Regional Security Issues 7. Japan’s Changing Conceptions of the ARF: From an Optimistic Liberal to a Pessimistic Realist Perspective on Asia-Pacific Security Multilateralism. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40337-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96497-2
FORTHCOMING
War and Responsibility in Japan The Role of the Emperor and the War Occupation Debates Kiyohiko Toyama, Miyazaki International College, Japan This book is a reappraisal of the role of the Emperor and his responsibility for Japan’s conduct during the Second World War. It concentrates on the immediate postwar period when Japan was still occupied by the US. Selected Contents: 1. The Concept of ’War Responsibility’ 2. The Emperor and War-Termination 3. The Shadow of War Responsibility 4. The Domestic Debate on the Emperor’s War Responsibility 5. The Limiting Conditions of the Japanese Debate on the Emperor 6. ’Autonomy’ and ’Morality’ in the War Responsibility Debate 7. From the ’Past’ to the ’Present’ 8. Conclusion December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-25420-5: £75.00
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-29888-9: £75.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
NEW
FORTHCOMING
Japanese-Russian Relations, 1907–2007
Conflict Transformation in Central Asia
Joseph Ferguson, University of Washington, Seattle, USA
Irrigation Disputes in the Ferghana Valley
Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan Series This book presents a comprehensive survey of Japanese-Russian relations from the end of the Russo-Japanese War until the present. Based on extensive original research in Japanese and Russian sources, it shows how the hopeful period of the late 1990s – when acrimonious relations between the two briefly ceased – was not in fact unique. Selected Contents: Introduction: Continuing Patterns 1. The Patterns Begin 2. Cold War Patterns 3. Another Rapprochement 4. The International Context 5. The Domestic Political Context 6. The Ideational Context. Conclusion: Japan and Russia in 1996–2007 April 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-45314-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92920-9
Ethno-Nationalism, Islam and the State in the Caucasus Post-Soviet Disorder Edited by Moshe Gammer, Tel Aviv University, Israel Series: Central Asian Studies The region of the Caucasus with its ongoing, and even deteriorating, crises and instability, and its critical strategic and economic importance, is increasingly at the focus of the world’s attention. This book discusses the complexities and interplay among important forces at work in the region, including different brands of Islam, nationalisms, ethnic identities, local bureaucracies, Moscow’s policies and influences from the outside. Selected Contents: 1. Informal Power Structures in Russia and Ethno-Political Conflict in the Northern Caucasus Maxim U. Barbashin 2. Islam and the Legal System in the North-Western Caucasus Irina L. Babich 3. ‘Re-Islamisation’ and Ethno-Nationalism: The Circassians (Adyghe) of the North-Western Caucasus and their Diaspora Chen Bram 4. The Republic of Adygheia: Perceptions of Rights, Freedoms and Life Chances of Ordinary People Cemre Erciyes 5. The Events of November 1996 in Kabardino-Balkaria and their Prehistory Julietta Meskhidze 6. Russian Policies towards Islamic Extremism in the Northern Caucasus and Destabilization in Kabardino-Balkaria Walter Richmond 7. Ideology and Conflict: Chechen Political Nationalism Prior to, and During Ten Years of War Ekaterina Sokirianskaia 8. The Orstkhoy Revival: Identity and Border Dispute in the Northern Caucasus Victor A. Shnirelman 9. ‘I Can Fight, Army against Army’: The 1994-1996 Russo-Chechen War, Strategies and Misconceptions Yagil Henkin 10. Allah’s Foot Soldiers. An Assessment of the Role of Foreign Fighters and Al-Qaeda in the Chechen Insurgency Brian Glyn Williams 11. From the Challenge of Nationalism to the Challenge of Islam: The Case of Daghestan Moshe Gammer 12. ‘Wahhabis’, Democrats and Everything in Between. The Development of Islamic Activism in Post-Soviet Azerbaijan Sofie Bedford 13. Demography of North Caucasian Jewry: A Note on Population Dynamics and Shifting Identity Mark Tolts 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42345-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93379-4
The Evolution of Regionalism in Asia Economic and Security Issues
Christine Bichsel, Swiss National Centre for Competence in Research (NCCR) and Swiss Peace Foundation, Bern, Switzerland Series: Central Asian Studies This book deals with irrigation disputes and conflict transformation in Central Asia. It analyzes aid projects which seek to transform inter-community conflicts between Kyrgyzstan, Uzbekistan and Tajikistan in the Ferghana Valley, addressing both the practicalities of aid and the discourses within which notions of these practicalities are formed. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Seeing like a Project: Three Cases in the Ferghana Valley 3. Sources of Thought: The Ideational Background 4. The Way of the Water: Irrigation and Conflict 5. White Beards and Active Citizens: Institutions for Conflict Transformation 6. The Crucible of Harmony: Violence and Politics 7. Trouble on the Margins: States, Borders and People 8. Conclusion September 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46725-4: £75.00
Edited by Heribert Dieter, German Institute for International and Security Affairs (SWP), Berlin, Germany and University of Warwick, UK By combining the analysis of the three dimensions of integration, this book enables readers to gain a broad understanding of the theory and practice of integration processes in Asia. Selected Contents: Part 1: Concepts of Regionalism, Interregional Relations and the Role of Specific Players 1. The Evolution of Regionalism in Asia: An Introduction 2. ’Asia, whose Asia?’ Evolving Conceptions of an Asian Community from the 1930s till Today 3. China’s Rise in Asia 4. Japan and the Evolution of Asian Regionalism Part 2: Regionalism in Trade, Finance and Production 5. Bilateral Trade Agreements in the Asia-Pacific 6. Responses to Regionalism 7. The Future of Monetary Regionalism in Asia Part 3: Regionalism and Security 8. Trade and Security in East Asia 9. The (In)Effectiveness of Security Regionalism 10. Regional Peace through Economic Integration 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44684-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93743-3
NEW
Globalisation and Defence in the Asia-Pacific Arms Across Asia Edited by Geoffrey Till, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, Emrys Chew, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and Joshua Ho, S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Series: Contemporary Security Studies This edited volume examines the impact of globalisation on the economies, security policies and military-industrial complexes of the Asia-Pacific region. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Joshua Ho Part 1: Theories of Globalization and Defence 2. Globalization and Armed Conflict Among Nations: Prospects Through the Lens of International Relations Theory Brian Pollins 3. Beyond Interdependence: Globalization, State Transformation and National Security Christopher W Hughes Part 2: Globalization and Defence Policy in the Asia-Pacific 4. Globalization and Military-Industrial Transformation in South Asia: An Historical Perspective Emrys Chew 5. The Impact of Globalization on Threat Perceptions and Defence Postures in Northeast Asia Guibourg Delamotte 6. The Impact of Globalization on Threat Perceptions and Defence Postures in Southeast Asia: Two views Rizal Sukma and K S Nathan 7. The Impact of Globalization on Threat Perceptions and Defence Postures in South Asia B Rahman Part 3: Globalization and the Defence Economy in the Asia-Pacific 8. Defence and the Economy: An Introduction Ron Mathews 9. Globalization and Defence Industry in East Asia: Seeking Self-Sufficiency and Teaming Up for Dual-Use Technology Arthur S Ding 10. Exploring Southeast Asia’s Twenty-First Century Defence Economies: Opportunites and Challenges in the Era of Globalization, 1993-2005 Renato Cruz de Castro 11. Globalization’s Impact on Defence Industry in Southeast Asia Rommel Banlaoi 12. Globalization and the Defence Economy of South Asia: Two Views Vijay Sakhuja and Deba R Mohanty 13. Conclusion Geoffrey Till
FORTHCOMING
Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka Caught in the Peace Trap? Edited by Jonathan Goodhand, SOAS, University of London, UK, Jonathan Spencer, University of Edinburgh, UK and Benedikt Korf, University of Zurich - Irchel, Switzerland This book brings together a unique range of perspectives on the Sri Lankan peace process from 2001-2006, and the attempts to bring this protracted violent conflict to a peaceful resolution. It draws conclusions from the Sri Lankan case for wider debates concerning post conflict peacebuilding. Selected Contents: Setting the Scene 1. Introduction Goodhand, Korf and Spencer 2. Waiting for Godot? The Sri Lankan Peace Process from a Systemic Perspective Ropers and Uyangoda Security Dynamics 3. Regional Security Dynamics and the Role of India Keethaponcalan 4. Domestic Security and the ’Shadow War’ C. Smith Political Dynamics 5. Nationalist Politics of the South D. Rampton and A.Welikala 6. Politics of the North-East L. Philipson and Y. Thangarajah 7. A Voice in the Peace Process? Political Spaces of Muslims N. Lewera and Ismail Socio-Economic Dynamics 8. The Economic Dimension of the Peace Process Bastian 9. Aiding Peace? An Insider’s View of Donor Support for the Peace Process Mulakala and Burke 10. Muddling the Peace Process? Post-Tsunami Response and Conflict Dynamics Frerks and Klem 11. Civil Society and the Peace Process Sarravanmuttu 12. Conclusions and Policy Implications Goodhand, Korf and Spencer January 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46604-2: £85.00
September 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44048-6: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
23
24
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
FORTHCOMING
Civilisation and Empire East Asia’s Encounter with the European International Society Shogo Suzuki, University of Manchester, UK Series: New International Relations This book provides a critical examination of how state socialization has been conceptualized by examining the entry of China and Japan in the expansion of the European international order. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Approaches to Socialisation in Existing English School Works 2. ’Thin’ Accounts of Socialisation 3. The Janus-Faced European International Society 4. The East Asian International Society 5. Acquiring Knowledge 6. Learning the Competence and Skill to be a ‘Civilised’ State 7. Demonstrating ‘Civilised’ Identity 8. Conclusion February 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44688-4: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
The Maoist Insurgency in Nepal Dynamics and Growth in the Twenty-first Century Edited by Mahendra Lawoti, Western Michigan University, US and Anup Kumar Pahari, Foreign Service Institute, US State Department The book deals with the dynamics and growth of a violent 21st century communist rebellion initiated in Nepal in 1996 by the Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist) – CPN(M). It contextualizes and explains why a violent Maoist insurgency grew in Nepal after the end of the Cold War, in contrast to the decline of other radical communist movements in most parts of the world. Based on original field work and a thorough analysis of empirical data, this book fills an existing gap in academic analyses of the insurgency in Nepal. Selected Contents: Introduction: Evolution and the Rise of the Maoist insurgency in Nepal Part 1. Economic Aspects of the Insurgency 1. An Assessment of the Causes of Conflict in Nepal 2. Changing Environment as the Ultimate Cause of Social Vulnerability and Armed Rebellion: A Case Study of Maoist Insurgency in Nepal 3. Between Clientelistic Dependency and Liberal Market Economy: Rural Support for Maoist Insurgency in Nepal Part 2. Organizational Aspects and Mobilization Strategies 4. The Maoists and Marginalized Groups: Overlap of Interests or a Case of Mobilization? 5. Recruiting Rebels: Indoctrination and Political Education in Nepal 6. Recursive Organizational Theory: Maoist Student Organization’s Notions of Scientific, Systematic Organization and their Internal Culture 7. Catchy Melodies, Clenched Fists: Maoist Cultural Programs in the context of Maoist Political Struggle 8. The Clash of the Armies: Why the Well-trained and Equipped Royal Nepal Army could not Defeat the People’s Liberation Army Part 3. International Dimension and Comparative Perspective 9. External causes of the Nepal’s Armed Conflict: Some Observations and Reflections 10. The Maoist Insurgency: A Comparative Perspective Part 4. Consequences 11. Anthropological Insights into a Model Village of Western Nepal: the Cultural Revolution during the People’s War 12. Consequences of the Militarized Conflict and the Cost of Violence in Nepal. Conclusion February 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77717-9: £80.00
Rethinking Gandhi and Nonviolent Relationality
Strategic Consequences of India’s Economic Performance
Global Perspectives
Sanjaya Baru, Media Advisor, Office of the Prime Minister of India
Edited by Debjani Ganguly and John Docker, both at Australian National University, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia Through interdisciplinary research, key Gandhian concepts are revisited by tracing their genealogies in multiple histories of world contact and by foregrounding their relevance to contemporary struggles to regain the ‘humane’ in the midst of global conflict. Selected Contents: 1. Global State of War and Moral Vernaculars of Nonviolence: Reframing Gandhi in a New World Order Debjani Ganguly 2. Ahimsa and Other Animals: The Genealogy of an Immature Politics Leela Gandhi 3. The Quack Whom We Know: Illness and Nursing in Gandhi Sandhya Shetty 4. Emptied of All but Love: Gandhi’s First Public Fast Tridip Suhrud 5. Gandhi Moves: Intentional Communities and Friendship Tom Weber 6. From Lawyer to Civil Disobedient, 1897-1898: A Microcosm of Change Charles R. DiSalvo 7. Only One Word, Properly Altered: Gandhi and the Question of Veshya Ajay Skaria 8. Gandhi in Circulation: Translation, Reinvention, Application, Transformation Sean Scalmer 9. Gandhiji in Burma, Burma in Gandhiji Penny Edwards 10. Nonviolence and Long Hot Summers: Black Women’s Activism in 1960s Baltimore Rhonda Y. Williams 11. Josephus: Traitor or Gandhian avant la lettre? John Docker 12. Homespun Wisdom: Gandhi, Technology and Nationalism Anjali Roy 13. Vernacular Cosmopolitanism: A World Historical Reading of Gandhi and Ambedkar Debjani Ganguly 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43740-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93355-8
FORTHCOMING
Himalayan Frontiers of India Historical, Geo-Political and Strategic Perspectives Edited by K. Warikoo, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India This book provides a comprehensive analysis of historical, geo-political and strategic perspectives on the Himalayan Frontiers of India. It explains the developments in and across the Himalayas and their implications for India. Selected Contents: Preface: Himalayan Frontiers of India - Some Perspectives K. Warikoo Part 1 1. India’s Gateway to Central Asia: Trans-Himalayan Trade and Cultural Movements Through Kashmir and Ladakh, 1846-1947 K. Warikoo 2. Great Game on Kashmir Frontiers K. Warikoo 3. Gilgit Dimension of Kashmir Frontier P. N. Jalali Part 2 4. India’s Himalayan Frontier: Strategic Challenges and Opportunities in the 21st Century Vijay Kapur 5. Strategic Dimensions of the Trans-Himalayan Frontiers Afsir Karim 6. Ceasefire Line and LoC in Jammu and Kashmir: Evolution of a Border Sat Paul Sahni 7. Northern Areas of Jammu and Kashmir B. Raman 8. Jammu and Kashmir: Contours and Challenges of Cross Border Terrorism M.M. Khajooria 9. The Rise of the Islamists and the Kashmir Frontier E.N. Rammohan 10. Tibet and the Security of Indian Himalayan Belt P. Stobdan 11. India-Nepal Open Border: Interlinkages, Issues and Problems B.C. Upreti 12. Indo-Bhutan Relations: Strategic Perspectives Rajesh Kharat 13. Security of Northeast Himalayan Frontiers: Challenges and Response Bibhuti Bhushan Nandy 14. Security of Himalayan Frontiers: Role of Science and Technology, Modern Air Surveillance and Remote Sensing Vinod Patney
In this book, Sanjaya Baru, one of India’s most respected commentators on political and economic issues, pays close attention to the strategic consequences of India’s increasingly impressive economic performance. Selected Contents: 1. The Strategic Consequences of India’s Economic Performance 2. The Economic Dimension of India’s Foreign Policy 3. Conceptualising Economic Security 4. National Security in an Open Economy 5. Stewing in our Own Juice 6. India and the World: Learning to Walk on Two Legs 7. The Economics of National Security 8. The Bombay Plea 9. Competitive Advantage: Merit, Markets and the Middle Class 10. The Fruits of Economic Diplomacy 11. The Madrid Impasse: India and G-9 Stand Up to be Counted 12. Intimations of Greatness: The Challenge of Realising India’s Potential 13. Diplomatic Business: Trade and Flag in Today’s World 14. The Strategic Imperative 15. Brinkmanship Blues: Memories of a Near Forgotten Crisis 16. Economic Sanctions in War on Terror 17. Not an Advisable Advisory 18. Who Wants Charity? 19. Who is Afraid of Globalisation? 20. Sizing up the Competition 21. Doing our Own Thing 22. A Jaswant Singh Doctrine on Foreign Aid 23. India Launches FTA Spree before Cancun 24. The Business of Foreign Policy 25. Slower Track WTO versus Fast Track FTAs 26. Foreign Trade is also about Imports 27. An Open Market and an Open Society 28. How Asian is India? 29. India and ASEAN: The Emerging Economic Relationship towards a Bay of Bengal Community 30. The Asian Economic Crisis and India’s External Economic Relations 31. South Asian Dialogue: Business of Peace and Security 32. Tackling Trust, Trade and Terrorism 33. A Win-Win Race in South Asia 34. South Asia can Rise and Shine Together 35. Economic Consequences of J&K Elections 36. The Business of other Neighbours 37. IT and the e-Economy: The Ballast for India-US Relations 38. India, China and the Asian Neighbourhood: Issues in External Trade and Foreign Policy 39. Mr. Rao goes to Washington 40. Beyond Nuclear Policy: A Wider Perspective on Signing CTBT 41. Who’s Afraid of Entities List? 42. Dotcom Diaspora: World Wide Web of Overseas Indians 43. Terms of Engagement 44. Long and Short of India-US Relations 45. The Big Deal about No Big Deal 46. India and US: Out of the South Asia Box 47. Putin Russia in Perspective 48. G-8 Summit: Not Just because it’s There 49. Business in Command China’s Cultural Counter-Revolution 50. Manhattan of the East: Wandering and Wondering in China 51. Pacific Blues: The US-China Face-Off 52. The Chinese Art of Economic Diplomacy 53. The New Great Game: APEC, ASEAN+3 and now JACIK, an Alphabet Soup in a Changing Asia 54. Business beyond Borders: India-China Relations Show the Way for India-Pakistan Relations 55. An Eagle’s Eye on the Dragon 56. Is India a Paper Tiger? 57. The Coming of Age of Korea Inc. 58. State and Market in Foreign Policy 59. The Economic Consequences of the Kargil Conflict for India and Pakistan 60. Geography of Business: Time, Space and Technology 61. Media Multiplier: Soft Power of Indian Software 62. Widen that Lens 63. An India of Narayana Murthy or Sudarshan? 2007: 234x156: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-43196-5: £29.99
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46839-8: £80.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: ASIA
RELATED CATALOGUES Communicating Security Civil-Military Relations in Israel Edited by Udi Lebel, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel This book analyzes the changes and tendencies expressed in the relation between army and society in Israel against the backdrop of globalization, individualism, liberalism, and social burn-out in the face of survival and change. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. ‘Communicating Security’: Civil Military Relations in Israel Udi Lebel Security and Politics 2. Political-Military Relations in Israel, 1996-2003 Amir Bar-Or 3. The Growing Militarisation of the Israeli Political System Giora Goldberg 4. Civil-Military Relations and Strategic Goal Setting in the Six Day War Arye Naor Security and Social Strength 5. Society Strength as a Base for Military Power: The State of Israel during the Early 1950s Ze’ev Drory 6. Under the Threat of Terrorism: A Reassessment of the Factors Influencing the Motivation to Serve in the Israeli Reserves Gabriel Ben-Dor and Ami Pedahzur Security and the Shaping of Culture Memory, Loss and Bereavement 7. The Creation of Israeli ’Political Bereavement Model’Security Crises and their Influence on the Public Behaviour of Loss: A Psycho-Political Approach to the Study of History Udi Lebel 8. Holocaust Survivors in the Israeli Army during the 1948 War: Documents and Memory Hanna Yablonka Military–Media Relations 9. The Military and the Media in the Twenty-First Century: Towards a New Model of Relations Yehiel Limor and Hillel Nossek 10. Three ’Travelling’ Models of Politics and the Mass Media in the Context of Israeli National Security Gideon Doron 11. Nuclear Ambiguity and the Media: The Israeli Case Yoel Cohen Security and Territory 12. Competing Land Uses: The Territorial Dimension of Civil-Military Relations in Israel Ami Oren and David Newman 13. Defending Territorial Sovereignty through Civilian Settlement: The Case of Israel’s Population Dispersal Policy Matt Evans 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37340-1: £75.00
If you would like to order a copy of our Asian Studies or Chinese Studies catalogues please email asian.studies@routledge.com
RELATED JOURNAL Asian Security Editors: Sumit Ganguly, Devin T. Hagerty and Michael R. Chambers Asian Security aims to be the foremost journal on all aspects of the national and international security in Asia. The journal covers "traditional" issues like interstate warfare, the regional balance of power, alliances and other multilateral security institutions, national defense policies, strategic culture, civil-military relations, nuclear proliferation, conventional arms racing, arms control, and conflict-prone areas, as well as "new" security issues like the stability of democratic transitions, globalization and its backlash, ethnic conflict, insurgency and counter insurgency, failing states, and transnational terrorism. Volume 4, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1479-9855 Online ISSN: 1555-2764
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
25
26
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST
Reconstructing Post-Saddam Iraq Sultan Barakat, University of York, UK Previously published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly, this volume analyzes to what extent the controversial US policy of democratizing the Middle East with pre-emptive invasions was justified or effective. Selected Contents: 1. Reconstructing Post-Saddam Iraq: An Introduction 2. Post-Saddam Iraq: Deconstructing a Regime, Reconstructing a Nation 3. Iraq: Fulcrum of World Politics 4. Whither Iraq? Beyond Saddam, Sanctions and Occupation 5. Iraqi Kurdistan: Contours of a Post-Civil War Society 6. Divisible Sovereignty and the Reconstruction of Iraq 7. Iraq, Imperialism and Global Governance 8. Corruption, Reconstruction and Oil Governance in Iraq 9. Iraqi Transitions: From Regime Change to State Collapse 10. The Prospects for Democracy in Iraq: Challenges and Opportunities 11. Reconstructing Gender: Iraqi Women between Dictatorship, War, Sanctions and Occupation 12. Reconstruction of Infrastructure in Iraq: End to a Means or Means to an End? 13. Overcoming Dilemmas Created by the 21st Century Mercenaries: Conceptualising the Use of Private Security Companies in Iraq 14. Lessons and Controversies: Planning and Executing Immediate Relief in the Aftermath of the War in Iraq 15. War and the Cultural Heritage of Iraq: A Sadly Mismanaged Affair 16. Attributing Value: Evaluating Success and Failure in Post-War Reconstruction 2007: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-41371-8: £85.00
FORTHCOMING
The Kurds and Iraq Gareth Stansfield, University of Exeter, UK This book focuses on the history, society and political development of Iraqi Kurdistan from the early twentieth century right up to the present time. It includes an analysis of the latest political developments in terms of the Kurds’ relationship with Iraq and their role in its future. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Kurds and the Formation of Iraq 2. The Kurds and the Monarchy, 1920–1958 3. The Kurds and the Republic, 1958–1968 4. The Kurds and Saddam, 1968–1990 5. The De Facto State of Iraqi Kurdistan, 1991–2003 6. The Kurds and Regime Change. Conclusion January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41243-8: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41244-5: £22.99
Middle Eastern Military Studies
NEW
Israel and its Army Barry Rubin, Interdisciplinary Center Herzliya, Israel
From Cohesion to Confusion
Routledge Middle Eastern Military Studies series comprises books relating to the armed forces and military issues in the Middle East. These books will fall into three general categories: studies of the armed forces of specific countries; books on military-related social and political issues; and case studies of wars and battles.
A much-needed examination of the Israeli Defence Force (IDF), one of the world’s most complex military forces. Stuart Cohen analyzes the strategic, societal and organizational aspects of the IDF, identifying the key changes occurring in Israel’s military framework, and exploring their potential implications.
FORTHCOMING
Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East Edited by Barry Rubin, Interdisciplinary Center Herzliya, Israel This book surveys the main conflicts and insurgencies in recent Middle East history, focusing mainly on the period since the 1980s and taking a historical-analytical approach. Selected Contents: 1. The Nature of Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East Barry Rubin Part 1: Revolutionary/Terrorist Insurgencies 2. Saudi Arabia Muhammad Neimneh 3. Egypt Ayellet Yechiav 4. Turkey-PKK Kemal Kirisci 5. Israel-PLO Boaz Ganor 6. Israel-Hizballah Jonathan Spyer Part 2: Civil Wars 7. Lebanon Antoine Badran 8. Sudan Harvey Glickman 9. Afghanistan Amin Tarzi 10. Algeria Louis Martinez 11. Iraq Ibrahim al-Marashi Part 3: Conventional State Wars 12. Iran-Iraq War Jeffrey White 13. The War Over Kuwait Michael Eisenstat 14. The Invasion of Iraq Norvell de Atkine. Conclusions October 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45758-3: £65.00
Stuart A. Cohen, Bar-llan University, Israel
Selected Contents: Section A: Changing Contexts. Section B: New Dilemmas. Section C: Prospects January 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40049-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93065-6
NEW
Israeli Counter-Insurgency and the Intifadas Dilemmas of a Conventional Army Sergio Catignani, European University Institute, Florence, Italy This book analyzes the conduct of the Israel Defence Forces’ (IDF) counter-insurgency operations during the two major Palestinian uprisings (1987-1993 and 2000-2005) in the territories of the West Bank and Gaza Strip. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Combat Motivation 3. Political–Military Relations 4. National Security Doctrine 5. Land and the Rise of the LIC Struggle 6. The Intifada 7. The Al-Aqsa Intifada 8. Strategic Impasse 9. Unilateral Disengagement 10. Conclusion 11. Postface: The Lebanon Summer War January 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43388-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93069-4
NEW
Iraq’s Armed Forces
FORTHCOMING
An Analytical History
Israel-Lebanese Conflict
Ibrahim Al-Marashi, Bogazici University, Istanbul, Turkey and Sammy Salama, Monterey Institute for International Studies, Monterey, USA
An Interstate and Asymmetric War in Perspective
This book provides the first comprehensive study of the evolution of the Iraqi military from the British mandate era to post-Baathist Iraq. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Section 1: The Mandate Army 2. Creation, Conscription, and Cohesion 1921-1936 Section 2: Praetorian Iraq 3. The Military Moderator Regimes 1936-1941 4. Dismantling the Military Moderator Regime 1941-1958 5. Military Coups and the Ruler Regimes 1958-1968 Section 3: The Totalitarian Military 6. The Baathification of the Military 1968-1980 7. The Totalitarian Military and the Iran-Iraq War 1980-1984 8. The Reassertion of the Iraqi Officers 1984-1988 9. Wars, Coups, Sanctions, and Collapse 1988-2003 Section 4: The Mandate Army Redux 10. The US and the Iraqi Army 11. Conclusion April 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40078-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92876-9
Edited by Clive Jones, University of Leeds, UK and Sergio Catignani, European University Institute, Florence, Italy This edited volume sets out to examine the causes, conduct and outcomes of the Israeli-Lebanese conflict between 1976 and 2006. Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1: Historical Background Israeli-Lebanese Relations: The Influence of the Confessional System, 1948-1978 Kirsten Schulze. From the Litani to Beirut: Israel’s Invasions of Lebanon, 1978-1985: Causes and Consequences Ze’ev Drory. The Emergence of Hizbullah and the Beginnings of the Resistance, 1982-1985 Hussein Sirriyeh Section 2: The War in South Lebanon 1985-2000 The Development of IDF Counter-Insurgency Strategy in Lebanon Sergio Catignani. Intelligence and the War in South Lebanon Clive Jones. Hizbullah - From Terrorism to Resistance Mats Warn. War by Proxy – The Pragmatic and the Radical: Syria and Iran Anoush Ehteshami. Between a Rock and a Hard Place: The United Nations Interim Force in Lebanon Timor Goksel Section 3: The IsraeliHizbullah Rocket War Hizbullah: In Search of a Role Amal Sa’ad Ghorayeb. The Hubris of Victory: The IDF and ‘Operation Change of Direction’ Shlomo Brom Conclusion Sergio Catignani March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44910-6: £70.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST
NEW
The Palestinian Military Between Militias and Armies Hillel Frisch, Bar-Ilan University, Israel This book analyzes Palestinian attempts to create an organized military force from the period of the Mandate up to the present day. Selected Contents: 1. The Quest for an Army, the Reality of Militias 2. From Revolt to Communal Defeat 19361948 3. Serving Others or Themselves? Palestinians in Arab Armies 4. The PLO and the Palestine Liberation Army 5. The Security Forces under the Palestinian Authority 6. The Security Forces and the Al-Aqsa Intifada 7. Politics, Law and Security 8. The Palestinian Security Forces under Abbas 9. From One Military to Two: The Triumph of Hamas. Conclusion March 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39532-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92907-0
RELATED JOURNAL Middle Eastern Studies Editor: Sylvia Kedourie Since its launch in 1964 Middle Eastern Studies has become required reading for all those with a serious concern in understanding the modern Middle East. Middle Eastern Studies provides the most up-to-date academic research on the history and politics of the Arabic-speaking countries in the Middle East and North Africa as well as on Turkey, Iran and Israel, particularly during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Volume 44, 2008, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0026-3206 Online ISSN: 1743-7881
Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series Anoushiravan Ehteshami, University of Durham, UK
27
NEW
Iran-Europe Relations Challenges and Opportunities Seyyed Hossein Mousavian, Centre for Strategic Research, Tehran, Iran
Globalization and Geopolitics in the Middle East Old Games, New Rules Anoushiravan Ehteshami, University of Durham, UK ’...an indispensable study of the impact of globalization on the geopolitics of the Middle East.’ – Ian Shapiro, Yale University, USA and author of Containment: Rebuilding a Strategy against Global Terror ’...useful for both beginning students and long-time observers of the Middle East.’ – Lisa Anderson, Columbia University, USA ’...a major contribution to our understanding of the negative way globalization is perceived in this critically important part of the world.’ – Robert E. Looney, Middle East Journal, Vol. 62, No. 1, Winter 2008 Written by a well-known authority in this area, this book demonstrates that, unlike in other regions, such as East Asia, geopolitics has been a critical factor in driving globalization in the Middle East. The author argues that whereas elsewhere globalisation has opened up the economy, society, culture and attitudes to the environment; in the Middle East it has had the opposite effect, with poor state formation, little interregional trade, foreign and interregional investment, and reassertion of traditional identities. Selected Contents: Introduction: Globalization and Geopolitics in the Middle East 1. Globalization: System or Process? 2. Globalization and Strategic Interdependence 3. The MENA Regional System in Crisis 4. Geopolitical Tectonics: GME on the Margins of Eurasia 5. Government and Governance in the Era of Globalization 6. Economic Internationalization and the Changing Balance of Economic Power in the Middle East 7. Culture Clash: Globalization and the Geopolitics of Identity in the Middle East 8. Globalization and International Politics of the GME 9. Globalization and the Middle East in Perspective
This book provides an assessment of relations between Iran and Europe, identifying the areas of common interest as well as the issues of conflict, whilst putting contemporary relations into their proper context with an account of their development since the early years of the twentieth century. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Case Study: Iran-Germany Relations 1. History of Iran-Germany Relations 2. Development of Bilateral Relations 1990–1997 3. Challenges to Iran-German Relations 4. Analyzing a Crisis 5. Analytical Conclusions; Foreign Policy Making and the Management of Bilateral Relations Part 2: Outstanding Issues in Iran-Europe Relations 6. Middle East as a Weapons of Mass Destruction Free Region 7. Iran’s Nuclear Dossier 8. Human Rights 9. Terrorism 10. The Middle East Peace Process Part 3: The Way Forward for Improving Iran-EU Relations. Part 4: Appendixes and Selected Bibliography May 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-44756-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92889-9
The Secret Israeli-Palestinian Negotiations in Oslo Their Success and Why the Process Ultimately Failed Sven Behrendt, World Economic Forum, Geneva, Switzerland This is a comprehensive account of the Oslo negotiations, focusing particularly on the timely issue of non-recognition – which is of great importance today given the recent emergence of the rise of Hamas as the dominant Palestinian political force. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Israel and the PLO: Facing International and Domestic Challenges 3. Let’s Argue: A Constructivist Approach to Understanding the Oslo Talks 4. Cautious Rapprochement: A Rational Choice Approach to Understanding the Oslo Talks 5. Bargaining in Oslo 6. The Success of the Oslo Talks – And Why the Process Failed 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-41592-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96487-3
2007: 234x156: 258pp Hb: 978-0-415-42632-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96253-4
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
28
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST
NEW
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Afghanistan, Arms and Conflict
Private Security and the Reconstruction of Iraq
European-American Relations and the Middle East
Christopher Kinsey, King’s College London, University of London, UK
From Suez to Iraq
Armed Groups, Disarmament and Security in a Post-War Society Michael Vinay Bhatia, Brown University, USA and Mark Sedra, Bonn International Center for Conversion, Germany Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book provides a comprehensive assessment of small arms and security-related issues in post-9/11 Afghanistan. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Mapping Insecurity: Weapons Flows and Armed Groups in Afghanistan 1. Violence in Afghanistan: An Overview Michael Bhatia 2. Small Arms Flows into and within Afghanistan Michael Bhatia 3. Armed Groups in Afghanistan Michael Bhatia 4. The Four Pillars of Demilitarization in Afghanistan Mark Sedra 5. Small Arms and Security Sector Reform Mark Sedra Part 2: Case Studies 6. Ghor Province: All against all? Michael Bhatia 7. Paktya Province: Sources of Order and Disorder Michael Bhatia 8. Kandahar City: The Political Economy of Coalition Deployment Michael Bhatia 9. Kunduz, Takhar and Baghlan: Parties, Strongmen and Shifting Alliances Michael Bhatia 10. Jalalabad: The Consequences of Coalition Support Michael Bhatia 11. Hazarajat: Daykundi, Shahristan, Panjab, and Syahkhak Michael Bhatia April 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45308-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92843-1
FORTHCOMING
America and Iraq Policy-making, Intervention and Regional Politics since 1958 Edited by David Ryan and Patrick Kiely, both at University College Cork, Ireland Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book is a set of essays that examine the US-Iraqi relationship since 1958 and US justifications and strategies to legitimate its involvement. Selected Contents: Introduction David Ryan and Patrick Kiely 1. Regime Change Denied: The 1958 Iraqi Revolution and the Anglo-American Intervention that Wasn’t Ken Osgood 2. Through Distorted Lenses: Iraq and Balance of Power Politics 1969-79 Patrick Kiely 3. US-Iraqi Relationship since the Early 1970s David Ryan 4. ‘Lost in the Desert’: Lawrence and the Theory and Practice of Counterinsurgency Marilyn Young 5. Presidents Truman and Bush: The Ideology and Perils of Regime Change Arnold Offner 6. The Causes and Consequences of Regime Change in Iraq and its Failure Toby Dodge 7. Putting Humpty Dumpty Together Again: A Failure of US Attempts to Bring Security to Iraq and its Neighbours James Deneslow 8. US CENTCOM and Iraq: Geopolitics, Grand Strategy and the Global War on Terror John Morrissey 9. Just War? Evangelical Christians and U.S. Superpower Melani McAlister 10. Unipolarism and the Demonstration Case of Iraq Scott Lucas and Maria Ryan 11. George W. Bush, American Exceptionalism and the Iraq War Trevor B. McCrisken 12. The Limits of Empire Cary Fraser 13. The Imperial Presidency Redux: Presidential Power and the War in Iraq Jon Roper October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46621-9: £70.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
Series: Contemporary Security Studies This new book examines the role of private security companies (PSCs) in the reconstruction of Iraq. These companies have undertaken a multitude of roles in the country, and the intensity of their activities has increased. Is this a sign that in certain areas of international security changes are occurring that may result in some military responsibilities being transferred to the private sector, but still under public control? The book will focus on a number of major security operators in Iraq, including ArmorGroup, Control Risks Group, MPRI, and DynCorps. At the same time, it also focuses on particular contracts that have covered a range of areas including security for the oil fields, security for government officials, training the new Iraqi army/police, and intelligence support for the US military. Finally, the book discusses what advantages and disadvantages these companies have brought to the reconstruction of the country and what lessons we need to learn from this experience. This book will be of great interest to students of security studies, Middle Eastern politics and US foreign policy, as well as policymakers and analysts. March 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37964-9: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
US-Israeli Relations in a New Era Edited by Efraim Inbar, Bar-Ilan University, Israel and Eytan Gilboa, Began-Sadat Center for Strategic Studies, Bar-Ilan University, Israel This book examines in depth the fundamental problems, factors and issues in current US-Israeli relations, which will have implications both for the Middle East and for world peace and prosperity.
Edited by Victor Mauer, Center for Security Studies, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zürich, Switzerland and Daniel Moeckli Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations This book seeks to place the recent transatlantic strains over Iraq into a broader perspective, and traces the policy debate between the US and Europe regarding the Middle East since 1945. Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction Part 1: Changing Roles and Interests: From Suez to Iraq 1. Suez 1956: European Colonial Interests and US Cold War Prerogatives Tore T. Petersen 2. Iraq 2003: Regime Change and Its European Discontents Victor Mauer 3. How Special a Relationship? The Middle East and Anglo-American Relations since 1940 Peter Hahn Part 2: Gulf Security and Transatlantic Relations 4. Dealing with Iran: Washington, London, and the Coup of 1953 Malcolm Byrne 5. Securing Gulf Oil: Britain, NATO, and the Question of Military Intervention East of Suez, 1949–68 Stephen Blackwell 6. Subcontracting Security: The US, Britain, and Gulf Security before the Carter Doctrine Roland Popp 7. Great Game Redux: The US, Europe, and Gulf Security in the late Cold War Peter John Brobst 8. Europe, the US, and the Gulf after the Cold War Gerd Nonneman 9. Iran and the Bomb: Washington, the EU-3, and Iranian Nuclear Ambitions Harsh V. Pant Part 3: The Arab-Israeli Conflict and the West 10. Anglo-American Relations and the Palestine Question, 1945–56 John Sakkas 11. At Odds in the Middle East: Paris, Washington, and the Six-Day War, 1967 Garret Martin 12. The EC-Nine and Transatlantic Conflict during the October War and the Oil Crisis, 1973/74 Daniel Möckli 13. The Euro-Arab Dialogue, the Venice Declaration, and Beyond: The Limits of a Distinct EC Policy, 1974–89 David Allen 14. Europe, the US, and the Middle East Peace Process in the 1990s Claire Spencer 15. The Middle East Quartet: A New Role for Europe Martin Ortega November 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47664-5: £70.00
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Strategic Landscape 1. US Management of Middle East War and Peace: Between Defensive Realism and Offensive Liberalism Benny Miller 2. US-Israel Relations in the post-Cold War Era: The View from Jerusalem Efraim Inbar 3. Domestic Sources 3. The Public Dimension of US-Israel Relations: A Comparative Analysis Eytan Gilboa 4. AIPAC and US Middle East Policy Mitchell Bard 5. American Jewish Demography: Implications for US-Israel Relations Ira Sheskin 6. American Christian Support for Israel Paul Charles Merkley 4. Foreign Policy Issues 7. A War for Israel? Israel and the War in Iraq Dov Waxman 8. The US and the Arab-Israeli Peace Process: Conflict Management vs. Conflict Resolution Jonathan Rynhold 9. Between President, Congress, and the Courts: America’s Non-recognition of Jerusalem Shlomo Slonim 5. Multi-Lateral Dimensions 10. Transatlantic Relations and the Middle East: Beyond Policy Disagreements? Emanuele Ottolenghi 11. India, Israel, and the US Factor Cherian Samuel 12. Turkey, Israel, and American Hegemony Amikam Nachmani 6. Looking Ahead 13. The Future of US-Israel Relations P. Edward Haley December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47701-7: £70.00
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST
RELATED CATALOGUE
NEW
FORTHCOMING
War and Peace in Qajar Persia
Peacemaking Strategies in the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict
Implications Past and Present
If you would like to order a copy of our Middle East & Islamic Studies catalogue please email middleeast_studies@routledge.com
Edited by Roxane Farmanfarmaian, Centre of International Studies, University of Cambridge, UK
A Re-Evaluation
Series: History and Society in the Islamic World
Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics
With new and existing evidence being reconsidered, this edited collection takes a multidisciplinary approach to discussing the Qajar system within the context of the wars that engulfed it and the periods of peace that ensued. Selected Contents: Introduction Roxane Farmanfarmaian Prologue: The Dream of Empire Peter W. Avery Part 1: War 1. Between Scylla and Charybdis: Policy -Making under Conditions of Constraint in Early Qajar Persia Manoutchehr M. Eskandari-Qajar 2. Building a New Army: Military Reform in Qajar Iran Stephanie Cronin 3. The Turko-Persian War of 1821-1823: Winning the War but Losing the Peace Graham Williamson 4. Social Networks and Border Conflicts: The First Herat War 1838–1841 Vanessa Martin Part 2: Peace 5. The Consolidation of Iran’s Frontier on the Persian Gulf in the 19th Century Lawrence G. Potter 6. Narrowing the Frontier: Mid-19th Century Efforts to Delimit and Map the Perso-Ottoman Border Richard Schofield 7. Crime, Security and Insecurity: Socio-Political Conditions of Iran, 1870-1924 Mansureh Ettehadieh (Nezam-Mafie) 8. Merchants without Borders: Trade, Travel and a Revolution in Late Qajar Iran (The Memories of Hajj Mohammad-Taqi Jourabchi, 1907-1911) Ali Gheissari 9. The Politics of Concession: Reassuring the Interlinkage of Persia’s Finances, British Intrigue and Qajar Negotiation Roxane Farmanfarmaian January 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42119-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93830-0
Israel’s National Security Issues and Challenges Since the Yom Kippur War Efraim Inbar, Bar-Ilan University, Israel Series: Israeli History, Politics and Society
Karen Abi-Ezzi, University of Bradford, UK
This book offers a radical critique of the theory and practice of mediation, providing a re-evaluation of the peacemaking processes in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Social constructionism, discourse analysis and peacemaking strategies 3. Palestine in the eye of the storm: changing discourses and ever-decreasing circles 4. The power to define: states against terrorists, good against evil and the Palestinian struggle for self-determination 5. A propitious convergence of events and increased opportunities for peace in the Middle East: 1987-1993 6. A decade after Oslo: broken promises, deep disappointments and the all too familiar resort to violence 7. Lessons learnt and ways forward May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35672-5: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00279-7
RELATED JOURNAL Critique: Critical Middle Eastern Studies Editor: Eric Hooglund, Washington DC, USA Critique promotes an academic and critical examination of the history and contemporary political, social, economic, and cultural aspects of Middle Eastern countries. Critique actively engages theoretical and empirical studies and by so doing promotes a critical understanding of the complex nature of ideas, values, social configurations and material realities of Middle Eastern societies. Critique provides a forum for the inter-disciplinary examination of diverse issues based on solid research and critical readings of developments in the Middle East. Volume: 17, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1066-9922, Online ISSN: 1473-9666
This book brings together a collection of essays that covers the main national security issues Israel has faced since 1973. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Aftermath of the 1973 Yom Kippur War. Part 2: Limited Wars. Part 3: The Post-Cold War Period. Part 4: The Peace Process. Part 5: The New Strategic Partners. Part 6: The Twenty-First Century Challenges 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-44955-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93829-4
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
29
30
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: POST SOVIET AND TRANSITIONAL STATES
Russia’s Security and the War on Terror Edited by Mikhail Tsypkin, Naval Postgraduate School, USA This book discusses and provides examples of Russia’s need to reshape its security and military policies in order to meet the global challenges of fighting terrorism and counterinsurgency. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. US-Russian Relations and the Global Counter-Terrorist Campaign 3. Military Reform in Russia and the Global War against Terrorism 4. The US Military Engagement in Central Asia and the Southern Caucasus: An Overview 5. Prospects for Russia-US Cooperation in Preventing WMD Proliferation 6. Prospects for Russia-US Cooperation in Ballistic Missile Defense and Outer Space Activities 7. The Anti-Oligarchy Campaign and its Implications for Russia’s Security 8. The Soviet-Afghan War: A Superpower Mired in the Mountains 9. ’The War in Iraq’: An Assessment of Lessons Learned by Russian Military Specialists through 31st July 2003 2007: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-39055-2: £70.00
RELATED JOURNAL The Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics Editors: Stephen White, University of Glasgow, UK, Peter Ferdinand, University of Warwick, UK, Ronald J. Hill, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland, Paul G. Lewis, Open University, UK, Margot Light, London School of Economics, UK and Michael Waller, Keele University, UK The face of Europe has been transformed by the demise of the Soviet Union and the collapse of communist party rule in Eastern Europe. Within a series of countries, some of them erstwhile members of a Soviet bloc, others once part of the Soviet Union itself, a deep process of adjustment is under way. The Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics devotes particular attention to this truly epochal process of regime change, including in its material contributions from within the affected societies. Volume 24, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1352-3279 Online ISSN: 1743-9116
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
BASEES/Routledge Series on Russia and East European Studies
Energy Dependency, Politics and Corruption in the Former Soviet Union
Richard Sakwa, University of Kent, Canterbury, UK
Russia’s Power, Oligarchs’ Profits and Ukraine’s Missing Energy Policy, 1995–2006
FORTHCOMING
Margarita M. Balmaceda, Harvard University and Seton University, USA
Russian Foreign Policy from El’tsin to Putin
Written by an acknowledged expert in the area, this book investigates how Russia has manipulated the energy dependency of its neighbours on Russian energy supplies to achieve its foreign policy goals, focusing in particular on relations with the Ukraine.
Peter J.S Duncan, University of London, UK This book examines how changes in Russian politics, society and economy have influenced post-Soviet Russian foreign policy from the mid-1990s to the present. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Internal change and foreign-policy decision making 1. The growth of Russian nationalism in the 1990s 2. Trends in post-Soviet Russian nationalism in the 1990s 3. Russian nationalism and the election campaigns, 1995 and 1996 4. Foreign-policy making in El’tsin’s second term (1996–99) 5. Foreign-policy making under Putin Part 2: Case studies of Russian foreign policy areas 6. Russian and Russian-speaking minorities in the former Soviet republics 7. CIS integration 8. NATO enlargement 9. Caspian development 10. Conflict in the Caucasus 11. Tajikstan, Afghanistan, political Islam and the ’war against terrorism’ 12. Arms and nuclear technology transfers 13. World Trade Organization. Conclusion January 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-34322-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34321-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48295-7
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Energy, Integration and Disintegration in the Former USSR Part 1: Frame of Reference and Context of the Question 2. The Energy-Foreign Policy Nexus 3. De-Facto Policy-Making System and Energy Policy: The Ukrainian Political System under Kuchma and Beyond 4. Politics and Economics in the Development of Ukrainian Energy Markets, 1995–2004 Part 2: Rents of Dependency and the Russsian Factor in Ukrainian Energy Policy under Kuchma, 1995-2004 5. Ukraine’s Management of its Energy Dependency Relationship with Russia: The Track Record, 1995-2004 6. Domestic Institutions and Ukraine’s Responses to Energy Dependency 7. Rents of Dependency and the Problem of Energy Dependency Part 3: Energy Policy and Energy Dependency under Yushchenko 8. Energy and the Rise and Fall of the Orange Revolution 9. Conclusion: Ukraine, Energy, and Russia’s New Power 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43779-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93434-0
Russian Policy towards China and Japan
Chechnya - Russia’s ’War on Terror’
The El’tsin and Putin Periods
Providing a comprehensive overview of the Russo-Chechen War, the author examines the origins of the conflict historically, and traces how both sides were dragged inexorably into war in the early 1990s.
Natasha Kuhrt, King’s College London, University of London, UK Drawing on the most up-to-date sources, this book provides an in-depth examination of Russia’s relations with China and Japan.
John Russell, University of Bradford, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Russian Policy Towards China under El’tsin: Political, Military and Economic Relations 3. Russian Policy Towards China under El’tsin: Redefining the Joint Border 4. Russian Policy Towards China: The Broader Context 5. Russian Policy Towards Japan under El’tsin: Bilateral Relations, Hostage to the Territorial Dispute 6. Russia and Japan: Problems of International Cooperation 7. Russian Policy Towards China under Putin 8. Russian Policy Towards Japan under Putin 9. Conclusions
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Roots of Violence in the Russo-Chechen Conflict: Identifying Galtung’s Conflict Triangle 3. A Tragic History: Unresolved Contradictions in the Russo-Chechen Relationship 4. Of Wolves and Werewolves: Demonization in the Russian-Chechen Confrontation 5. Wars by Any Other Name: Yeltsin’s ‘Restoration of Constitutional Order’ and Putin’s ‘Counter-Terrorist’ Operation 6. 9/11, Chechnya and the War on Terror 7. Entrepreneurs of Violence 8. The Paths Not Taken: The Russian Failure to Reach an Acceptable Political Solution in Chechnya 9. The International Dimension 10. Conclusion
December 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-30578-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-71688-5
2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-38064-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94666-4
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: POST SOVIET AND TRANSITIONAL STATES
Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series NEW
NATO-Russia Relations in the Twenty-First Century Edited by Aurel Braun, University of Toronto, Canada This book examines the current state of relations between NATO and Russia, discussing a number of key areas, including the impact of NATO’s eastward expansion, the NATO-Russia Council and Russia’s reassertion of itself in its ’near abroad’, and assesses the prospects for future development. Selected Contents: Introduction: Thinking about Security and Democracy Aurel Braun Section 1 1. Electing to Fight: Emerging Democracies and International Instability Edward Mansfield and Jack Snyder 2. PostPostcommunist Russia, the International Environment and NATO Timothy J. Colton 3. Russia, NATO Enlargement, and the Strengthening of Democracy in the European Space S. Neil MacFarlane Section 2 4. Enlargement and the Perils of Containment Aurel Braun 5. NATO Beyond Russia Stanley R. Sloan 6. Russia and NATO Enlargement Jeffrey Simon Section 3 7. NATO, the European Union, Russia and the Fight against Terrorism Peter R. Neumann 8. Can Russia be a Partner for NATO in the Middle East? Robert O. Freedman 9. Is East-West Integration Possible? Stephen J. Blank. Conclusion: Tendencies and Prospects for Security and Democracy Aurel Braun March 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45319-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92901-8
NEW
NEW
The Multilateral Dimension in Russian Foreign Policy
Russian Energy Policy and Military Power
Edited by Elana Wilson Rowe and Stina Torjesen, both at Norwegian Institute of International Affairs
Putin’s Quest for Greatness
This book examines the place of multilateralism in Russia’s foreign policy. It examines Russia’s role and relationship with the G8, NATO, EU, Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE), Collective Security Treaty Organization and Shanghai Cooperation Organization, covering a wide range of issue areas including nuclear non-proliferation and trade. Selected Contents: 1. Key Features of Russian Multilateralism Elana Wilson Rowe and Stina Torjesen 2. The Role of Multilateralism in Russian Foreign Policy Robert Legvold 3. Multilateralism in Russian Foreign Policy Approaches Andrei Zagorski 4. Leading in the Concert of Great Powers: Lessons from Russia’s G8 chairmanship Pavel Baev 5. Russia’s Attitude Towards Nuclear Non-Proliferation Regimes and Institutions: An example of multilateralism? Alexander Pikayev 6. Russia and Europe and the Process of EU Enlargement Margot Light 7. Inside or Outside? Russia’s Policies Towards NATO Hannes Adomeit 8. Russia and the OSCE: From High Expectations to Denial? Jakub M. Godzimirski 9. Russian Regional Multilateralism: The Case of the Arctic Council Elana Wilson Rowe 10. Russia, the CIS and the EEC: finally getting it right? Stina Torjesen 11. Russia’s Trade Relations within the Commonwealth of Independent States Julian Cooper 12. Russia as a Military Great Power: The Uses of the CSTO and the SCO in Central Asia Domitilla Sagramoso and Stina Torjesen October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47199-2: £75.00
The Rebuilding of Greater Russia NEW
Putin’s Foreign Policy Towards the CIS Countries
Russian Military Reform
Bertil Nygren, University of Stockholm, Sweden
A Failed Exercise in Defence Decision Making
This book describes the strategies used by President Putin from 2000 onwards to recreate ’Greater Russia’, that is a Russia that controls most of the territory of the former Soviet Union.
Carolina Vendil Pallin, Swedish Institute of International Affairs, Sweden This book examines reform of the Russian military since the end of the Cold War. It argues that Putin’s policies of bolstering central control has left untouched many key problems, including infighting between different forces, lack of transparency over defence spending, and absence of consensus on the main threats. Selected Contents: 1. The Kremlin and Military Reform 2. The Debate on Russian Military Reform 3. Defence Decision Making 4. Russian Military Reform: Definitions and Goals 5. The Yeltsin Era: Virtual Reform 6. Enter Putin: The Obsession with the Power Vertical. Conclusion: Presidential Will, Know-How and Perseverance August 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44744-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89239-8
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Russian Regional Security Complex and Russian Foreign Policy towards the CIS Countries. Part 2: Russia and the European Security SubComplex – Relations with Belarus, Ukraine and Moldova. Part 3: Russia and the Caucasus Security Sub-Complex – Relations with Armenia, Azerbaijan and Georgia and the Regional Conflicts. Part 4: Russia and the Asian Regional Sub-Complex – Relations with Kyrgyztan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan. Part 5: Russia as a Regional Great Power – Analysis of the Past and Future of Putin’s Attempt to Re-Build Greater Russia – Objectives, Strategies, Policies, Instruments, and Prospects for Success?
31
Pavel K. Baev, International Peace Research Institute, Oslo, Norway Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book examines the interplay between energy policy and security policy under Vladimir Putin, and his drive to re-establish Russia’s ‘greatness’. Selected Contents: 1. Three Backgrounds 2. Deadlocked Energy-Security Dilemmas 3. Military Muscle as the Ultimate Proof of ‘Greatness’ 4. Energy Power and the Quest for ‘Greatness’ February 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45058-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93260-5
FORTHCOMING
Russian Security Policy under Putin Marcel DeHaas, Netherlands Institute of International Relations Clingendael, the Netherlands Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book examines Russia’s security policy under the eight years of Vladimir Putin’s presidency. Covering both internal security (e.g. the Chechen conflict) as well as external security (e.g. relations with the West and with China) developments, the main focus is on security actors (persons and institutions) and security policy documents (e.g. political strategy, military doctrine). The book aims to provide an insight into the development and results of Russia’s security policy under Putin, as well as an assessment of the future security policy of Russia, and presents three possible scenarios. In sum, the book seeks to answer the question of when and why Putin shifted his security policy against the West and how should the West respond to this. This book will be of much interest to students of Russian politics and foreign policy, European politics and Security Studies and IR in general. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Russia’s internal and external security policy in the nineties 2. Russia’s internal and external security policy 2000-2008 3. Security actors: persons and institutions 4. Security policy documents 5. Future security policy of Russia 6. Conclusions December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47730-7: £75.00
2007: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-43600-7: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93990-1
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
32
INTERNATIONAL SECURITY: POST SOVIET AND TRANSITIONAL STATES
RELATED CATALOGUE
NEW
FORTHCOMING
Russia’s Battle with Crime, Corruption and Terrorism
Russia’s Demographic Crisis
Edited by Robert Orttung and Anthony Latta, both at American University, Washington DC, USA
Edited by Graeme P. Herd, George C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, Germany
Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption
This book focuses on four former Soviet sub-regions - the Baltic Sea region, the Slavic republics, the Black Sea region, and Central Asia - to explore the degree to which ’democratic security’ has been established.
This book examines Russia’s attempts to tackle the challenges of the new and increasing security threats of rising crime, corruption and terrorism that it has experienced since the break-up of the Soviet Union in 1991. It demonstrates the close links between the rising drug trade, border problems, migration issues, organized crime, corruption and terrorism. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The SocioEconomic and Criminal Effects of Contemporary Migration in Large Russian Cities 3. Crime and Migration in Siberia 4. Drug Trafficking along the Russian-Kazakh Border: Challenges of Enforcement 5. One Hand Washes the Other: Informal Ties among Organized Crime Groups and Law-Enforcement Agencies in Russia 6. Addressing Corruption in Russia’s Civil-Military Relations 7. Who Fights Corruption in Russia? 8. Trade-Offs between Security and Civil Liberties in Russia’s Counter-Terrorist Campaign in 2000-2004: Six Regional Case Studies
Security and Foreign Policy Implications
If you would like to order a copy of our Central Asian, Russian and East European Studies catalogue please email asian_studies@routledge.com
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: the ‘Survival of the State’ 2. The Dynamics of Demographic Decline 3. The Variable Geography of Demographic Decline 4. Military Security 5. Political Security 6. Economic Security 7. Societal Security 8. Foreign Policy Consequences 9. Conclusions February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-32931-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-39140-2
August 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42823-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89265-7
FORTHCOMING
Russia’s Foreign Policy Dilemmas Edited by Marie Mendras, Sciences Po, Paris, France
RELATED JOURNAL
Series: Routledge/GARNET series: Europe in the World
The Journal of Slavic Military Studies Chief Editors: David M. Glantz, Carlisle, USA and Christopher Donnelly, JSCSC, Watchfield, UK
The book discusses Russian perceptions and policies from inside the system and its relations with the US and Europe with authors who have a deep insight into the Russian political, social and economic environment.
The Journal of Slavic Military Studies (until 1993 The Journal of Soviet Military Studies) investigates all aspects of military affairs in the Slavic nations of central and eastern Europe in historical and geopolitical context and offers a vehicle for central and eastern European security and military analysts to air their views. Its unique international editorial board and diverse content including translations of newly released Soviet and Russian documents as well as specialist book reviews make the journal a must for academics, military figures and civilians alike who are interested in this region's security and military affairs.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Promoting Russia’s National Interest or the Interests of a Few? 3. The Dangers of Oil and Gas Power 4. To Belong or Not to Belong? Russia’s International Dilemma 5. Russians’ Perceptions of the Outside World 6. Russia’s Challenges with China and Japan 7. The Post-Soviet Space: A Delusion? 8. Europe’s Awkward Policies 9. The American Factor in Russian Policy 10. Putin’s Personal Imprint on Russian Foreign Policy 11. Conclusion
Volume: 21, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1351-8046, Online ISSN: 1556-3006
October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44819-2: £70.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
CRITICAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
2ND EDITION
TEXTBOOK
Virtuous War
Critical International Relations - An Introduction
Critical Practices of International Relations
Mapping the Military-Industrial-MediaEntertainment-Network
33
Selected Essays
From the Barbarian to the Cyborg
James Der Derian, Brown University, USA
James Der Derian, Brown University, USA
James Der Derian, Brown University, USA
In this book, James Der Derian takes the reader on a ten-year road trip through the future of war, where cyborg combat technologies, video games, TV news stories, army training exercises and Hollywood moview all blur in a new military-industrialmedia-entertainment network. He shows us a world in which CNN and Disney are as much a part of the battlefield as Lockheed Martin and the Pentagon, where Marine fire-teams train with the video game ‘Doom’, and entertainment executives design army war games. All the while he offers tremendous insight on the questions that arise as the tail of technology wags the dog of war: Will killing become easier? Will peace become harder? Will war lose its place as the ultimate reality-check of international politics?
In Critical International Relations: An Introduction, the radical IR theorist James Der Derian provides an innovative text based on the critical encounters throughout history that have transformed international relations.
This book brings together for the first time the essays of the leading IR theorist, James Der Derian. The essays cover a variety of issues central to Der Derian’s work in IR theory including: alienation, terrorism, intelligence, national security, new forms of warfare, the role of information technology in international relations, constructivist theory, and the military-entertainment -media matrix. The book includes both published and unpublished essays including some of the original articles which inspired several of his well known but now out of print books.
Der Derian weaves in the work of such thinkers as Gilles Deleuze, Felix Guattari, Jean Baudrillard and Michel Foucault as well as pop culture through the use of films such as Die Hard, Red Dawn and Full Metal Jacket to provide a fascinating, extremely engaging account of the role of technology in the prosecution and planning of war. Selected Contents: 1. The Tank and the Tortoise 2. Between Wars 3. Global Swarming and the Bosnia Question 4. The Simulation Triangle 5. The Virtual Enemy 6. Virtuous War Comes Home 7. Virtuous War Goes to Hollywood 8. Kosovo and the Virtuous Thereafter 9. A Virtual Theory for the Global Accident 10. After 9/11 11. The Age of Info-Terror 12. Virtuous War and the Desert of the Real
Unlike other books on world politics which focus on the perspective of great leaders, empires, nationstates, “great powers,“ etc., Der Derian’s text focuses on the perspective of the under-represented, the demonized, and the neglected ‘other’ who are also actors of world politics. Ten historic struggles for recognition and power in world politics - from the Greeks and Barbarians to Humans and Cyborgs will be narrated from the point of view of emblematic historical figures. The focus will not be on who wins or loses but rather on how International Relations is changed by alien encounters. The goal is to represent the alien, and in the process, to construct a critical history and pluralist theory for understanding the heteropolar conflicts of world politics today. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Greeks and Barbarians 2. Christians and Infidels 3. Europeans and Savages 4. Princes and Peoples 5. Civilized and Uncivilized 6. Free Men and Slaves 7. Capitalists and Proletariats 8. Patriots and Enemy 9. Beautiful Soul and Just Warrior 10. Humans and Cyborgs 11. Conclusion April 2009: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-77244-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77245-7: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
December 2008: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77238-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77239-6: £13.99
RELATED JOURNAL Defense & Security Analysis
In Critical Practices of International Relations Der Derian not only frames an introduction for the volume as well as a prospective conclusion in which he, in his inimitable way does, but also speculates on the future of international relations theory. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Mediating Estrangement: A Theory for Diplomacy Review of International Studies 2. Arms, Hostages and the Importance of Shredding in Earnest: Reading the National Security Culture 3. The (S)pace of International Relations: Simulation, Surveillance and Speed 4. Narco-Terrorism at Home and Abroad 5. The Terrorist Discourse: Signs, States, and Systems of Global Political Violence 6. S/N: International Theory, Balkanisation, and the New World Order 7. Cyberwar, Videogames, and the Gulf War Syndrome 8. The Value of Security: Hobbes, Marx, Nietzsche and Baudrillard 9. The C.I.A., Hollywood, and Sovereign Conspiracies 10. Great Men, Monumental History, and Not-So-Grand Theory: A Meta-Review of Henry Kissinger’s Diplomacy 11. Post-Theory: The Eternal Return of Ethics in International Relations 12. CyberDeterrence 13. Global Swarming, Virtual Security, and Bosnia 14. The Simulation Triangle 15. Virtuous War and Hollywood 16. Virtuous War/Virtual Theory 17. The Illusion of a Grand Strategy 18. In Terrorem: Before and After 9/11 19. The Question of Information Technology in International Relations 20. Hedley Bull and the Case for a Post-Classical Approach December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77240-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77241-9: £21.99
Editor-in-Chief: Martin Edmonds, CDISS, Lancaster, UK Defense & Security Analysis is an independent, interdisciplinary and international journal which is mainly concerned with the field of defense theory and analysis. Whilst endeavouring to be scholarly in both content and style, it is designed to be a forum for exchange of data, ideas and methodological approaches among the professional military, their supporting bureaucracies and academic and independent researchers involved in the analysis of defense policy. Volume 24, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN 1475-1798 Online ISSN 1475-1801
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
34
CRITICAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Tabloid Terror
TEXTBOOK
International Statebuilding
War, Culture, and Geopolitics
Contemporary European Security
David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK
David J. Galbreath, University of Aberdeen, UK
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
Francois Debrix, Florida International University, Miami, USA
European security is a complex network of insecurities, institutions and initiatives. Europe is faced with the traditional insecurities of inter- and intra-state conflict as well as non-state threats to security such as environmental, health and human security. The region’s attempts to combat these insecurities have been to develop and foster regional institutions, such as the EU, NATO, OSCE and even the Council of Europe. In turn, member-states and the institutions have set out various ways to combat a range of insecurities from ethnic conflict to human trafficking. This text explores the complex European security architecture with an eye on introducing students to the empirical, theoretical and conceptual approaches to European security. Selected Contents: Part 1: Framing European Security 1. A Changing Security Architecture 2. From Cold War to European Peace 3. Uncovering European Security Today Part 2: Institutions of European Security 4. North Atlantic Treaty Organization 5. Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe 6. European Union 7. Council of Europe Part 3: Issues of European Security 8. National Security 9. Societal Security 10. Human Security 11. Non-state actors and security 12. European Security: Where do we go from here? December 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47356-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47357-6: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
This book covers the theoretical frameworks and practices of international state-building, the debates they have triggered, and the way that international statebuilding has developed in the post-Cold War era. Divided into four parts, David Chandler: • examines the changing international context in the 1990s and 2000s, in which the non-Western state was problematized in terms of both its security and development capacities, with debates around the need for external economic conditionality and more direct forms of humanitarian intervention, it then analyzes how the terms of debate shifted to state capacity-building in the 2000s •traces discussion and policy-making in three issues – security, development, and democracy and human rights – which have necessitated a rethinking of the state’s relation to international institutions •considers some of the approaches deployed, including post-conflict state-building, frameworks to prevent state failure and EU enlargement practices •opens up the framework and introduces a more critical analysis, concluding with a discussion of the implications of the internationalized state both in terms of international theory and policy practices. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Problematising the State 3. Rethinking Sovereignty 4. Security 5. Development 6. Democracy and Human Rights 7. Post-Conflict State-Building 8. Preventing State-Failure 9. EU Member State-Building 10. Theorising States without Sovereignty 11. What’s at Stake with States? 12. Conclusion January 2009: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42117-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42118-8: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
RELATED JOURNAL Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding Editor: David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding is a new crossdisciplinary journal devoted to academic and practitioner analysis of international intervention with the purpose of strengthening state capacities. Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding brings together academics and practitioners to analyse the impact of the internationalisation of domestic governance mechanisms, to assess the development and the consequences of these policies, both intended and unintended, in an international and crossdisciplinary framework. In addition to analysing the impact of the blurring of the sovereign division between the domestic and the international, and the broader development of international statebuilding mechanisms, the entire range of statebuilding practices will be considered, including: international administrative powers; country ownership of poverty reduction strategies; the export of the EU acquis communautaire; civil society building; democracy promotion; anti-corruption policies; election monitoring; educational reform; psycho-social counselling; rule of law support; judicial and police reform; civil service and administrative reform; post-conflict peace-building; financial and economic reforms.
‘...analytically sharp, politically nuanced, and consistently well written. It deserves a wide audience within the policyinterested public as well as within academia.‘ – Michael Shapiro, University of Hawaii at Manoa, USA ‘In this compelling volume Francois Debrix investigates at length the discourses now used by journalists, think tank intellectuals, foreign policy writers, and talk show hosts to represent the world as a threatening place ’in need’ of American military violence. This volume is both a valuable contribution to contemporary thinking about media and war, and simultaneously a powerful critique of the practices that legitimize geopolitical violence.’ – Simon Dalby, Carleton University, Canada This book analyzes the methods, effects, and mechanisms by which international relations reach the US citizen. Deftly dissecting the interrelationships of national identity formation, corporate ‘news and opinion’ dissemination, and the quasi-academic apparatus of war justification focusing on the Bush administration’s exploitation of the fear and insecurity caused by 9/11 and how this has manifested itself in the US media (especially the tabloid populist media). Tabloid Terror critically covers a wide variety of US popular culture from the Internet to Fox News; analyzes diverse authors as Julia Kristeva, J.G. Ballard and Robert Kaplan and takes into account renowned international relations interlocutors as Don Imus, Bill O’Reilly, and Tommy Franks. Selected Contents: Introduction: From Images of Terror to Tabloid Geopolitics 1. Cyberterror and Media-Induced Fears: The Tabloid Production of Emergency Culture 2. Tabloid Realism and the Reconstruction of American Security Culture before 9/11 3. Discourses of War, Geographies of Abjection: American Intellectuals of Statecraft and the Avenging of 9/11 4. The United States and the War Machine: Proliferating Insecurity, Terror, and Agony after the Invasion of Iraq 5. The Sublime Spectatorship of the Iraq War: America’s Tabloid Aesthetics of Violence and the Erasure of the Event. Conclusion: Tabloid Terror and Precarious Lives 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77290-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77291-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94466-0
Volume 2, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN 1750-2977 Online ISSN 1750-2985
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
CRITICAL SECURITY
PRIO New Security Studies Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo The aim of this series is to gather state-of-the-art theoretical reflexion and empirical research into a core set of volumes that respond vigorously and dynamically to the new challenges to security scholarship.
FORTHCOMING
Feminist Security Studies A Narrative Approach Annick Wibben, University of San Francisco, USA This book rethinks security theory from a feminist perspective, illustrating what feminist security concerns are, why they remain outside the purview of security studies, and what can be done to address them more successfully through the development of a comprehensive theoretical framework. It constitutes a major contribution to the fields of security studies and feminist IR, uniquely engaging feminism, security, and strategic studies. While furthering theoretical and normative questions posed by feminists, it is based on security as it has been theorized in the field of IR. In gathering materials from the emerging field of feminist security studies, the book develops a comprehensive framework for the field. As such, it will be the work that scholars, students, and practitioners will turn to for years to come. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Continuum of Violence and the Question of Survival 2. The Structure of Security Narratives and the Case of Human Security 3. Feminists Interventions and the Politics of Identity 4. Security as Narrative in the Age of Terror 5. The Future of Feminist Security Studies. Conclusion November 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45727-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45728-6: £20.99
FORTHCOMING
35
Routledge Critical Security Studies
The Geopolitics of American Insecurity Terror, Power and Foreign Policy Edited by Francois Debrix, Florida International University, Miami, USA and Mark Lacy, University of Lancaster, UK
FORTHCOMING
This collection of essays seeks to explore the future of US security politics in light of the fiasco of the Iraq War, the failure to protect populations after Hurricane Katrina, and growing geopolitical anxieties.
Feminist Perspectives
Selected Contents: Introduction François Debrix and Mark J. Lacy Part 1: The War on Terror and America’s Quest for Power 1. Hyper-Power or Hype-Power? The USA after Kandahar, Karbala, and Katrina Timothy W. Luke 2. The Hauntology of Pharmacotic War: Human Sacrifice and the Genealogy of “Helleno-Abrahamic” Political Sovereignty Larry George 3. The Biopolitics of the War on Terror Julian Reid 4. The Centrality of Tabloid Geopolitics: America’s Discourses of Terror and the Defacing of the Other François Debrix Part 2: The Exercise of American Power and the Propagation of Insecurity 5. Designing Security: MoMA’s SAFE: Design Takes on Risk and the Aesthetics of Control Society Mark J. Lacy 6. Ritual Burials and Bare Life in the War on Terror: The Prison and Sovereign Geographies Cristina Masters 7. Zombie Democracy Patricia Molloy 8. Power, Violence and Torture: Making Sense of Insurgency and Legitimacy Crises in Past and Present Wars of Attrition Alex Barder 9. Deserting Sovereignty? Mat Coleman Part 3: The Future of American Security Politics 10. Over a Barrel: Cultural Political Economy and “Oil Imperialism” Simon Dalby and Matthew Paterson 11. Avian Security: The Aesthetic of Pre-emptive Emergency Geoffrey Whitehall 12. Human Security, Governmentality and Sovereignty: A Critical Examination of Contemporary Discourses on Universalizing Humanity Kosuke Shimizu 13. Narrating the Next Conflict: The War on Terror and Passage to Pedagogy Marie Thorsten. Conclusion François Debrix and Mark J. Lacy December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46042-2: £70.00
RELATED JOURNAL Conflict, Security & Development Editors: Mats Berdal and Anatol Lieven, both at King’s College London, UK Conflict, Security & Development offers policy-relevant analysis of the immense economic and political changes taking place at the global level and their impact on developing and transitional countries. There is growing recognition of the need for more integrated international responses to the problems that these societies face, which combine development, security and diplomatic instruments. The journal bridges traditional development and security studies through its focus on cross-cutting policy agendas, such as conflict prevention and security sector reform, and also establishes connections with related disciplines, including international relations, anthropology, political economy and regional studies. Volume 8, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN 1467-8802 Online ISSN 1478-1174
Gender and International Security Edited by Laura Sjoberg, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, VA, USA This book attempts to define the relationship between gender and international security, analyzing and critiquing international security theory and practice from a gendered perspective. The common theme running through the essays is that gender matters in the theory and practice of international security in three main ways: (1) it is necessary, conceptually, for understanding international security; (2) it is important in analyzing causes and predicting outcomes; and (3) it is essential to thinking about solutions and promoting positive change in the security realm. Each chapter demonstrates these points through case studies, theoretical analysis, evidence, and examples. March 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47546-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47579-2: £22.99
FORTHCOMING
The Struggle for the West A Divided/Contested Legacy Edited by Christopher Browning and Marko Lehti This book stems from debates about the nature of the West that have emerged in recent years in the context of disputes over 9/11 and the Iraq War, and the extent to which Europe and America are diverging. The shift in discourse from an emphasis on the resilient West to the West as ‘broken’ or ‘divided’ has taken hold surprisingly quickly. The objective of the book is therefore to highlight and analyse the plural, diverse and manifold nature of the West. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: New tensions in a troubled partnership Christopher Browning and Marko Lehti Part 1: Foundations of the West 2. Changing Conceptualisations of the West Jacinta OíHagan 3. The Russian Origins of Western Civilisation Margaret Heller 4. The West as the Perpetually Declining Abendland Patrick Thaddeus Jackson Part 2 The Dividing Legacy of the West 5. Is there still a West? Christopher Coker 6. The Broken West as a Discourse Marko Lehti Part 3: Europe, America and Alternative Core Wests 7. Post-Western Europe, Cultural Diversity, and European Identity Gerard Delanty and Paul Blokker 8. The West Under Strain: America as a Europe-Shaper Pertti Joenniemi 9. Towards the Anglosphere? Christopher Browning and Ben Tonra Part 4: Remaking the West in the Margins 10. Global Democracy, Western Hegemony and the Russian Challenge Viatcheslav Morozov 11. Occidentalising and Multiple Modernities Alastair Bonnett. Conclusion 12. Conclusion: The Resilient West? Christopher Browning and Marko Lehti November 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47683-6: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
36
CRITICAL SECURITY
Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies
FORTHCOMING
State Terrorism in the Global South Richard Jackson, Marie Breen Smyth and Jeroeh Gunning, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK
Foreign Policy, Neoliberalism and Human Rights Ruth Blakeley, University of Kent, UK
Routledge studies in Liberty and Security Didier Bigo, Elspeth Guild and R. B. J. Walker
Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies
FORTHCOMING
Critical Terrorism Studies A New Research Agenda Edited by Richard Jackson, Marie Breen Smyth and Jeroen Gunning, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK In direct response to the growth of a critical perspective on contemporary issues of terrorism, this edited volume brings together a number of leading scholars to debate the need for and the shape of the exciting new subfield of ‘critical terrorism studies’. Selected Contents: Introduction Marie Breen Smyth, Jeroen Gunning and Richard Jackson Part 1: Terrorism Studies: The State of the Art 1. Terrorism Studies, Embedded Expertise and State Bias Sam Raphael and Richard Jackson 2. Contemporary Terrorism Studies: Issues in Research Andrew Silke 3. Evaluating Terrorism Studies since 9/11 Louise Richardson 4. Terrorism Studies, Problem-Solving Theory and the Politics of Terrorism Research Jeroen Gunning Part 2: Towards a Critical Terrorism Studies 5. Emancipation and Critical Terrorism Studies Matt McDonald 6. The Contribution of Cognate Disciplines: What Anthropology Can Bring to Critical Terrorism Studies Jeff Sluka 7. Critical Terrorism Studies and the Contribution from Area Studies Katerina Dalacoura 8. Bringing Gender in to Critical Terrorism Studies Christine Sylvester 9. Subjectivities, ’Suspect Communities’ and the Ethics of Research on Terrorism Marie Breen Smyth 10. Policymaking, Policymakers and the Contribution of Critical Terrorism Studies Fernando Reinares 11. The Core Commitments of Critical Terrorism Studies Marie Breen Smyth, Richard Jackson and Jeroen Gunning. Conclusion Jeroen Gunning, Richard Jackson and Marie Breen Smyth
This book explores the complicity of democratic states from the global North in state terrorism in the global South. Selected Contents: 1. Bringing the State Back into Terrorism Studies 2. The Global North and its Foreign Policy Objectives in the Global South 3. The Global North and its Foreign Policy Tools 4. Conceptualising State Terrorism 5. Comprehensive State Terrorism 6. Covert State Terrorism 7. Re-Framing Debates in Terrorism Studies. Appendices: Interview Schedule. Data Tables Relating to US Training of Military Forces from the Global South. Excerpts from US Military Training Manuals September 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46240-2: £70.00
RELATED JOURNAL NEW TO ROUTLEDGE IN 2008
Critical Studies on Terrorism Editors: Richard Jackson, (Founding Editor), Marie Breen Smyth, Jeroen Gunning, all at Aberystwyth University, UK; Piers Robinson, The University of Manchester, UK and George Kassimeris, University of Wolverhampton, UK Critical Studies on Terrorism is a new international, peer-reviewed, interdisciplinary journal starting in 2008. The journal will publish quality research on all aspects of terrorism, counter-terrorism and state terror.
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45507-7: £70.00
NEW
Terrorism and the Politics of Response Edited by Angharad Closs Stephens, Department of Geography, University of Durham and Nick Vaughan-Williams, Department of Politics, University of Exeter
A key aim of the journal is to both create space for robust, innovative research on terrorism, and to encourage fruitful intellectual engagement between critical and orthodox accounts of terrorism. Volume 1, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN 1753-9153 Online ISSN 1753-9161
This inter-disciplinary edited volume critically examines the dynamics of the War on Terror, focusing on the theme of the politics of response. Selected Contents: Part 1: Cartographies of Response. Part 2: War on Terror/War on Response. Part 3: Possibilities of Response? October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45506-0: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Exceptionalism and the Politics of Counter-Terrorism Liberty, Security and the War on Terror Andrew Neal, King’s College London, University of London, UK This book is an analysis of the concepts of ‘exception’ and ‘exceptionalism’ in the context of the politics of the so-called ‘War on Terror’, exploring the emergence of an array of illiberal policies and practices that are legitimated through claims about necessary exceptions to the norm. Selected Contents: 1. The Liberty/Security Discourse and the Problem of Exception 2. Freedom and Liberty in Classical Political Theory 3. Carl Schmitt and the Politics of Exception 4. Giorgo’s Agamben’s Exception 5. Securitization Theory and Exceptionalism 6. Towards a Foucauldian Archaeology of the Exception 7. War on Terror or Law on Terror. Conclusion December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45675-3: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Muslims in the West after 9/11 Religion, Politics and Law Edited by Jocelyne Cesari, Harvard University, USA This book is the first systematic attempt to compare the situation of European and American Muslims after 9/11, and to present a comprehensive analysis of their religious, political, and legal situations. It will also address the links between Western Muslims and the Muslim world at large. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Overview: Muslims in Europe and the US 1. Islam in America Jane Smith 2. Islam in Europe Jocelyne Cesari Part 2: Anti-Terrorism and International Constraints 3. The Consequences of European Policing for Muslims after September 11th Didier Bigo 4. European Security Laws After September 11th and their Consequences for Muslims in Europe Jose Maria Ortuño 5. Religious Practices of American Muslims: A Grounded Analysis of Hostility and Hope Louise Cainkar 6. Arab Americans after 9/11: Lessons from Detroit Wayne Baker Part 3: Islam and Secularism 7. Islam and the State in Europe Frank Peter 8. The Religious Practice of Muslims in Europe: Balancing between Equal Treatment and Exception Clauses Marcel Maussen 9. Influence of Jihadi Movements Among European Muslims Farhad Khosrokhavar 10. Islam and Secularism in the United States Jocelyne Cesari Part 4: Islam and Public Space 11. Muslims and the Media: Unholy Alliances Chris Allen 12. Islam in European Public Spaces: Muslims, Non-Muslims, and Stereotypes in the Public Sphere Yasemin Karakasoglu, Sigrid Luchtenberg and Riem Spielhaus 13. Islam and the American Public Sphere Erik Nisbet 14. Muslim Voices in American Media Emran Qureshi June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77655-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77654-7: £21.99
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
CRITICAL SECURITY
NEW
Disease and Security
NEW
Terror, Insecurity and Liberty
Natural Plagues and Biological Weapons in East Asia
Rethinking Insecurity, War and Violence
Illiberal Practices of Liberal Regimes after 9/11 Edited by Didier Bigo, Sciences Po, Paris, France and Anastassia Tsoukala, University of Paris XI, Orsay, France This edited volume questions the widespread resort to illiberal security practices by contemporary liberal regimes since 9/11, and argues that counterterrorism is embedded into the very logic of the fields of politics and security. Selected Contents: Understanding (In)Security Didier Bigo and Anastassia Tsoukala. Globalized (In)Security: The Field and the Ban-Opticon Didier Bigo. Defining the Terrorist Threat in the Post-September 11th Era Anastassia Tsoukala. Hidden in Plain Sight: Intelligence, Exception and Suspicion after September 11th 2001 Laurent Bonelli. Military Activities within National Boundaries: The French Case Emmanuel-Pierre Guittet. Military Interventions and the Concept of the Political: Bringing the Political Back into the Interactions between External Forces and Local Societies Christian Olsson April 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46628-8: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92676-5
Christian Enemark, University of New South Wales, Canberra, Australia Series: Contemporary Security Studies Focusing on East Asia, this book sets out a framework for analyzing infectious disease threats in security terms. Selected Contents: 1. Infectious Diseases as a Security Challenge Part 1: Natural Plagues 2. Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome 3. H5N1 Avian Influenza: Pandemic Pending? 4. Outbreak Response: Rallying around the State Part 2: Biological Weapons 5. The Science and History of Deliberate Disease 6. Biological Attacks and the Non-State Perpetrator 7. Responses to the Biological Weapons Problem Part 3: Pathogen Research 8. Beyond Biosafety: The Security Consciousness of Scientists 9. Biodefence: Lessons from the United States 10. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42234-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08901-9
NEW
Securing ’the Homeland’
RELATED JOURNAL
Critical Infrastructure, Risk and (In)Security
Democracy and Security
Myriam Anna Dunn, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland and Kristian Søby Kristensen, Danish Institute for International Studies, Denmark
Editor-in-Chief: Leonard Weinberg Co-Editor: Gabriel Ben Dor Democracy and Security is the authoritative source for rigorous exploration of the dilemmas that face democracies when dealing with matters of security. The journal publishes theoretical and empirical articles on the concepts and functions of democracy and security, with a focus on the diverse perspectives of national and internal security challenges and policies, and policy analysis. Democracy and Security seeks to analyze the relationship between various national and internal security policies, concerns and needs on the one hand, and the central values, institutions, and processes of democratic societies on the other. Volume 4, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1741-9166 Online ISSN: 1555-5860
Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations This edited volume uses a ‘constructivist/reflexive’ approach to address critical infrastructure protection (CIP), a central political practice associated with national security. Selected Contents: Foreword Ole Wæver . Introduction: Securing the Homeland: Critical Infrastructure, Risk, and (In)Security Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Kristian Søby Kristensen Part 1: Origins, Conceptions, and the Public-Private Rationale The Vulnerability of Vital Systems: How ‘Critical Infrastructure’ Became a Security Problem Stephen J. Collier and Andrew Lakoff. Like a Phoenix from the Ashes: The Reinvention of Critical Infrastructure Protection as Distributed Security Myriam Dunn Cavelty. ‘The Absolute Protection of our Citizens’: Critical Infrastructure Protection and the Practice of Security Kristian Søby Kristensen. Critical Infrastructures and Network Pathologies: The Semiotics and Biopolitics of a Heteropolar World Order James Der Derian and Jesse Finkelstein. Part 2: Terrorism and the Politics of Protecting the Homeland Media, Fear, and the Hyperreal: The Construction of Cyberterrorism as the Ultimate Threat to Critical Infrastructures Maura Conway. Homeland Security Through Traceability: Technologies of Control as Critical Infrastructures Philippe Bonditti. The Gendered Narratives of Homeland Security: Anarchy at the Front Door Makes Home a Haven Elgin M. Brunner. Conclusion: The Biopolitics of Critical Infrastructure Protection Julian Reid
Beyond Savage Globalization? Edited by Damian Grenfell and Paul James, both at RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia Series: Rethinking Globalizations This collection of essays rethinks the security paradigm in the context of the War on Terror, providing a broad and systematic analysis of the long-term sources of political, military and cultural insecurity from the local to the global. Selected Contents: Part 1: Globalizing Insecurity 1. Debating Insecurity in a Globalizing World: An Introduction Damian Grenfell and Paul James 2. Globalization and the Changing Face of War Paul James and Jonathan Friedman 3. Globalization and the Limits of Current Security Paradigms Ronaldo Munck 4. Global Capitalism and the Production of Insecurity James Goodman Part 2: Reconceptualizing Security 5. New Wars and the Therapeutic Security Paradigm Michael Humphrey 6. Beyond the Construction of Consent in the War on Terror Kirsty Best 7. Recasting Western Knowledges about (Postcolonial) Security Phillip Darby 8. Environmental Security, Climate Change and Globalizing Terrorism Robyn Eckersley Part 3: Rethinking Localized Transnational Conflicts 9. Zones of Conflict and the Global War on Terror Martin Griffiths 10. Political Regimes in South East Asia and the War on Terror Garry Rodan 11. Insecurity, Risk, Identity and Violence in Kosovo John Tulloch 12. Beyond Ethnocracy and Conflict in Israel/Palestine? Oren Yiftachel Part 4: Renewal in the Aftermath of Violence 13. Governance: Rule and Reconstruction after War Richard Caplan 14. Reconciliation: Violence and NationFormation in Timor-Leste Damian Grenfell 15. Recovery: Taming the Rwa Bhineda after the Bali Bombings Jeff Lewis and Belinda Lewis 16. Resilience: Wantoks, Transnational Traders and Global Politics John Handmer and Wei Choong July 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43226-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43227-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89419-4
May 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44109-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92652-9
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
37
38
CRITICAL SECURITY
FORTHCOMING
NEW
RELATED JOURNAL
Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World
Risk and the War on Terror
Contemporary Security Policy
Edited by Louise Amoore, University of Durham, UK and Marieke de Goede, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands
Editors: Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, both at Old Daminion University, USA
Social Movements, Networks and Hierarchies Athina Karatzogianni, University of Hull, UK and Andrew Robinson, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Examines the operation of network forms of organization in social resistance movements, in relation to the integration of the world system, the intersection of networks and the possibility of social transformation. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Overview: Changes in World Power and Resistance 3. The Breakdown of the Integration of the World System 4. Rhizomes – Network Resistances 5. Rhizomes and Affinity – Network Resistances at the Periphery of the Periphery Low Tech or No Tech 6. Recuperating Networks 7. Conclusion: Strengthening Networks, Resisting Hierarchies – the Politics of Active Desire – Towards a Smooth Global Space April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45298-4: £70.00
’This anthology’s broad coverage of the relationship of risk to the war on terror’s proliferation of surveillance is extraordinary. The work of this excellent group of scholars is innovative and compelling.’ – Michael Shapiro, University of Hawaii, USA ’...should be required reading for policy makers and analysts as well as all politics students.’ – Elspeth Guild, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands ’... a wonderfully thought-provoking and insightful analysis of the genesis and negative effects of risk technologies.’ – Tony Porter, McMaster University, Canada
One of the oldest peer reviewed journals in international conflict and security, Contemporary Security Policy (CSP) promotes theoreticallybased research on policy problems of armed violence, peace building and conflict resolution. Since it first appeared in 1980, CSP has established its unique place as a meeting ground for research at the nexus of theory and policy.
This book offers the first comprehensive and critical investigation of the specific modes of risk calculation that are emerging in the so-called War on Terror.
The journal emphasizes debate on:
Risk and the War on Terror offers an interdisciplinary set of contributions which debate and analyze both the empirical manifestations of risk in the War on Terror and their theoretical implications. From border controls and biometrics to financial targeting and policing practice, the imperative to deploy public and private data in order to ‘connect the dots’ of terrorism risk raises important questions for social scientists and practitioners alike.
• Defence policy
• War and armed conflict • Strategic culture • Weapons procurement • Conflict resolution • Arms control and disarmament Volume 29, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN 1352-3260 Online ISSN 1743-8764
In contrast with previous historical moments of risk measurement, governing by risk in the War on Terror has taken on a distinctive orientation to an uncertain future. This book will be of strong interest to students and researchers of international studies, political science, geography, legal studies, criminology and sociology. Selected Contents: Foreword: Rising Risk Bill Maurer. Introduction: Governing by Risk in the War on Terror Louise Amoore and Marieke de Goede Part 1: Risk, Precaution, Governance 1. Taming the Future: The Dispositif of Risk in the War on Terror Claudia Aradau and Rens van Munster 2. Spatial Imaginaries: Economic Globalisation and the War on Terror Wendy Larner 3. The State of Preemption: Managing Terrorism Risk through Counter-Law Richard V. Ericson Part 2: Crime, Deviance, Exception 4. Choosing our Wars, Transforming Governance: Cancer, Crime, and Terror Jonathan Simon 5. Risk, Preemption and Exception in the War on Terrorist Financing Marieke de Goede 6. Consulting, Culture, the Camp: On the Economies of the Exception Louise Amoore Part 3: Biopolitics, Biometrics, Borders 7. Fast Capitalism/Slow Terror: Cushy Cosmopolitanism and its Extraordinary Others Matthew Sparke 8. Putting the Migration-Security Complex in its Place William Walters 9. Embodying Risk: Using Biometrics to Protect the Borders Charlotte Epstein Part 4: Risk, Tactics, Resistances 10. Border Hacks: The Risks of Tactical Media Rita Raley 11. Subverting Discourses of Risk in the War on Terror Susan Bibler Coutin 12. Conclusion: Risk and Imagination in the War on Terror Mark B. Salter May 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44323-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44324-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92770-0
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE
NEW
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
TEXTBOOK
TEXTBOOK
Handbook of Terrorism Research
2ND EDITION
Research, Theories and Concepts
Global Terrorism
Understanding Contemporary Terrorism and the Global Response
Brenda J. Lutz, and James M. Lutz, both at Indiana University-Purdue, USA
Paul Norman and Daniel Silverstone, both at University of Portsmouth, UK
Global Terrorism 2nd edition continues to provide students with the most comprehensive introduction to terrorism as a global phenomenon. It introduces students to history, politics, ideologies and strategies of both contemporary and older terrorist groups.
An accessible examination of the dynamic interrelationship between the phenomena of terrorism and the contemporary response at the national, regional and global level.
Written in a clear and accessible style, each chapter explains a different aspect of terrorism and illustrates this with a wide variety of detailed case studies from across the world. Although the focus is on the contemporary, the book also includes discussion of older terrorist groups. Building on the strengths of the first edition, this edition includes new material on:
May 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84472-143-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84472-142-9: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
This book is a new edition of the most comprehensive existing reference book on political terrorism, previously published to great acclaim in 1984. It is a monumental collection of definitions, conceptual frameworks, paradigmatic formulations, and bibliographic sources, which has been revised and updated as a resource for the expanding community of researchers on the subject of terrorism.
FORTHCOMING
This Handbook surpasses the previous edition in both scope and importance.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Contemporary Terrorism. Part 2: Global Counter-Terrorism
Terrorism Studies
•July 7 attacks in London
A Reader
•Bali bombings
Edited by John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA
•domestic terrorism in Columbia •attacks in Iraq •Al Qaeda, the Tamil Tigers, the IRA •animal rights extremism. The unique combination of a genuinely historical focus and truly global coverage makes this an ideal introductory textbook for anyone studying terrorism. Selected Contents: 1. Terrorism in the World, Today and Yesterday 2. What is Terrorism? Definition and Classification 3. Tactics, Weapons, and Targets 4. State Sponsors and Supporters of Terrorism 5. Religious Justification for Terrorism 6. Ethnic and National Bases of Terrorism 7. Terrorism and Ideologies of the Left 8. Terrorism and Ideologies of the Right 9. Terrorism and Multiple Motivations 10. State Use of Domestic Terrorism and Repression 11. Countries with Multiple Crises of Terrorism 12. Counterterrorism 13. Terrorism: A Continuing Phenomenon. Glossary. Bibliography July 2008: 246x189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77246-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77247-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89503-0 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
Edited by Alex Schmid, University of St Andrews, UK, Albert Jongman, Leiden University, the Netherlands and Eric Price, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria
In an age when there is more written about terrorism than anyone can possibly read in a lifetime, it has become increasingly difficult for students and scholars to navigate the literature. At the same time, courses and modules on terrorism studies are developing at a rapid rate. To meet this challenge, this comprehensive new Reader in Terrorism Studies seeks to equip the aspiring student, based anywhere in the world, with a comprehensive introduction to the study of terrorism. Containing many of the most influential and groundbreaking studies from the world’s leading authorities on terrorism, drawn from several disciplines, the book is edited by one of the world’s leading experts, John Horgan. This book is the essential companion for the student of terrorism and political violence.
Handbook of Terrorism Research will be essential reading for all students of terrorism, political science and security studies, as well as policy makers and professionals in the security field. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Terrorism and Related Concepts 2. Theories 3. Data and Databases on Domestic and International terrorism 4. Literature of Terrorism 5. Bibliography of Political Terrorism 6. World Directory of Terrorist Organizations 7. Glossary. Index January 2009: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-41157-8: £95.00
Terrorism Studies, which starts with a detailed introduction on ’Studying Terrorism’, is divided into nine sub-sections, each of which has an introduction and guide to further reading. It will be essential reading for undergraduate students of terrorism and political violence, and recommended reading for students of security studies, international relations and political science in general. Selected Contents: Studying Terrorism: An Introduction John Horgan. Section 1: Terrorism in Historical Context. Section 2: Definitions. Section 3: Understanding and Explaining Terrorism. Section 4: Terrorist Movements. Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour. Section 6: Fanaticism and Suicidal Terrorism. Section 7: Counterterrorism. Section 8: Current Trends in Terrorism. Section 9: The Future of Terrorism. Conclusions March 2009: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
39
40
TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE
Cass Series on Political Violence Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK and David Rapoport
TEXTBOOK
The Liberal State Response
Combating Terrorism in Northern Ireland
Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK
Edited by James Dingley
’No one understands terrorism better than Paul Wilkinson...if policy makers read this book they will understand the problems better. If terrorists read it they will understand themselves a lot better.’ – Michael Clarke, King’s College London, University of London, UK
This book series contains sober, thoughtful and authoritative academic accounts of terrorism and political violence. Its aim is to produce a useful taxonomy of terror and violence through comparative and historical analysis in both national and international spheres. Each book discusses origins, organisational dynamics and outcomes of particular forms and expressions of political violence. TEXTBOOK 2ND EDITION
Terrorism Today Christopher C. Harmon, Marine Corps University, Quantico, USA The new edition of this bestselling insight into terrorism today has been fully updated and revised to include what the author terms the new ‘militant Moslem international.’ Drawing directly on the words and ideas of terrorists themselves, this book is an examination of patterns, current trends and future threats in terrorism worldwide. It explores the ideology and psychology, the politics and policies, the strategies and operations of many active small groups and major insurgencies. The terrorist leader emerges as a calculating, innovated and often welleducated person whose use of violence against the innocent is calibrated for maximum effects. The closing chapter is a stimulating discussion of the problems of counter-terrorism, making several key recommendations. Terrorism Today will be essential reading for students of terrorism, counter-insurgency and international security. Selected Contents: Foreword Paul Wilkinson. Introduction 1. Politics and Policies 2. Strategies of Terrorist Groups 3. Operations: Funding Terror 4. Technologies and Tactics 5. Counterterrorism 6. How Terror Groups End. Glossary of Terrorist Groups 2007: 246x174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-77300-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77301-0: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93358-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
NEW
Terrorism Versus Democracy
’From one of the founding fathers of terrorism studies, an urgent and necessary reminder of that which we must hold dear in combating all forms of terrorism. Paul Wilkinson understands the vital lessons to be learned from responding to terrorism, and this updated edition of his landmark book is absolutely essential reading.’ – Dr John Horgan, University of St Andrews ‘This is a well-argued, balanced book on a subject where sound judgement is often lacking. Professor Wilkinson, one of the leading authorities on the subject of terrorism, discusses both the terrorist threat and the appropriateness of military, legal and diplomatic responses with clarity and persuasion. This book is an important addition to the literature on terrorism and deserves to be widely read.’ – Dr Alex Schmid This acclaimed study examines both the new terror networks and those that have been around for decades. This new edition brings it up to date with the dramatic opening of the twenty first century, with new chapters on the 9/11 attacks, the growth of international terrorism, the Al-Qaeda network and the ‘War on Terror’. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Revised Edition 2. Terrorism, Insurgency and Asymmetrical Conflict 3. The Emergence of Modern Terrorism 4. Origins and Key Characteristics of Al Qaeda 5. Politics, Diplomacy and Peace Processes: Pathways Out of Terrorism? 6. LawEnforcement, Criminal Justice and the Liberal State 7. The Role of the Military in Combating Terrorism 8. Hostage-Taking, Sieges and Problems of Response 9. Aviation Security 10. The Media and Terrorism 11. International Cooperation Against Terrorism 12. The Future of Terrorism 13. Conclusion: Towards a Response to Terrorism Based on Democratic Principles and Respect for Human Rights. Appendix 1: Select Addresses of Internet Sources on Terrorism. Appendix 2: International Conventions and Protocols Pertaining to International Terrorism 2006: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-38477-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38478-0: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08733-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
The essays in this volume unite analysis and practice in exploring both the conflict in Northern Ireland and the internationally applicable counter-terrorism lessons which can be drawn from the response to it. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction James Dingley 2. Northern Ireland and the Troubles James Dingley 3. The Rise of the Paramilitaries Peter Neumann 4. Terrorist Strategy and Tactics James Dingley 5. Terrorist Groups and Their Political Fronts Anthony Richards 6. Terrorist Weapons and Technology John Allison 7. Organised Crime and Racketeering Chris Ryder 8. The Government’s Response Peter Neumann 9. The Legal Response Austen Morgan 10. The Police Response Neil Southern 11. The Military Response Sir Alistair Irwin and Mike Mahoney 12. The Role of Intelligence Bill Duff and Michael Kirk-Smith 13. The Provisional IRA and the Irish Republic John Horgan 14. How Significant was International Influence in the Northern Ireland Peace Process? Paul Wilkinson 15. The War Continues? Combating the paramilitaries and the Role of the British Army After the Belfast Agreement Christopher Bass and M L R Smith 16. Conclusion James Forrest September 2008: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-36733-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89087-5
FORTHCOMING
Political Assassinations and International Politics Suchitra Dutta, University of St Andrews, UK This book examines the phenomenon of political assassinations in the contemporary world. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Definitions 3. Justifications 4. Assassination of Anwar Sadat 5. Assassination of Rajiv Ghandi 6. Assassination of Yitzhak Rabin 7. Political Assassination Regime 8. Conclusion December 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41800-3: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism The Fifth Wave of Terrorism Jeffrey Kaplan, University of Wisconsin, USA The central focus of this book is a small but vitally important group of movements that constitute a distinct ’fifth wave’ of modern terrorism, here called the ’New Tribalism’. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Terrorism and Religious Violence 2. Rapoport’s Four Waves Theory Revisited 3.The Fifth Wave: The Khmer Rouge and the Lord’s Resistance Army 4. Historical Precedents: The Taborites and the French Revolution 5. The Interhamwe in Rwanda 6. The Revolutionary United Front in Sierra Leone 7. The Janjaweed in the Sudan 8. Conclusion The Fifth Wave? December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45338-7: £65.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Homeland Security in the UK
Democracy and the War on Terror Civil Liberties and the Fight Against Terrorism
Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence
Future Preparedness for Terrorist Attack since 9/11
Leonard Weinberg and William Eubank, both at University of Nevada, Reno, USA
The Life Cycle of Birth, Growth, Transformation, and Demise
This new volume focuses on the relationships between democratic government, open societies and political terrorism.
Dipak K. Gupta, San Diego State University, USA
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Terrorism and the New Democracies 3. Terrorism in Long-Established Democracies 4. Terrorism and the Breakdown of Democracy 5. The Price Democracies Pay for Fighting Terrorism 6. Conclusions June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77033-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77034-7: £20.99
NEW
Global Jihadism Theory and Practice Jarret M. Brachman, United States Military Academy West Point, USA Global Jihadism exposes the core doctrine and strategy of today’s global Jihadist movement. The first half of the book explores the ideas upon which groups such as Al Qaeda are built, including the concepts of Jihad, al-Wala wal-Bara, Takfir and Tawhid. Jarret Brachman exposes a genre of Jihadist strategic scholarship that has been virtually ignored in the West and helps to situate it within the broader Salafist religious movement. The second half explores the thinking and activities of Al Qaeda’s propaganda machine, explaining its intricacies and idiosyncrasies. It includes case studies on the rise and fall of global Jihadist terrorism in Saudi Arabia post-9/11, and highlights the explosive results of bringing theory to bear on practice in the United Kingdom over the past twenty years. The book concludes by providing innovative strategies for combating the global Jihadist ideology.
This book explains the lifecycle of terrorist organizations from an innovative theoretical perspective, combining economics with social psychology. It provides a new approach to understanding human behaviour in organized society, and then uses this to analyze the forces shaping the lifecycle of violent political movements. Economic and rational-choice theorists assume that human beings are motivated only by self-utility, yet terrorism is ultimately an altruistic act in the eyes of its participants. This book highlights the importance of the desire to belong to a group as a motivating factor, and argues that all of us face an eternal trade-off between selfishness and community concern. This hypothesis is explored through four key groups; the IRA in Northern Ireland, Al Qaeda, Hamas, and the Naxalites in India. Through this, the book analyzes the birth, growth, transformation and demise of violent political movements, and ends with an analysis of the conditions which determine the outcome of the war against terrorism. Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence will be essential reading for advanced students of terrorism studies and political science, and of great interest to students of social psychology and sociology. Selected Contents: Foreword Martha Crenshaw. Introduction. Theories on Origins of Movements. Selfish Altruist: Modeling the Mind of a Terrorist. The Dynamics of Dissent: A Theoretical Perspective. Faith, Nationalism, and Class Warfare: Birth of a Movement. Growth of Rebellion. A Marriage Made in Hell? Terrorism and Organized Crime. Terrorism’s Trap: A Winnable War? Appendix A. Appendix B March 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77164-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77165-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93027-4
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory 1. Introduction 2. Doctrine and Schools 3. Ideologues 4. Strategists Part 2: Practice 5. Propogandists 6. Al-Qa`ida in Saudi Arabia 7. Global Jihadism in the UK 8. Conclusion July 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45241-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45242-7: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89505-4
41
Edited by Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK This book is a detailed examination of whether domestic security measures are striking an appropriate balance between homeland security and civil liberties in the post-9/11 era. This volume assesses the nature of UK responses to terrorism by key public and private-sector bodies, highlighting how these organizations can prevent, pre-empt, counter and manage terrorist attacks by using a matrix of factors such as types of terrorist networks, tactics and targets. The volume also compares and contrasts the UK’s response with cognate states elsewhere in the EU and with the USA. While improved intelligence has helped prevent a major Al Qaeda attack, the authors conclude that there is still a ‘major question mark’ over whether the country is adequately resourced to deal with an emergency situation, particularly in major cities other than London. The book also confirms that while the UK faces a ‘real and serious’ threat of terrorist attack by Al Qaeda, it is better prepared for an attack than other EU member states. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction Paul Wilkinson Part 2: Threat Assessment 2. The Threat from the Al-Qaeda Network Paul Wilkinson 3. International Terrorism and the UK: Assessing the Threat Tamara Makarenko 4. The Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Weapons Threat Jez Littlewood and John Simpson 5. The Domestic Threat: The Cases of Northern Ireland and Animal Rights Extremism Anthony Richards Part 3: UK Efforts to Enhance Preparedness since 9/11 6. National Governance Structures to Manage the Response to Terrorist Threats and Attacks: A Cross-National Comparative Analysis with Special Reference to the UK ‘Lead Department’ Response Structure and UK CounterTerrorism Strategy Frank Gregory 7. Reducing the Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Weapons Threat: The Role of Counter-Proliferation, Arms Control and Disarmament John Simpson and Jez Littlewood 8. The UK and the Threat of Nuclear Terrorism: A Case Study of Organisational Responses John Simpson 9. An Assessment of the Contribution of Intelligence-Led Counter-Terrorism to UK Homeland Security Post 9/11 within the ’Contest’ Strategy Frank Gregory 10. Police and Counter-Terrorism in the UK: A Study of ‘One of the Highest and Most Challenging Priorities for Police Forces Nationally’ Frank Gregory 11. Immigration and Asylum Issues Tamara Makarenko 12. Enhancing UK Aviation Security Post 9/11 Paul Wilkinson 13. Port Security in the UK: The Spectre of Maritime Terrorism Peter Lehr 14. Terrorism and Public Information Anthony Richards 15. Cyber-Security and the Critical National Infrastructure Darryl Howlett 16. Private Sector Roles in CounterTerrorism Frank Gregory Part 4: Civil Contingencies and Emergency Response 17. UK Draft Civil Contingencies Bill 2003 and its Subsequent Act: Building Block for Homeland Security? Frank Gregory 18. The Emergency Response: Progress and Problems Anthony Richards Part 5: International Dimensions and Main Conclusions of Authors 19. International Dimensions of Homeland Security Paul Wilkinson 20. Main Conclusions of the Authors Project Team 2007: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-38374-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38375-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08745-9
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
42
TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Leaving Terrorism Behind
Walking Away from Terrorism
State Terrorism and Human Rights
Disengagement from Political Violence
Accounts of Disengagement from Radical and Extremist Movements
International Responses since the Cold War
John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA
This book aims to improve our understanding of the broad trends in the use of political violence by examining the use of state terror in world politics.
Edited by Tore Bjorgo, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs (NUPI), Oslo, Norway and John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA
This book focuses on identifying the tipping points for disengagement from terrorism, and is informed by the detailed, illuminating and sometimes extraordinary accounts that the terrorists themselves offer about the reasons why they left terrorism behind.
This volume expands our understanding of the processes by which individuals and groups disengage from terrorism, based on empirical data with (former) participants. Until now, little research has been carried out to explore these processes and to evaluate how disengagement works. An important practical contribution is the chapters exploring various programmes for disengagement, rehabilitation, dialogue and amnesty for Jihadis and participants in other terrorist groups. The contributors look at movements in countries such as Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Saudi Arabia, Yemen, Italy, Scandinavia, and Colombia, exploring the conditions under which these programmes work, or do not work, and consider the ways in which they are designed may make them more or less adaptive to their tasks of facilitating disengagement. These studies will also demonstrate why disengagement from terrorism may not be the same as ideological deradicalization. There is now great policy-level interest in these topics and as such this volume is extremely timely and relevant to current counter-terrorism activities. Leaving Terrorism Behind will be of great interest to all students of terrorism studies, international security and politics in general, as well as professionals in the field of counter-terrorism. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction. Theoretical Perspectives on Recruitment and Disengagement from Extremist Groups Tore Bjørgo and John Horgan Part 1: Individual and Collective Disengagement: The Process 2. The Disengagement Process for the Individual John Horgan 3. How Terrorism Ends Audrey Kurth Cronin 4. Disengagement from Terrorism and Issues for Civil Society Max Taylor Part 2: Lessons Learned: Programmes and Initiatives to Facilitate Disengagement 5. Pathways Out of Terrorism in Northern Ireland and the Basque Country: A Reassessment Rogelio Alonso 6. Leaving Left-Wing Terrorism in Italy: A Sociological Analysis Donatella della Porta 7. Disengagement from Violent Groups of the Extreme Right Tore Bjørgo 8. De-Mobilisation of Colombian Guerillas Marcella Ribetti 9. Collective Disengagement from Terrorism among Egyptian Islamist Groups Diaa Rashwan 10. Amnesty and Rehabilitation Programs Directed Towards Jihadis Laila Bokhari 11. The Yemeni Committee for Dialogue – The Model Case Christopher Boucek, Shazadi Beg and John Horgan 12. The Rehabilisation of Jemaah Islamiyah Detainees in Southeast Asia: A Preliminary Assessment Zachary Abuza 13. Extremist Reeducation and Rehabilitation in Saudi Arabia Christopher Boucek 14. Pakistan – The Key Battleground Shazadi Beg and Laila Bokhari Part 3: Conclusions 15. Conclusions, Ways Forward and an Agenda for Research Tore Bjørgo and John Horgan November 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77667-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77668-4: £20.99
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
The book will be structured along four major issues: 1. What do we currently know about disengagement and de-radicalization from terrorism? 2. What do terrorists themselves say about their experiences of disengagement? (in terms of a. how exit routes became expressed (e.g. pathways, routes, key factors) b. why they felt they wanted to leave c. what happened to them once they found themselves as ex-terrorists, and no longer part of the structures that protected them) 3. What lessons and implications can we take from a rigorous analysis of the terrorists’ accounts of disengagement, and related to this? 4. What are the implications for policy, law enforcement, intelligence, civil society and other relevant parties to an effective counterterrorism initiative? In sum, the book will provide a model of disengagement and de-radicalization; a detailed analysis of the implications of the model for informing responses, and a strategic, systematically presented, point-by-point and multi-level guide for policy makers for facilitating de-radicalization processes at a variety of political, social and legal levels. This book will be essential reading for all students of terrorism studies and highly recommended for students of international security, international relations and politics.
Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK
There are numerous military regimes and other forms of dictatorship where the use of terror techniques for internal control is routine. While there are some effective multilateral measures that can be taken to discourage and reduce state sponsorship of terrorism as a weapon of intervention in foreign states, the international community generally and the major democracies in combination, face huge difficulties in attempting to influence those regimes that are inflicting major human rights violations on their own populations. For most states, the international norms of nonintervention have tended to restrict government and IGOs to expressions of humanitarian concern, condemnatory resolutions at the UN, and perhaps support for international economic sanctions against the offending regime. This book will analyse the major types of international response to state terror since the Cold War and their outcomes and wider implications for the future of international relations. The conclusion will attempt to develop proposals for more effective international responses to state terror in full capability with international law and the protection of human rights. Selected Contents: 1. Concept and Typology of Regime Terror 2. Regime Terror as a Political Weapon in Modern History 3. Trends in the use of Terror by States since the end of the Cold War 4. Obstacles to International Action against State Terror in the post-Cold War international system 5. The Case of Saddam Hussein’s Terror against the Kurds and the International Response 6. Indonesian Terror against East Timor separatists and the International Response 7. The Use of State Terror in Former Yugoslavia and the International Response 8. Terror in Rwanda in 1994 and the Failure of International Response 9. Conclusions: Towards a More Effective International Response to State Terror, based on Democratic Principles and the Protection of Human Rights. Bibliography. Index March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £20.99
Selected Contents: 1. Current Trends in Terrorism 2. Why Studying Disengagement is Important 3. Northern Ireland – The Ulster Volunteer Force 4. The Republic of Ireland – Oglaigh na hEireann (a.k.a. The Real IRA) 5. The Basque Country – ETA 6. The West Bank – HAMAS 7. Indonesia – Jemaah Islamiyyah 8. Colombia – Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (a.k.a. FARC) 9. England, Pakistan and the USA – Al Qaeda 10. Sri Lanka – The Tamil Tigers 11. England – The Animal Liberation Front 12. Pakistan – Lashkar-e-Taiba (a.k.a. The Army of Medina) 13. Analysis of the Terrorists’ Accounts 14. Implications of the Findings for Counterterrorism 15. Radicalisation and De-Radicalisation February 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43943-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43944-2: £20.99
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE
Contemporary Terrorism Studies Female Terrorism and Militancy Agency, Utility, and Organization Edited by Cindy D. Ness, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, New York, USA This edited volume provides a window on the many forces that structure and shape why women and girls participate in terrorism and other forms of political violence, as well as on how states have come to view, treat, and strategize against them. Selected Contents: Introduction Cindy D. Ness. In the Name of the Cause: Women’s Work in Secular and Religious Terrorism Cindy D. Ness. Women Fighting in Jihad? David Cook. Beyond the Bombings – Analyzing Female Suicide Bombers Debra Zedalis. (Gendered) War Carolyn Nordstrom. The Evolving Participation of Muslim Women in Palestine, Chechnya, and the Global Jihadi Movement Karla Cunningham. Black Widows and Beyond: Understanding the Motivations and Life Trajectories of Chechen Female Terrorists Anne Speckhard and Khapta Akhmedova. The Black Widows: Chechen Women Join the Fight for Independence – and Allah Anne Nivat. Palestinian Female Suicide Bombers: Virtuous Heroines or Damaged Goods? Yoram Schweitzer. Martyrs or Murderers? Victims or Victimizers? The Voices of Would Be Palestinian Female Suicide Bombers Anat Berko and Edna Erez. Girls as ’Weapons of Terror’ in Northern Uganda and Sierra Leonean Rebel Fighting Forces Susan McKay. From Freedom Birds to Water Buffaloes: Women Terrorists in Asia Margaret Gonzalez-Perez. Women and Organized Racial Terrorism in the United States Kathleen M. Blee. The Portrayal of Female Terrorists in the Media: Similar Framing Patterns in the News Coverage of Women in Politics and in Terrorism Brigitte L. Nacos 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77347-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93726-6
The Strategy of Terrorism
Democratic Responses To Terrorism
How it Works, and Why it Fails
Edited by Leonard Weinberg, University of Nevada, Reno, USA
Peter R. Neumann and M.L.R. Smith, both at King’s College London, University of London, UK This is the first book to set out a comprehensive framework by which to understand terrorism as strategy, contending that even terrorism of the supposedly nihilist variety can be viewed as a bona fide method for distributing means to fulfil the ends of policy, that is, as a strategy. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Terrorism and Strategic Theory 3. The Strategy of Terrorism 4. Flawed Assumptions 5. The Escalation Trap 6. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-42618-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93700-6
Understanding Terrorist Innovation Technology, Tactics and Global Trends Adam Dolnik, University of Wollongong, Australia This book explores the innovations and advances in terrorist tactics and technologies, to help fill the gap in the contemporary terrorism literature by developing an empirical theory of terrorist innovation. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Terrorism and Innovation 2. Terrorist Tactics and Technologies 3. Aum Shinrikyo 4. Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine – General Command 5. Riyadus-Salikhin Suicide Battalion 6. Revolutionary Organization November 17 7. Understanding Terrorist Innovation. Conclusions and Implications for the Future 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42351-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08894-4
The Psychology of Strategic Terrorism Public and Government Responses to Attack Ben Sheppard This cross- disciplinary volume explores terrorism and strategic terror, examining how the public responds to terrorist attacks, and what authorities can do in such situations. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Overview of the key disciplines 3. Methodological Parameters 4. Israel and the Scud Missile Attacks During the 1991 Gulf War 5. The Tokyo Sarin Attack 6. September 11 Attacks 7. 2001 Anthrax Attacks 8. Israel and the Second Intifada 9. Conclusion. Selected Bibliography October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47195-4: £70.00
Series: Democracy and Terrorism Democratic Responses to Terrorism tackles how to protect democratic societies against terrorist violence while, at the same time, making sure that the steps democracies take to protect themselves do no fundamental harm to the rule of law and the rights of citizens. With a foreword by Fernando Henrique Cardoso, former president of Brazil, the essays here assesses such elements as the role of the legal framework, human rights, democracy and civil society, as well as international cooperation. The series explores one of the most pressing issues of our time: how to reconcile the need to fight terrorism with our desire to protect and enhance democratic values. The volumes are an outgrowth of a summit conference organized by the Club de Madrid, an independent organization comprised of many former heads of state, dedicated to strengthening democracy around the world. Selected Contents: Foreword Fernando Henrique Cardoso, President, Club de Madrid 1. Introduction: Democratic Responses to Terrorism Leonard Weinberg 2. Talking Sense: Guidelines for International Democracy Promotion Theodore J. Piccone 3. Strengthening Civil Society Mary Kaldor 4. Islam, Islamism and Democracy: The Case of the Arab World Bassam Tibi 5. Militant Muslims and Democracy: Knowns and Unknowns Saad Eddin Ibrahim 6. The United Nations and Terrorism Jeffrey Laurenti 7. Negotiating with Terrorists Peter R. Neumann 8. Anti-Terrorism Legislation: Civil Liberty and Judicial Alteration Laura Donohue 9. Human Rights and the Challenge of Terror David Cole 2007: 6 x 9: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-96490-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96491-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93319-0
NEW
Women and Terrorism
NEW
43
Female Activity in Domestic and International Terror Groups
FORTHCOMING
Women and Political Violence
Margaret Gonzalez-Perez, Southeastern Louisiana University, USA
Female Combatants in Ethno-National Conflict
This book examines the relationship between women and terrorist activities in the post-Second World War era, identifying a dichotomy whereby women are significantly more active in domestic terrorist organizations than in international groups.
Series: Contemporary Security Studies
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Domestic and International Terrorism 2. The Americas: New Women in a New World 3. Asia: Freedom Birds and Water Buffaloes 4. Africa and the Middle East: Behind the Veil 5. Europe: Discontent on the Continent 6. Conclusion May 2008: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-46467-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92655-0
Miranda Alison, University of Warwick, UK This major new book directly challenges the stereotype that women are inherently peaceable by examining female combatants in ethno-national conflicts. Drawing upon two fresh case studies of Sri Lanka and Northern Ireland, it explores how when women have traditionally appeared in literature on war they have been predominantly depicted as the victims of conflict. This book takes seriously the reality of women as combatants. Indeed, female soldiers/irregulars are features of most modern conflicts. Drawing on original interview materials, it addresses why and how some women choose to become violently engaged in nationalist conflicts. It also highlights the personal and political costs and benefits incurred by such women to present a valuable insight into this ever topical area. September 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36313-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01345-8
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
44
TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE
Fighting Terrorism and Drugs
NEW
FORTHCOMING
Europe and International Police Cooperation
Immigration Policy and Security
2ND EDITION
Jörg Friedrichs, University of Oxford, UK
U.S., European, and Commonwealth Perspectives
Political Parties and Terrorist Groups 2nd ed.
Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book closely examines the fight of large European states against terrorism and drugs, from the 1960s to the present day. Selected Contents: Part 1: The International Fight against Terrorism. Part 2: The International Fight against Drugs 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-40892-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93456-2
FORTHCOMING
Protest, Repression and Political Regimes An Empirical Investigation Sabine C. Carey, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights This book explores and tests different theories of how governments respond to dissent and how dissidents respond to repression using extensive empirical data and detailed studies on Latin America and Africa. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Domestic Conflict and Political Regimes 3. Domestic Conflict and Political Regimes 4. A Detailed Time-Series Analysis 4.1 Argentina 4.2 Brazil 4.3 Chile 4.4 Columbia 4.5 Mexico 4.6 Venezuela 4.7 Nigeria 4.8 Zambia 4.9 Zaire 5. A Dynamic Time-Series Analysis of the Protest-Repression Nexus 6. Case Study: Nigeria 7. Case Study: Chile 8. Conclusion December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42484-4: £70.00
NEW
Turkey Terrorism, Civil Rights, and the European Union Edited by Yonah Alexander, Potomac Institute for Policy Studies, Arlington, USA, Edgar H. Brenner, Inter-University Center for Legal Studies, Washington, USA and Serhat Tutuncuoglu Krause This book examines Turkey and its struggle to implement laws to combat terrorism and comply with the European Union’s civil rights standards. April 2008: 234x156: 808pp Hb: 978-0-415-44163-6: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93628-3
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
Edited by Terri Givens, Gary P. Freeman, and David L. Leal, all at University of Texas at Austin, USA Immigration policy in the United States, Europe, and the Commonwealth went under the microscope after the terror attacks of 9/11 and the subsequent events in London, Madrid, and elsewhere. We have since seen major changes in the bureaucracies that regulate immigration-but have those institutional dynamics led to significant changes in the way borders are controlled, the numbers of immigrants allowed to enter, or national asylum policies? This book examines a broad range of issues and cases in order to better understand if, how, and why immigration policies and practices have changed in these countries in response to the threat of terrorism. In a thorough analysis of border policies, the authors also address how an intensification of immigration politics can have severe consequences for the social and economic circumstances of national minorities of immigrant origin. Selected Contents: Introduction: Terrorism and the Changing Politics of Immigration Gary Freeman, Terri Givens and David Leal Part 1: United States 1. Immigration and U.S. National Interests: Historical Cases and the Contemporary Debate Marc Rosenblum 2. Immigration Policy and the Latino Community Since 9/11 Michele Waslin 3. U.S. Asylum Refugee Policy towards Muslim Nations Since 9/11 Idean Salehyan 4. Post-9/11 International Graduate Enrollments in the United States: Unintended Consequences of National Security Strategies Susan K. Brown and Frank D. Bean Part 2: Europe 5. Migration Policy Debates in Europe after 9/11: Securitization, Embedded Liberalism, or the Quest for Legitimation? Christina Boswell 6. Disembedding Liberalism? Immigration Politics and Security in Britain since 9/11 James Hampshire 7. Fortifying Fortress Europe? The Effects of September 11 on EU Immigration Policy Adam Luedtke 8. Borders, Security, and Transatlantic Cooperation in the 21st Century: Identity and Privacy in an Era of Globalized Surveillance Valsamis Mitsilegas 9. Towards a Common European Asylum Policy: The Political Economy of Refugee Burden Sharing Eiko R. Thielemann Part 3: The Commonwealth Perspective 10. Immigration, the War against Terror, and the British Commonwealth James Jupp
Leonard Weinberg, University of Nevada, Reno, USA, Ami Pedahzur, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Arie Perliger, University of Haifa, Israel This is the definitive guide to the topical issue of the relationship between political parties that embrace the democratic process and terrorist groups which eschew the legal and procedural strictures of democracy. Drawing on a vast array of data, the authors examine a large number of international case studies from Italy, Spain, Lebanon, Turkey, Iran, Israel, Palestine, Peru, Argentina, Japan and Northern Ireland. Completely revised and updated throughout, Political Parties and Terrorist Groups continues to provide the most detailed theoretical and empirical analysis of this controversial issue. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Political Parties and Terrorist Groups 2. When Opposites Attract 3. When Political Parties Turn to Terrorism 4. When Terrorist Groups Turn to Party Politics 5. Political Parties, Political Movements and Terrorist Groups 6. A Pathway from Terrorism to Peaceful Political Party 7. Political Parties and Terrorist Groups: Conclusions October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77536-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77537-3: £21.99
Countering the Financing of Terrorism Edited by Thomas J. Biersteker and Sue E. Eckert, both at Brown University, Rhode Island, USA This is the first high-level scholary, analytically sophisticated overview of terrorist financing. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Social Organization of Terrorism. Part 2: The Financial Organization of Terrorism: The Raising and Moving of Funds. Part 3: Responses to the Terrorist Financing Challenge 2007: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-39642-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39643-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94463-9
August 2008: 6 x 9: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99082-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99083-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89468-2
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
NEW
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
TEXTBOOK
Realism Reader
TEXTBOOK
Global Ethics
Colin Elman, Arizona State University, USA
Realism & US Foreign Policy
Anarchy, Freedom and International Relations
Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is recovering its previously dominant role as the leading paradigm in the international relations subfield. Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied by a surge of new research, and by the development of several distinct variants within the research tradition.
The Primacy of Power
Mervyn Frost, King’s College, London, UK Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics This provocative and original book challenges the commonplace that contemporary international interactions are best understood as struggles for power. Eschewing jargon and theoretical abstraction, Mervyn Frost argues that global politics and global civil society must be understood in ethical terms. International actors are always faced with the ethical question: So, what ought we to do in circumstances like these? Illustrating the centrality of ethics to our understanding of global politics and global civil society with detailed case studies, Frost shows how international actors constitute one another in global social practices that are underpinned by specific ethical commitments. Case Studies examined include: •The War on Iraq •The ‘Global War on Terror’ •Iran •Human Rights •Globalization and Migration •The use of Private Military Companies. Global Ethics forces readers to confront their own necessary ethical engagement as citizens and rights holders in global society. Failure to understand international relations in ethical terms will lead to misguided action. This book should be read by all scholars and students of international relations as well as the general reader seeking an accessible account of the importance of ethical decisions in world affairs. Selected Contents: 1. The ubiquity of ethics in international relations 2. Global ethical practices 3. Ethical incoherence: Individual rights versus states’ rights 4. Global terrorism understood in ethical terms 5. Defending anarchies October 2008: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46609-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46610-3: £18.99 • AVAILABLE AS INSPECTION COPY
The Realism Reader will provide a ’one-stop-shop’ for undergraduates and masters students taking a course in contemporary international relations theory, with a particular focus on realism. The reader will collect centrally important realist works, organized around different approaches (for example, neoclassical realism); important critiques of realism (for example, the institutionalist critique); and some debates realists and their critics have engaged in concerning recent events (for example, whether different realist theories can account for the collapse of the Soviet Union and the end of the Cold War). The reader will be structured around a 16 week semester. An alternative timetable and chapter combination will be provided for classes following the quarter system. June 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77354-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77357-7: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS INSPECTION COPY
FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK
Recovering Realism Colin Elman, Arizona State University, USA This book provides a broad survey of contemporary realist scholarship, and builds on Elman’s earlier work on the relationship between realism and foreign policy; balance of power theory; realism and typologies; and the metatheoretic status of realism. The volume is intended for use as a text in upper division undergraduate courses in IR, and in IR field survey classes for graduate students; as a resource for scholars working within the IR sub-field; and as a readable introduction to contemporary political realism for a wider academic and policymaking audience. The book will also serve as a companion volume to The Realism Reader and the chapters have been matched accordingly. Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Realism: The Return of Pessimism 2. The Roots of the Realist Tradition 3. Classical Realism: The Twentieth Century 4. Balance of Power Theory 5. Neorealism 6. Defensive Structural Realism 7. Offensive Structural Realism 8. Rise and Fall Realism 9. Neoclassical Realism 10. The Liberal Critique 11. The Institutionalist Critique 12. The Constructivist Critique 13. Realism and European Cooperation 14. Realism, American ’Hegemony,’ and ’Soft’ Balancing 15. Realism and the Rise of Nonstate Actors 16. Conclusion June 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77358-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77359-1: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS INSPECTION COPY
45
Jeffrey W. Taliaferro, Tufts University, Massachusetts, USA This textbook illustrates the utility and limitations of realism to explain broad patterns in US foreign policy. Selected Contents: 1. Primacy of Power-Realist Theories and the Study of U.S. Grand Strategy 2. Classical Realism-Statecraft, Balancing Power, and the U.S. Entry into World War II 3. Hegemonic Realism-Outbreak of the Cold War, Preponderance, and the Origins of Containment 4. Neorealism-Bipolar Stability, Nuclear Weapons, and the Long Peace (1962-90) 5. Defensive Realism and Offensive Realism: U.S. Intervention in Korea and Vietnam 6. Neoclassical Realism: Explaining Post-Cold War and Post-9/11 U.S. Foreign Policy November 2008: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77315-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77316-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96257-2 • AVAILABLE AS INSPECTION COPY
TEXTBOOK
Bridging the Foreign Policy Divide Edited by Derek Chollet, Center for a New American Security, USA, Tod Lindberg, Stanford University, USA and David Shorr, Stanley Foundation, USA ’Bridging the Foreign Policy Divide should be required reading for every foreign policy expert and campaign advisor in the 2008 elections - indeed for the presidential candidates themselves. This volume identifies and grapples with fundamental differences in how many groups of Americans view the world, yet nevertheless establishes enough common ground to move the debate from partisanship to actual policies.’ – Anne-Marie Slaughter, Princeton University, USA ’Bridges are important to build and to maintain. Read this book and learn important lessons.’ – George Shultz, Distinguished Fellow, Hoover Institution, and former U.S. Secretary of State (1982-89) Selected Contents: Preface David Shorr. Introduction Derek Chollet and Tod Lindberg 1. America and the Use of Force: Sources of Legitimacy Ivo H. Daalder and Robert Kagan 2. How to Keep From Overselling or Underestimating the United Nations Mark P. Lagon and David Shorr 3. The Cost of Confusion: Resolving Ambiguities in Detainee Treatment Kenneth Anderson and Elisa Massimino 4. Course Correction in America’s War on Terror Peter Brookes and Julianne Smith 5. The Case for Larger Ground Forces Frederick W. Kagan and Michael O’Hanlon 6. A Full-Court Press Against Nuclear Anarchy Stephen E. Biegun and Jon B. Wolfsthal 7. Keeping Tabs on China’s Rise Michael Schiffer and Gary Schmitt 8. Are We All Nation-Builders Now? Andrew Erdmann and Suzanne Nossel 9. Should Democracy Be Promoted or Demoted? Francis Fukuyama and Michael McFaul 10. In Defense of Values Derek Chollet and Tod Lindberg 2007: 6 x 9: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-96226-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96227-8: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93320-6 • AVAILABLE AS INSPECTION COPY
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
46
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
TEXTBOOK
A Pact with the Devil
NEW
Power in World Politics
Washington’s Bid for World Supremacy and the Betrayal of the American Promise
Realism and International Politics
Edited by Felix Berenskoetter, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK and M.J. Williams, Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, London, UK ’Power in World Politics substantially enhances and broadens our understanding of power by bringing together accomplished scholars from varied theoretical perspectives to explore the sources and forms of power in a changing world.’ – Jack S. Levy, Rutgers University, USA ’Drawing from a variety of International Relations’ traditions and other fields and disciplines, this book contains some of the most cutting-edge and illuminating scholarship on power yet. It is no exaggeration to say, therefore, that after reading this book you will never think about power in simplistic and onedimensional ways.’ – Emanuel Adler, University of Toronto, Canada This book engages the view that students of International Relations need to break with the habit of defining power in terms of military capabilities of states.
Tony Smith, Tufts University, Massachusetts, USA Tony Smith isolates leading strands of liberal internationalist thinking in order to see how the ‘liberal hawks’ constructed them into a case for American and liberal imperialism in the Middle East. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Bush Doctrine and the Bid for World Supremacy 2. The Intellectual Origins of the Bush Doctrine 3. Liberal Democratic Internationalism: Its Pre-Classical, Classic, and Hegemonic Stages 4. Liberal Imperialism I: Democratic Peace Theory 5. Liberal Imperialism II: Democracy as a Universal Value 6. Liberal Imperialism III: Militarizing Humanitarianism 7. Liberal Fundamentalist Jihadism 2007: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-95245-3: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94114-0
After 9/11 Cultural Dimensions of American Global Power Richard Crockatt, University of East Anglia, UK This is a readable and incisive analysis of American foreign policy and international politics since the end of the Cold War.
Power in World Politics attempts to broaden theoretical horizons to enrich our understanding of the distribution of power in world politics, thereby also contributing to the discovery and analysis of new political spaces. This is essential reading for all advanced students and scholars of international relations. Selected Contents: 1. Thinking about Power Felix Berenskoetter 2. The Concept of Power: A Constructivist Analysis Stefano Guzzini 3. Realist Conceptions of Power Brian C. Schmidt 4. Structural Realism and the Problem of Polarity and War Joseph M. Grieco 5. Power and the Battle for Hearts and Minds: On the Bluntness of Soft Power Steven Lukes 6. Why ‘Soft Power’ Isn’t So Soft: Representational Force and Attraction in World Politics Janice Bially Mattern 7. The Power of Persuasion Richard Ned Lebow 8. Contested Credibility: Symbolic Power in British Exchange Rate Politics Wolf Hassdorf 9. Notes on a Soft Power Research Agenda Joseph S. Nye, Jr. 10. Reflecting on ‘Normative Power Europe’ Thomas Diez and Ian Manners 11. Empowerment Among Nations: A Sociological Perspective Erik Ringmar 12. Levels, Spaces and Forms of Power: Analyzing Opportunities for Change John Gaventa 13. On the Transformational Potential of Global Civil Society Ronnie D. Lipschutz 14. Discourses of Power: Traversing the Realist-Postmodern Divide Jennifer Sterling-Folker and Rosemary E. Shinko 15. Theory Meets Practice: Facets of Power in the ‘War on Terror’ M.J. Williams 2007: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-42113-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42114-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94469-1
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
It is organized around two key themes, the role of culture in international politics and the changing nature of American power. Richard Crockatt addresses such key issues as:
Kenneth N. Waltz, Columbia University, USA Realism and International Politics brings together the collected essays of Kenneth N. Waltz, one of the most important and influential thinkers of international relations in the second half of the twentieth century. His books Man, the State and War and Theory of International Politics are classics of international relations theory and gave birth to the school of thought known as neo-realism or structural realism, out of which many of the current crop of realist scholars and thinkers has emerged. Waltz frames these seminal pieces in his theoretical development by explaining the context in which they were written and, building on the broader aims of these theories, explains the elusive nature of power balancing in today’s international system. It is an essential volume for both students and scholars. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory. Part 2: International Politics. Part 3: Military Affairs. Part 4: Policy March 2008: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-95477-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95478-5: £15.99
Preventive War and American Democracy Scott Silverstone, United States Military Academy, West Point, New York, USA This volume explores the preventive war option in American foreign policy, from the early Cold War strategic problems created by the growth of Soviet and Chinese power, to the post-Cold War fears of a nuclear-armed North Korea, Iraq and Iran.
•the relationship between US power and the post-Cold War international system •US relations with Europe and Islam •the intensity of anti-American feeling after September 11th •the rebirth of American nationalism •the war in Iraq and its aftermath. After 9/11 is a much-needed balanced account of the most significant political questions of the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Anti-Americanism and the Clash of Civilizations 2. The Role of Culture in International Relations 3. No Common Ground?: Islam, Anti-Americanism and the United States 4. Americanism: A Short History 5. What’s the Big Idea?: Models of Global Order in Post-Cold War America 6. The Emperor’s Clothes: The Failure of the Neo-Conservative Mission 7. The Bush Administration and the Idea of International Community
Selected Contents: 1. The Preventive War Temptation versus the Anti-Preventive War Norm 2. Preventing a Soviet Atomic Power Shift 3. Truman Rejects Preventive War 4. Eisenhower and the Growth of Soviet and Chinese Power, 1953-1955 5. The Cuba Crisis of 1962 6. Coercive Anti-Proliferation: From China 1964 to North Korea 1994 7. Conclusion: The Iraq War of 2003 2007: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-95229-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95230-9: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93561-3
2007: 198x129: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-39284-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39285-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-95693-9
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
NEW
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics
Routledge Handbook of International Law
Handbook of Defence Politics
Edited by Jeff Haynes, London Guildhall University, UK
Edited by David Armstrong, University of Exeter, UK
Issues of defence politics and policy have long been at the forefront of political agendas and defining of international affairs. However, the dramatic changes to the global system that have taken place over the past 16 years (since the end of the Cold War), and particularly since the terror attacks on the U.S. homeland on September 11th 2001, have amplified the world’s attention toward political and policy issues of national, regional and global security. The focus of this volume is on examining the fundamental causes of, and defence policy responses to, this new ’post-9/11’ security environment.
From the United States to the Middle East, Asia and Africa, religion has become an increasingly important factor in political activity and organisation. This Handbook provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of religion and politics. Featuring contributions from an international team of experts, it examines the political aspects of all the world’s major religions, including such crucial contemporary issues as religious fundamentalism, terrorism, the war on terror, the ’clash of civilizations’ and science and religion. References at the end of each chapter guide the reader towards the most up-to-date information on various topics. In addition, large amounts of information make this book an indispensable source of information for students, academics and the wider public interested in the dynamic relationship between politics and religion. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: ‘The World Religions and Politics’ 2. Buddhism and Politics 3. Christianity: Protestantism 4. The Catholic Church and Catholicism in global politics 5. Confucianism, from above and below 6. Hinduism 7. Sunni Islam and politics 8. Shiism and politics 9. Judaism and the state Part 2: ‘Religion and Governance’ 10. Secularisation and Politics 11. Religious fundamentalisms 12. Religion and the State 13. Does God Matter, and If So whose God? Religion and Democratization 14. Religion and political parties 15. Religion and civil society 16. Religious commitment and socio-political orientations: Different patterns of compartmentalisation among Muslims and Christians? Part 3: ‘Religion and International Relations’ 17. Integrating Religion into International Relations Theory 18. Religion and Foreign Policy 19. Transnational Religious Actors and International Relations 20. Religion and globalisation Part 4: ‘Religion, Security and Development’ 21. On the Nature of Religious Terrorism 22. Conflict prevention and peacebuilding 23. Religion and Women: Canadian Women’s Religious Volunteering: Compassion, Connections, and Comparisons 24. Faith-based development aid 25. Religion, climate change and human suffering
International and Comparative Perspectives
This handbook provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of international politics and international law. International law is now a key area within international relations and this volume is a much needed state of the art overview of the area. Written by leading scholars in the field from the UK, Europe and the US, it is divided into four sections which provide detailed coverage of the nature of international law, its history and development, law and power in international society and key contemporary issues. The Routledge Handbook of International Law is an essential work of reference for scholars and practitioners of international law. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of International Law 1. Is International Law Really Law? 2. The Sources of International Law 3. ‘Hard’ and ‘Soft’ Law in International Relations 4. Compliance Issues 5. International Law and International Society 6. Legal and Moral Norms in International Society 7. The Effectiveness of International Law 8. Theories of International Law 9. The Practice of International Law Part 2: The Evolution of International Law 10. The Classical World 11. The Era of Grotius 12. Nineteenth Century Positivism 13. Normative Change in International Society 14. Religion(s) and International Law 15. The ‘Legalization’ and ‘Institutionalisation’ of International Relations 16. Globalisation and Claims that We are Moving Towards a Cosmopolitan Rather than Inter-State Legal Community 17. The Increasing Role of Non-State Actors Part 3: Law and Power in International Society 18. Does Law Reflect or Constrain Power? 19. Law and Force in the Twenty First Century 20. American Hegemony and International Law (i) Pro 21. American Hegemony and International Law (ii) Anti 22. The Iraq War 23. Humanitarian Intervention Part 4: Key Issues in International Law 24. The Environment 25. Terrorism 26. The Laws of War 27. Human Rights 28. Trade 29. Finance 30. Intellectual Property 31. The United Nations 32. The International Court of Justice 33. Law of the Sea 34. Refugees and Migrants December 2008: 246x189: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-41876-8: £95.00
The volume will be international in scope, offering a collection of up-to-date and balanced insights on key contemporary issues of concern to defence policymakers. Many of these chapters will incorporate a ’second image reversed’ (Gourevitch 1979) analytical framework, allowing for a consideration of contemporary defence policy issues and challenges from a dynamic (systems approach) process perspective. Approximately 12-15 essays of 5,000 to 8,000 words in length will be organized in the following manner: •Section 1: International Dimensions •globalization and issues relating to defence industrial policy •nuclear proliferation and treaties •international peace-keeping organizations and operations •defence policy from a ’nonstate actor’ perspective •post-cold war international security issues •international law and defence issues •politics of collaboration in the fight against terrorism •Section 2: Regional and Domestic Dimensions •politics of defence in The Americas •politics of defence in the ’Old’ and ’New’ Europe •politics of defence in Asia •politics of defence in The Middle East •American Defence Policymaking in 21st century perspective •3-4 other country-specific case studies •Section 3: The Future of Defense Politics and Policy
September 2008: 246x189: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-41455-5: £90.00
•A–Z glossary (about 50,000 words) of terms, theories, organizations, issues, etc. •Maps and statistics, Extensive bibliography listing further relevant reading material. November 2008: 234x156: 130pp Hb: 978-1-85743-443-9: £150.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
47
48
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Understanding the Bush Doctrine
America’s Grand Strategy and World Politics
Still Struggling
Psychology and Strategy in an Age of Terrorism
Congress and the Challenge of National Security Policy making
Edited by Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York Graduate Center, New York, USA and Peter Suedfeld, University of British Columbia, Canada
Robert Art, Brandeis University, USA This book brings together the essays of Robert Art, one of America’s leading scholars of international relations and US foreign policy. The essays represent some of his most important and influential international relations and foreign policy pieces written since the end of the Cold War. Focused on the theme of American grand strategy, the essays cover such topics as: •the use of force •coercive diplomacy •nuclear deterrence •defence policy •the role of NATO •US-European relations. The essays in this collection possess both theoretical depth and historical breadth, providing a coherent assessment of the role that American military power plays in international politics. It includes a new introduction that provides an overview of American grand strategy and an original afterword in which the author reflects on the future of grand strategy in the post-9/11 world. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Force and Foreign Policy 1. American Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of Force 2. The United States and Coercive Diplomacy Part 2: Historical Contours 3. The United States, the Balance of Power, and World War II 4. Nuclear Weapons in America’s Cold War Grand Strategy Part 3: Contemporary Issues 5. A Defensible Defense: America’s Grand Strategy after the Cold War 6. Why Western Europe Needs the United States and NATO 7. The Strategy of Selective Engagement 8. Europe Hedges its Security Bets 9. The United States and the Rise of China: Implications for the Long Haul 10. Conclusion: The Future of America’s Grand Strategy February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-95233-0: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95234-7: £16.99
Charles Cushman, George Washington University, Washington DC, USA
Beginning with an historical discussion of the origins of the notion of ’shared powers,’ Cushman illustrates how this doctrine invites a struggle between an executive and legislative branch and how that struggle has resulted in a complicated institutional framework that evolved into the modern national security apparatus during the Cold War. He then traces the evolution of the network of agencies that perform the national security tasks including the Department of Defense, the State Department, the national intelligence agencies, and the Department of Homeland Security. Examining every major aspect of US security policy including defense policy, intelligence policy, foreign policy, and homeland security policy, Cushman shows how the current structures struggle not only with each other, but also with dealing with the challenges facing the nation today. He concludes with a scorecard on the system’s performance, and offers suggestions for Congress and the White House that would help them to meet the challenges of today (and tomorrow) more effectively. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Constitution on Congress, President and National Security 1. Invitation to Struggle: The Doctrine of Shared Powers 2. Institutionalized Struggle: The Modern National Security Apparatus Part 2: The National Security Establishment Today 3. Defense Policy: The Art of Leaf Management 4. Foreign Policy: No Constituency, No Importance 5. Intelligence Policy: Is Anybody Watching the Detectives? 6. The Department of Homeland Security: Politics Trumps Policy Part 3: Seeing the Forest and the Trees? 7. A Lack of Institutional Vision 8. Conclusions January 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-95488-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95489-1: £21.99
Collective Security since the Cold War Brian Frederking, McKendree College, Illinois, USA This book describes the rules governing international security decision-making and examines the different understandings of collective security in the post-Cold War world. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Rules of Global Security 2. Visions of Collective Security 3. Peacekeeping 4. Economic Sanctions 5. The Use of Force 6. Tribunals 7. Weapons Proliferation 8. Human Rights 9. Terrorism. Conclusions September 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77076-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77075-0: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94472-1
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Foundations of the Bush Doctrine 1. The Bush Doctrine Considered Stanley A. Renshon 2. International Relations Theory Meets World Politics Gerard Alexander Part 2: The Bush Doctrine in the Post 9/11 World 3. The Convinced, the Skeptical, and the Hostile Douglas C. Foyle 4. The New Psychology of Alliances Peter Suedfeld, Philip E. Tetlock and Rajiv Jhangiani 5. Illusionary Promises and Strategic Reality Willie Curtis 6. Deterrence in an Age of Asymmetric Rivals Jerrold M. Post 7. Preventive War and the Bush Doctrine Jack S. Levy 8. The Psychological Origins of Preventive War Jonathan Renshon 9. The ‘Democracy Doctrine’ of President George W. Bush Marvin Zonis Part 3: The View From Abroad 10. The Bush Doctrine Abroad Alexander Moens 11. Anti-Americanism Janice Gross Stein Part 4: The Bush Doctrine in Perspective 12. Premature Obituary Stanley A. Renshon 13. The Bush Doctrine in Perspective Peter Suedfeld 2007: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-95503-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95504-1: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94375-5
FORTHCOMING
American Foreign Policy and The Politics of Fear Threat Inflation since 9/11 Trevor A. Thrall, University of Michigan, USA and Jane Cramer, University of Oregon, USA Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
The United States and the Security Council
ORDER NOW!
In this volume, leading scholars of US foreign policy, international relations, and political psychology examine one of the most consequential and controversial statements of national security policy in contemporary American history – the Bush Doctrine.
In Still Struggling, Charles Cushman provides a brief yet comprehensive introduction to the complicated process of formulating national security policy in the United States.
This edited volume examines threat inflation, and its role in framing US foreign and security policy since 9/11. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Explaining Threat Inflation Jane K. Cramer and A. Trevor Thrall Part 1: Theories and Dynamics of Threat Inflation 2. The War over Iraq: Selling Iraq to the American Public Jon Western 3. Understanding Beliefs Robert Jervis 4. Why Hawks Win Daniel Kahneman and Jonathan Renshon 5. Identity, Power, and Threat David Rousseau and Rocio Garcia-Retamero Part 2: Threat Inflation: The Case of Iraq 6. Threat Inflation and the Failure of the Marketplace of Ideas Chaim Kaufman 7. Militarized Patriotism Jane K. Cramer 8. Rhetorical Coercion and the Road to War Ron Krebs and Jennifer Lobasz 9. A Bear in the Woods? Threat Framing and the Marketplace of Values A. Trevor Thrall Part 3: Emerging Threats 10. Overblown: America’s Reaction to the Terrorist Threat John E. Mueller 11. Just Right. US Perceptions of Terrorist Threat in the 1990s Ben Friedman 12. Threat Perceptions of the Unipolar Powers and the Second Tier States Chikako Kawakatsu Ueki March 2009:234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77768-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77769-8: £22.99
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
NEW
FORTHCOMING
Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic Relations
United States Cuban Relations
John Dumbrell, University of Leicester, UK and J. Parmar, University of Manchester, UK
Edited by Natividad Fernández Sola, University of Zaragoza, Spain and Michael Smith, Loughborough University, UK
Jessica Gibbs, Aberystwyth University, UK
FORTHCOMING
In this book, experts from both sides of the Atlantic, examine the recent tensions between Western Europe and the United States over such issues as transatlantic security, policies towards terrorism and relations with Russia and the former Soviet Union, against the broader background of perceptions and misperceptions in transatlantic relations.
Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy
American Intellectuals and US Strategy Forging the National Security Strategy during and after the Cold War Paulo J. B. Ramos, Universidade Independente, Portugal This book examines the relationship between academics and government, studying the other voices that are usually forgotten when national security issues are discussed.
Since the Cold War
Drawing on Professor Robert Jervis’ work, Perceptions and Misperceptions in International Politics, this book examines whether Jervis’ thesis has a new relevance given the current challenges in transatlantic relations. Some of the issues examined include:
Selected Contents: Introduction. Politics, Strategy and Knowledge, 1935-1945. Constructing American Strategic Doctrine, 1945-1960. Scientific Strategists and the Seat of Power, 1960s. Strategy, Personalities and Circumstances, 1970s. American Strategic Hegemony, 1980s.(Re) Constructing American Grand Strategy, 1990s. After 9/11: a new American Grand Strategy? Conclusion
•perceptions and misperceptions in general focusing on US foreign policy, issues of decision-making and implementation and issues of alliance management
June 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43739-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94617-6
•studies focusing on the ‘alliance security dilemma’ and the transatlantic security community
FORTHCOMING
Beyond Anti-Americanism The case for criticism not prejudice Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia Beyond Anti-Americanism presents a case for seeing anti-Americanism as principally a counterproductive prejudice. Brendon O’Connor argues that while there are many reasons to be frustrated with American policies, politics and even American society, a crucial distinction should be drawn between criticism and prejudice. September 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47428-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47429-0: £21.99
49
•the capacity of the United States and the European Union to cooperate effectively within the broader transatlantic framework
•case studies of transatlantic relations in the ‘war on terror’ and relations with Russia •the present and future of the ‘western alliance’. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Alliances, Perceptions and Current Friction Robert Jervis 3. Foreign Policy and Transatlantic Relations Rubén Herrero de Castro 4. An American View of Transatlantic Relations Robert J. Lieber 5. Trends on European Foreign and Security Policy since September 2001 Michael Smith 6. How Transatlantic Relations Can Reinforce the EU Role as an International Actor Natividad Fernández Sola 7. Perceptions on US Policy, Transatlantic Relations and Alliance Security Dilemma David Garcia Cantalapiedra 8. The End of the Euro-Atlantic Pluralistic Security Community? The New Agenda of Transatlantic Security Relations in the Global Political System Carla Monteleone 9. Terrorism and Homeland Security Carlos Echeverria Jesús 10. Putin’s Energy Policy in European and Transatlantic Perspective Alex Marshall September 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45487-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45488-9: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89169-8
FORTHCOMING
United States - Irish Relations From JFK to the Present Day Lee Marsden, University of East Anglia, UK Drawing on extensive original research, this book examines the changing relationship between Ireland and the United States over the past five decades. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A shared history: Irish-America 3. JFK to Ford 4. Carter to Bush I 5. Clinton to Bush II 6. Make ‘Partition’ History 7. Ireland, the United States and European Integration 8. Shamrocks, Roses and the Special Relationship 9. Conclusion
This is a comprehensive examination of US policy towards Cuba with a particular emphasis on the post-Cold War era. As well as providing a detailed account of US policy and actions towards Castro’s regime, Jessica Gibbs also illustrates how this case study provides a revealing insight into wider debates about US foreign policy and international relations theory. Selected Contents: 1. The United States and Cuba: From the Cuban Revolution to the Fall of the Berlin Wall 2. The Cuban Democracy Act: ‘Putting the Hammer down on Fidel Castro’? 3. Continuity and Change under Clinton 4. The Rafter Crisis of 1994 5. The Helms-Burton Act: ‘Adios Fidel’? 6. The Transformation of the Anti-Embargo Movement 7. The Elian Gonzalez Case: ‘We won’t Forget, We Vote’ 8. George W. Bush: Champion of the Anti-Castro Cause? 9. Conclusion January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43747-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94612-1
NEW
United States Foreign Policy & National Identity in the 21st Century Edited by Kenneth Christie, Zayed University, United Arab Emirates Starting with a discussion of notions of American identity in an historical sense, the contributors go on to examine the most central issues in US foreign policy and their impact on national identity including: the end of the Cold War, the rise of neoconservatism, ideas of US Empire and the influence of the ’War on Terror’. The book sheds significant new light on the continuities and discontinuities in the relationship of US identity to foreign policy. Selected Contents: Foreword Anatol Lieven. Introduction Part 1: History and Identity in US Foreign Policy 1. Identity and Victory: the Cold war’s end in American Memory Roger Johnson 2. Nativism or Cosmopolitanism? American Identity in the 21st century Carl Pedersen Part 2: Motivations, Identity and Ideology in US Foreign Policy 3. A Neo-Conservativedominated US Foreign Policy establishment? Inderjeet Parmar 4. American Evangelical Protestantism and US Foreign Policy Caitlin Stewart 5. Constructing US Identity: Unilateralism and Multilateralism in US security policy Ed Lock Part 3: The Consequences: the reluctant Empire? 6. ’Will the United States always be the ‘quintessential’ modern nation-state in an increasingly postmodern world?’ Jason G. Ralph 7. How the Anglophones can save the American Imperium: Modelling the British Empire for a 21st century America. Binoy Kampmark 8. American Empire as a way of life: The search for Historical alternatives Jonathan Hansen September 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46613-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02325-9
March 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44949-6: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
50
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
European Security in a Global Context
US Collective Memory, Intervention and Vietnam
FORTHCOMING
Internal and External Dynamics
Clinton’s Foreign Policy
Edited by Thierry Tardy, Graduate Institute of International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland
The Cultural Politics of US Foreign Policy since 1969
Contemporary Security Studies
Between the Bushes, 1992-2000 John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK This volume is a detailed account of Bill Clinton’s foreign policy during the years 1992-2000, covering the main substantive areas of his administration, including Iraq, Bosnia and Kosovo. John Dumbrell emphasizes Clinton’s adaptation of the elder Bush’s ‘New World Order’ outlook and his relationship to the younger Bush’s ‘Americanist’ foreign policy. Clinton’s Foreign Policy will be of great interest to students of Clinton’s administration, recent US foreign policy, international politics and American politics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Kennan Sweepstakes: Searching for Direction in the Post-Cold War Order 3. Economic Foreign Policy: The Globalisation President 4. Making War, 1993-1995: Defence Policy, Somalia and Haiti 5. Managing the Republican Congress 6. Beyond the Cold War? Russia, China, North Korea and Cuba 7. Making Peace: Bosnia, Northern Ireland and the Middle East Peace Process 8. Making War, 1996-2001: Kosovo, Iraq, Sudan and Afghanistan 9. Allies: NATO, European Integration, the UN, Latin America and Japan 10. Clinton’s Legacy August 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35984-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00789-1
Ethics, Technology and the American Way of War Cruise Missiles and US Security Policy Reuben E. Brigety II, George Mason University, Virginia, USA This book investigates how the advent of precision-guided munitions affects the likelihood of US policy makers to use force in the post-Cold War world. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Politics of Force 2. Strategic Consciousness and the American Way of War 3. The Technology of Tomahawk 4. Operation Southern Watch - January 1993 5. Operation Southern Watch - June 1993 6. Operation Deliberate Force - August/September 1995 7. Operation Desert Strike - September 1996. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77064-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08892-0
This book examines contemporary European security through three different standpoints: (1) the politics of and dynamics within European security institutions; (2) interaction patterns between Europe and other parts of the world; (3) external perceptions. Selected Contents: Part One: European Security: Internal Dynamics. Part Two: European Security: External Dynamics October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47682-9: £70.00
International Law and the Use of Armed Force The UN Charter and the Major Powers Joel Westra, Southern Methodist University, Texas, USA This book examines how the UN Charter’s prohibition of force restrains the actions of the major powers, treating the Charter as both an instrument of international peace and international order. Selected Contents: 1. The functioning of the UN Charter as a restraint on military action 2. The UN Charter and legal argumentation 3. Persuasion, legitimation, and restraint 4. The impact of the UN Charter on US military intervention in the Caribbean region, 1953–61 5. The impact of the UN Charter on Anglo-French military intervention in Egypt, 1956 6. The impact of the UN Charter on Soviet military intervention in Hungary, 1956 7. The impact of the UN Charter on US–British military intervention in Iraq, 1990–98 8. The impact of the UN Charter on US–British military intervention in Iraq, 1999–2003 9. The continued salience of the UN Charter system. Appendix A: Case selection and methodology. Appendix B: Case coding. Appendix C: Case overview. Notes. References. Index.
David Ryan, University College Cork, Ireland The Vietnam War has generated significant diplomatic and cultural influences on US foreign policy. This book will explore the construction and interaction of US collective memory with the politics of US intervention since the late 1960s. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Collective Memory, Vietnam and US Post-War Strategy 1. On Collective Memory & Vietnam 2. Counterpoint: War and Historiography 3. Vietnam: Strategic Implications Part 2: US Intervention Since Vietnam 4. ’We Will Not be the Paper Tigers of Saigon’: Ford and the Immediate Aftermath 5. ’We Are Now Free of that Inordinate Fear’: Carter and Non-Intervention 6. The United States of Amnesia and the Reagan Doctrine 7. We’ve Kicked the Vietnam Syndrome? Bush and the Gulf War 8. Clinton’s Criteria: The Crisis of Intervention and Cultural Adjustments 9. 9/11: The War on Terrorism and the End of the Vietnam Syndrome? 10. Iraq. Conclusions November 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40564-5: £70.00
War Crimes Tribunals and Transitional Justice The Tokyo Trial and the Nuremburg Legacy Madoka Futamura, King’s College London, University of London, UK This volume critically re-examines the validity of the ‘Nuremberg legacy’ as the universal model by analyzing the Tokyo Trial, the other International Military Tribunal established after the Second World War, and its impact on post-war Japan.
2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77098-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08891-3
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The International Criminal Tribunals and International Peace and Security: Theory and Practice 2. The Nuremberg Legacy: Ideas and Practices 3. The Tokyo Trial: An Overview and Purposes of the Trial 4. The Japanese Perception of the Tokyo Trial: 1946-2003 5. The Tokyo Trial and the Historical Record of the War 6. The Tokyo Trial and Individualisation of Responsibility
NEW
2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42673-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94592-6
Punishment, Justice and International Relations Ethics and Order after the Cold War Anthony F. Lang, University of St Andrews, UK This volume argues that a wide range of policies in the international system today – economic sanctions, military intervention, and counter terrorism policy – are part of a ‘punitive ethos’ that has arisen since the end of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Punishment, Order and Justice 2. Authority 3. Agency 4. Punitive Intervention 5. Punitive Sanctions 6. Punitive Counter Terrorism Policy 7. Punishment or Politics? Responses to Global Evil. Endnotes. Bibliography. Appendix 1. Appendix 2 May 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43907-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92714-4
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
FORTHCOMING
American Policy Toward Israel
FORTHCOMING
Unipolarity and World Politics
The Power and Limits of Beliefs
A Theory and its Implications
Michael Thomas, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK
Regional Cooperation and International Organisations
Birthe Hansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Series: LSE International Studies Series
This volume provides a theoretical framework for analysis of the current world order and identifies the patterns of outcomes and systematic variations to be expected. While particularistic or hermeneutic approaches may provide us with solid and comprehensive knowledge about individual incidents, the advantage of systemic-structural theory is that it brings some sort of order into the otherwise messy empirical world. Terrorism and attempts by small states to achieve a nuclear capability are not new phenomena or exclusive to the current world order, but in the case of unipolarity these have become attached to the fear of marginalization and the struggle against a powerful centre without the possibility of allying with an alternative superpower.
Explains the institutionalization of nearly unconditional American support of Israel during the Reagan administration, and its persistence in the first Bush administration in terms of the competition of belief systems in American society and politics.
This book supplies a coherent theoretical model for unipolarity, which can provide explanations of trends and patterns in the turbulent post-Cold War era.
2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77146-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08887-6
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. World Order Analysis 3. The System 4. Unipolar World Order and US Strategies 5. Unipolarity and Other States 6. Gains, Capabilities and Dilemmas 7. Conflict and Cooperation 8. Dangers, Challenges, and Possibilities 9. Perspectives on Unipolarity December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47820-5: £75.00
RELATED JOURNAL NEW TO ROUTLEDGE FOR 2009
The Washington Quarterly Journal of the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) Editor-in-Chief: Alexander T.J. Lennon The Washington Quarterly is a journal of international affairs, analyzing global strategic changes and their public policy implications. It addresses topics such as:
Selected Contents: 1. Explaining the Extra-Special Relationship 2. The Pro-Israel Community Prior to 1981 3. Pro-Israel Policy Networks and the Congressional Playing Field 4. Ronald Reagan: Beliefs and Policies 5. The AWACS Sale: Testing Beliefs and Political Capabilities 6. The Metamorphosis of the Lobby, 1981–1988: Strength and Division 7. Reagan after AWACS: Policy as the Product of Unexamined Beliefs and Political Constraint 8. George H.W. Bush, James Baker and Israel 9. The Loan Guarantees: New Equilibrium, Old Result 10. Conclusions. Epilogue: George W. Bush: The War Leader and the True Believers
Peacebuilding Women in International Perspective
Transnational Alignment and the Nordic States Edited by Norbert Götz and Heidi Haggrén,both at University of Helsinki, Finland Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book looks beyond the nation state and institutions to examine regional cooperation of the Nordic countries in international organizations. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transnational Alignment in International Arenas 2. Nordic Cooperation in the Interparliamentary Union 1889–1919 3. ‘Blue-eyed Angels’ at the League of Nations 4. Nordic Cooperation in the United Nations during the Cold War 5. Nils Herlitz and the Promotion of Nordic Law in Global Arenas 6. The Nordic Model and the International Labour Organization 7. The ‘Nordic Bloc’ in Unesco 8. Development Aid and Nordic Cooperation 9. EFTA 1959–1972 10. Conditions for Nordic Cooperation within the European Union 11. The Nordic States and the European Security and Defence Policy 12. Nordic Cooperation in the Council of Europe 13. European Integration and Nordic Trade Unions 14. Nordic Anti-EU Movements 15. Nordic Cooperation in International Women’s Organizations 16. Nordic Communists in the Communist International
Elisabeth Porter, University of South Australia, Adelaide, Australia
December 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45964-8: £70.00
Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics
FORTHCOMING
This volume elucidates some key ideas and practices underlying women’s peacebuilding, highlighting positive examples of their contribution to peacebuilding in conflict zones and in societies pursuing transitional justice. Selected Contents: 1. Peacebuilding as Process 2. Overcoming the Harm of Polarization 3. Recognition and Inclusion 4. Justice and Compassion 5. Memory and Truth 6. Reconciliation and Difference. Conclusion: Peace with Justice and Security September 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39791-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93999-4
Defence Procurement and Industry Policy Stefan Markowski and Peter Hall, both at Australian Defence Force Academy, Canberra, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics Defence procurement remains a relatively underresearched area, mostly focusing on the USA. This revealing book looks at defence procurement from the point of view of smaller countries such as Israel, Australia, Poland and Spain. Selected Contents: 1. Supply-Demand Framework 2. The Product 3. Military Buyers 4. Industry Sellers 5. Market Exchange 6. Contracting and Contract Management 7. Defence Procurement and Industry Policies 8. Australia 9. Canada 10. Israel 11. Poland 12. Singapore 13. Spain 14. Sweden 15. Switzerland 16. The Netherlands
• the U.S. role in the world
October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36288-7: £65.00
• the emerging great powers
51
• missile defenses and weapons of mass destruction • global perspectives to reduce terrorism • regional issues and flashpoints • the implications of global political change Policymakers in the executive and legislative branches and members of the academic, corporate, and media communities value TWQ as a source of incisive, independent thinking about international political and security challenges and policies. Volume 32, 2009, 4 issues per year Print ISSN 0163-600X Online ISSN 1530-9177
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
52
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
NEW
FORTHCOMING
Global Institutions
The Political Consequences of Anti-Americanism Edited by Richard Higgott, University of Warwick, UK and Ivona Malbasic, Central European University, Hungary This book puts anti-Americanism into a contemporary context and analyzes some of its political consequences. It explores networks, culture and foundations and security issues, providing regional and country studies. Selected Contents: Part 1: Networks, Culture and Foundations. Part 2: Security and Anti-Americanism. Part 3: Regional and Country Studies July 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46391-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92654-3
Peacebuilding Thomas G. Weiss, The City University of New York, USA and Rorden Wilkinson, University of Manchester, UK
From Concept to Commission
The series provides readers with comprehensive, accessible and informative guides to the history, structure and activities of key international organizations. Each book is written by a recognized expert in the field, conforms to a similar structure and covers a range of themes and debates common to the entire series. Global Institutions provides a much-needed one-stop resource for readers seeking information on the key international organizations.
The United Nations Peacebuilding Commission (PBC) was established in December 2005. Its emergence was the culmination of a long and contentious process, stretching back to at least the early 1990s. Robert Jenkins traces the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept, the creation and functioning of the UN Peacebuilding Commission as an institution, and the complicated relationship between these two processes.
FORTHCOMING
Displacing the Cocaine and Heroin Industry
Global Counterterrorism
Cornelius Friesendorf, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich, Switzerland
How Multilateral Co-operation Works
This book examines the geographic displacement of the illicit drug industry as a side effect of United States foreign policy. Selected Contents: 1. US Drug Policy, Drug Industry Displacement and IR Theory 2. Targeting Turkey and the French Connection 3. Targeting Smugglers Flying over the Andes 4. Targeting the Columbian Drugs Industry 5. Theorizing Drug Industry Displacement and Policy Side Effects 6. Alternatives to the US War on Drugs 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41375-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96459-0
Ontological Security in International Relations Self-Identity and the IR State Brent J. Steele, University of Kansas, USA Series: New International Relations
Centred on two closely related questions, he examines: •how has continued contestation over what exactly peacebuilding is, and how its objectives can most effectively be achieved, influenced the institutional design and de facto functioning of the PBC?
US Foreign Policy and the War on Drugs
Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations
Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK
TEXTBOOK
Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA
•to what extent has the work of the Commission, during its first two years in existence, helped to shape how various actors conceive of and seek to operationalize the notion of peacebuilding?
Peter Romaniuk examines the history and current patterns of counter-terrorist co-operation and uncovers under what conditions states cooperate to suppress terrorism as well as how existing international institutions have been affected by the US-led ’global war on terror,’ launched after the 9/11 terrorist attacks. The analysis includes a wide spectrum of institutions from the United Nations and its various bodies to military, intelligence and law enforcement agencies and looks at the full range of counter-terrorist activities from the use of intelligence and military force to criminal law measures, financial controls and diplomacy.
Selected Contents: 1. Overview 2. Birth of an Institution: The UN Peacebuilding Commission 3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving Concept 4. Peacebuilding in Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications 8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The History of Counter-Terrorism Cooperation 3. From the End of the Cold War to 9/11 4. The United Nations Counter-Terrorist Strategy 5. Military, Intelligence and Law Enforcement Cooperation 6. When Cooperation Works 7. Conclusion
A Neutral Humanitarian Actor
March 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £14.99
The International Committee of the Red Cross David P. Forsythe, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, USA and Barbara Ann J. Rieffer-Flanagan, Central Washington University, USA
March 2009: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77647-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77648-6: £16.99
Written by two formidable experts in the field, this book analyzes international humanitarian action as practiced by the International Red Cross, explaining its history and structure as well as examining contemporary field experience and broad diplomatic initiatives related to its principal tasks.
This volume demonstrates that ontological security is a major motivating rationale for state action and inaction, challenging and complementing realist, liberal and constructivist accounts to international politics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Identity, Morality, and Social Action 3. The Possibilities of a Self 4. The Power of Self-Identity: British Neutrality and the American Civil War 5. ’Death Before Dishonor’: Belgian SelfIdentity, Honor, and World War I 6. Haunted by the Past: Shame and NATO’s Kosovo Operation 7. The Future of Ontological Security in International Relations
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Historical Development of the ICRC 2. ICRC Organization and Management 3. The ICRC and International Humanitarian Law 4. Humanitarian Assistance and Restoration of Family Ties 5. Detention Visits 6. The Future of the ICRC
2007: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-77276-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01820-0
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
2007: 216x138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-34613-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34151-6: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48021-2
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND FOREIGN POLICY
The Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE) David J. Galbreath, University of Aberdeen, UK David J. Galbreath sheds light on an institution that changed the face of global security during the Cold War and championed the rise of democratization in Central and Eastern Europe as well as the former Soviet republics following the collapse of the Soviet Union.
RELATED CATALOGUES If you would like to order a copy of our International Relations leaflet please email politics@routledge.com
If you would like to order a copy of our Global Institutions series leaflet please email politics@routledge.com
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. European Security and Cooperation in Context 2. The Helsinki Final Act and Comprehensive Security 3. From ’Conference’ to ’Organization’ 4. Security Management 5. Democratization and Human Rights 6. The OSCE and the European Security Architecture 7. Crisis? What Crisis? 2007: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-40763-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40764-9: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96094-3
A Crisis of Global Institutions? Multilateralism and International Security Edward Newman, United Nations University, Japan Addressing topical issues, such as the war against Iraq in 2003 and terrorism, and presenting provocative arguments, A Crisis of Global Institutions? explores the sources of the challenge to multilateralism – including US pre-eminence, the changing nature of international security, and normative concerns about the way decisions are taken in international organizations. Edward Newman argues that whilst some such challenges are a sign of ‘crisis’, many others are representative of ‘normality’ and continuity in international relations. Nevertheless, it is essential to consider how multilateralism might be more viably constituted to cope with contemporary and future demands. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Sources and Manifestations of Multilateral Malaise 2. The US, Power, and Multilateralism 3. Collective Security and the Use of Force 4. Humanitarian Intervention 5. Weapons of Mass Destruction 6. Civil War, State Failure and Peacebuilding 7. Terrorism 8. Conclusion: Revisiting Institutionalism in a Post-Westphalian World 2007: 216x138: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-41164-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41165-3: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94709-8
NEW Political Science eBooks Archive and Subscription Package from Routledge INCLUDES FREE ACCESS TO BACKLIST CONTENT WORTH OVER £170,000 Routledge Research is renowned for cutting-edge, original research across the humanities and social sciences. Consisting of both single and multi-authored books and edited collections, the research programme is characterized by dynamic interventions into established subjects and innovative studies on emerging topics. Unlock this cutting-edge research with our new eBook Subscription Packages. Maximise your resources, access the right material where and when you want it. An Outstanding Offer……as an institution if you subscribe to our front list publishing programme you are entitled to access our backlist archive of some 2,050 titles completely free! • the politics collection consists of over 2,000 backlist titles, plus c.250 new books per year • subscribe and you will also benefit from a huge saving from the list price • pricing details and a full list of titles is available on request For further information on Taylor & Francis eBooks, purchasing options, and content for your library, please contact: Carlos Gimeno Taylor & Francis, 2 & 4 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon Oxfordshire, OX14 4RN Tel: +44 (0)7017 6062 • Fax: +44 (0)7017 6336 • Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk Also available: Routledge Economics, Business and Management eBooks Archive and Subscription Package
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
53
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
54
NEW
TEXTBOOK
TEXTBOOK
Genocide
3RD EDITION
A Comprehensive Introduction
Century of Genocide
Adam Jones, Yale University, USA
Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA and William S. Parsons, United States Holocaust Memorial Museum
The Third Edition has been carefully updated and features new chapters on the genocides in Darfur, in Guatemala, and against indigenous peoples the world over. The volume concludes with a consideration of the methods of prevention and intervention of future genocides. Selected Contents: Introduction Samuel Totten and William S. Parsons 1. Genocide of the Hereros Jon Bridgman and Leslie J. Worley 2. The Armenian Genocide Rouben Paul Adalian 3. Soviet Man-made Famine in Ukraine James E. Mace 4. Holocaust: The Genocide of the Jews Donald L. Niewyk 5. Holocaust: The Gypsies Sybil Milton 6. Holocaust: The Genocide of Disabled Peoples Hugh Gregory Gallagher 7. The Indonesian Massacres Robert Cribb 8. Genocide in East Timor James Dunn 9. Genocide in Bangladesh Rounaq Jahan 10. The Burundi Genocide René Lemarchand 11. The Cambodian Genocide – 1975-1979 Ben Kiernan 12. Guatemala: Acts of Genocide and Scorched Earth Counterinsurgency War Susanne Jonas 13. Physical and Cultural Genocide of Indigenous Peoples Robert K. Hitchcock and Tara M. Twedt 14. The Anfal Operations in Iraqi Kurdistan Michiel Leezenberg 15. The Rwanda Genocide René Lemarchand 16. Genocide in Bosnia and Herzegovina Martin Mennecke 17. Genocide in Darfur, Sudan Samuel Totten 18. Easier Said Than Done: The Challenges of Preventing and Responding to Genocide Bridget Conley-Zilkic and Samuel Totten September 2008: 234x156: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-99084-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99085-1: £24.99
The Genocide Studies Reader
An invaluable introduction to the subject of genocide, explaining its history from pre-modern times to the present day, with a wide variety of case studies.
Critical Essays and Eyewitness Accounts
Through powerful first-person accounts, scholarly analysis, and compelling narrative, Century of Genocide details the causes and ramifications of the genocides perpetrated in the twentieth century and into the twenty-first. Historical context provides the necessary background on the actors and victims to help us better understand these episodes of atrocious political violence.
FORTHCOMING
Recent events in the former Yugoslavia, Rwanda, East Timor and Iraq have demonstrated with appalling clarity that the threat of genocide is still a major issue within world politics. The book examines the differing interpretations of genocide from psychology, sociology, anthropology and political science and analyzes the influence of race, ethnicity, nationalism and gender on genocides. In the final section, the author examines how we punish those responsible for waging genocide and how the international community can prevent further bloodshed. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Origins of Genocide 2. Genocide in Antiquity and Early Modernity 3. The Twentieth Century: Conceptualizing Genocide Part 2: Genocide 4. Genocide of Indigenous Peoples 4a. Box Case-Study: Tibet under Chinese Rule 5. The Armenian Genocide, 1915–17 5a. Box Case-Study: The Anfal Campaign [Iraqi Kurdistan], 1987–88 6. Stalin’s Purges and the Ukrainian Famine 6a. Box Case-Study: Chechnya 7. The Jewish Holocaust, 1933–45 7a. Box Case-Study: The Nanjing Massacre, 1937–1938 8. Cambodia and the Khmer Rouge 8a. Box Case-Study: East Timor, 1975–1999 9. Bosnia and Kosovo 9a. Box Case-Study: Bangladesh, 1971 10. Rwanda, 1994 10a. Box Case-Study: Congo Part 3: Social Science Perspectives 11. Psychology 12. Sociology, Anthropology, and Political Science 13. Imperialism and War 14. Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict 15. Gendering Genocide 16. Memory, Forgetting, and Denial Part 4: The Future of Genocide 17. Punishing Genocide 18. Strategies of Prevention and Intervention 2006: 246x174: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-35385-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35384-7: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-34744-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA and Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin University, Australia This thorough overview of all aspects of the field of genocide studies brings together for the first time selected writings, many considered classics, from some of the most noted scholars writing on genocide in the fields of genocide studies, political science, history, and sociology. The Reader covers key aspects of a host of complex and thorny issues, such as the definition of genocide, theories of genocide, the prevention and intervention of genocide, and the denial of genocide. Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions of Genocide. Part 2: Theories and Causes of Genocide. Part 3: Genocidal Crimes. Part 4: The Complexities of the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide. Part 5: Prosecution of Crimes Against Humanity and Genocide. Part 6: Denial of Genocide December 2008: 246x174: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-95394-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95395-5: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
FORTHCOMING
Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Politics Edited by Karl Cordell, University of Plymouth, UK and Stefan Wolff, University of Nottingham, UK This Handbook provides a global survey of the interaction between religion and politics. Selected Contents: Introduction Karl Cordell and Stefan Wolff Part 1: Context & Key Concepts 1. The Origin of Modern Nations Anthony Smith 2. The Origins of Nationalist Doctrine Aviel Roshwald 3. Nationalism as an Ideology Jennifer Todd 4. The Nation-State (TBC) 5. The Civic Nation-State (TBC) 6. Ethnicity and the Nation-State (TBC) 7. Stateless Nations in a World of Nation-States Michael Keating 8. Ethnicity and Race John Rex Part 2: Ethnicity and Conflict 9. Ethnicity as a Generator of Conflict: Dispelling Some Myths (TBC) 10. Democracy & Democratisation (TBC) 11. Ethnic Cleansing Kathie Carmichael 12. Genocide (TBC) 13. Preventing Ethnic Conflict Albrecht Schnabel 14. Managing and Settling Ethnic Conflicts (TBC) 15. Judicial and Semi-Judicial Approaches to Conflict Resolution (TBC) 16. Post-conflict Reconstruction in Ethnically Divided Societies Roland Paris Part 3: Accommodation and Conciliation 17. Bridging the Gaps: The Role of Civil Society (TBC) 18. Human Rights and Ethnopolitics Marc Weller 19. The Role of Treaties and Formal Post-Conflict Agreements (TBC) 20. Cross-Border Co-operation (TBC) 21. Multi-national Frameworks (TBC) 22. Territorial Models John McGarry 23. Ethnic Accommodation in Unitary States (TBC) 24. Cultural Autonomy David Smith 25. Power Sharing Brendan O’Leary 26. Integration Donald Horowitz 27. Assimilation Strategies (TBC) 28. Playing the Ethnic Card: Liberal Democratic and Authoritarian Practices Compared (TBC) 29. Conclusion Karl Cordell and Stefan Wolff March 2010: 246x189: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-47625-6: £95.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
TEXTBOOK
TEXTBOOK
TEXTBOOK
War, Conflict and Human Rights
Conflict Management and Resolution
International Conflict Management
An Introduction
Michael J. Butler, Clark University, Worcester, USA
Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, London, UK This book addresses the relationship of human rights to armed conflict in three distinct sections. • Section 1 examines the tensions and complementarities between protection of human rights and resolution of conflict. This involves consideration of the competing political demands in play and of the challenges posed by internal armed conflict and non-state armed groups, where international law has little direct effect. •Section 2 considers the scope and effects of human rights violations in a number of contemporary armed conflicts, such as the ’Global War on Terror’, and the conflicts in Sierra Leone, Sudan, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and Uganda. •Section 3 examines the legal and institutional accountability mechanisms that have been developed in the wake of armed conflict to punish violations of human rights law and international humanitarian law. It concludes with a discussion of continuing and emergent trends and challenges. War, Conflict and Human Rights will be essential reading for advanced students of war, armed conflict and human rights, and international humanitarian law, and highly recommended for students of conflict analysis, prevention, resolution, post-conflict peacebuilding, international humanitarian law and international security. Selected Contents: How to use this text Section 1: War and human rights: critical issues, law, politics, and debates 1. War and Human Rights 2. Conflict: fundamentals and debates 3. Human Rights: History and debates 4. Relevant humanitarian and human rights law 5. Internal vs. international armed conflicts, and the problem of non-state armed groups and terrorism Section 2: Contemporary conflict: critical cases 6. The former Yugoslavia 7. Sierra Leone 8. The DRC 9. Sudan 10. The “Global War on Terror” Section 3: Building peace and seeking accountability: recent mechanisms and institutions 11. Ad hoc tribunals: the ICTR and ICTY 12. Accountability for human rights violations far from conflict, transnationally 13. Mixed or hybrid tribunals 14. The International Criminal Court 15. Enduring and emergent challenges in conflict and human rights
An Introduction
Ho-Won Jeong, George Mason University, USA This upper-level textbook provides a theoretical understanding of conflict resolution, and a knowledge base on how to respond to the complex phenomena of international conflict. It covers concepts of conflict analysis and resolution which are relevant to inter-state conflict and inter-group violence in many divided societies of the contemporary world, whilst also offering a conceptual explanation designed to enhance understanding of human struggles in various social settings. In contrast to existing textbooks on the subject, the book builds on the cross utilization of multi-disciplinary approaches which has informed theories in conflict studies thus far. The text covers an array of methods for conflict resolution, as well as conceptual discussion about the role of power and identity in conflict resolution processes. It provides a foundational knowledge base for students and practitioners, illustrated by both classic and emerging theories, and by their application to many important past and current issues. These include the conflicts over the Iranian and North Korean nuclear weapons programmes, the war in Lebanon, the Arab-Israeli conflict, civil wars in Africa, and ethnic conflicts in Europe and Asia.
This textbook chronicles the logic, evolution, application, and outcomes of the five major approaches to international conflict management: •traditional peacekeeping •peace enforcement and support operations •negotiation and bargaining •mediation •adjudication. While documenting the origins, background, and past uses of conflict management, this book provides students with a fuller understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of these five techniques within the dynamic context of the contemporary security environment, especially in relation to recent and ongoing cases of inter-state and intra-state conflict in which one or more has been applied. To demonstrate the changing nature of security in the post-Cold War world, Michael J. Butler contrasts this with competing visions of security during the Cold War and early historical periods. Covering the ’New Wars’ scholarship, he offers numerous points of comparison to the dominant causes, types, strategy, and prosecution of warfare in other eras. This book will be essential reading for all students of peacekeeping, peace operations, conflict management, mediation, peace studies and international security in general.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. What Is Conflict? 2. Conflict Prevention 3. Approaches to Conflict Management 4. Strategies for Resolving Conflict 5. Negotiation 6. Mediation 7. Facilitated Procedures 8. Identity and Conflict Transformation 9. Reconciliation and Peace Building
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Continuity and Change 1. Security in Historical Context 2. Origins and Evolution of International Conflict Management 3. The Emergence and Dynamics of ’New’ Wars 4. International Conflict Management Transformed Part 2: International Conflict Management in Contemporary Application 5. Peacekeeping 6. Peace Enforcement and Peace-Support Operations 7. Negotiation and Bargaining Approaches 8. Mediation 9. Adjudication 10. Conflict Management in the 21st Century: Prospects and Problems
March 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45040-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45041-6: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
January 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77229-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77230-3: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
January 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45205-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45206-9: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
55
56
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
NEW
TEXTBOOK
FORTHCOMING
TEXTBOOK
Understanding Conflict and Violence
TEXTBOOK
Politics of Civil Wars Conflict, Intervention & Resolution Amalendu Misra, University of Lancaster, UK
Theoretical and Interdisciplinary Approaches Tim Jacoby, University of Manchester, UK ’Hugely informative and stimulating, Tim Jacoby’s writing combines an impressive coverage of diverse theoretical perspectives with a real sense of relevance to current predicaments – a considerable achievement.’ – Paul Rogers, Professor of Peace Studies, Bradford University, UK
Civil war is one of the critical issues of our time. Although intrastate in nature, it has a disproportionate and overwhelming effect on the overall peace and stability of contemporary international society. Organized around the themes of contested nationalism, violence, external intervention, post-conflict reconstruction, reconciliation and governance, Amalendu Misra investigates why civil wars have become so widespread and how can they be contained? Particularly noteworthy is its focus on the ’cycle’ of conflict, ranging as it does on the causes, conduct, and end of civil wars as well as on subsequent efforts to return post-conflict society to ’normal’ politics. Theoretically robust and empirically solid, this book clearly charts the course of contemporary civil wars using case studies from a variety of zones of conflict including Africa, Asia and Latin America to produce the most comprehensive guide to understanding civil wars in an interconnected and interdependent world. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Theorising Civil War 2. Poverty of Nationalism 3. Erotics of Violence 4. Impasse in Intervention 5. Responsibility to Rebuild - Tasks for Sisyphus 6. Governing the Ungovernable 7. Realms of Reconciliation 8. Closing the Conflict Cycle. Conclusion. Bibliography May 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40345-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40346-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92734-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
’This is a superb survey, clearly written and structured, and with an unusual range and historical depth of coverage. This book will become a standard, highly useful resource for all those with an interest in negotiating their way through complex debates and problems in understanding violence and conflict.’ – Christopher Cramer, Professor of the Political Economy of Development, SOAS, UK
Understanding Internal Wars and Conflicts Richard H. Shultz and Itamara V. Lochard, both at Tufts University, Medford, USA This book aims to track the evolution of internal wars, examining its various aspects, patterns and armed-group actors. It presents both an overview and assessment of the key topics and issues one must consider theoretically and operationally when analyzing such conflicts. Today, even the most developed and powerful states are vulnerable to non-traditional security challenges fostered by armed groups employing unconventional and asymmetric means. To be able to assess these areas requires detailed information on armed groups and their interaction. This means one must appreciate the distinctive and commonly shared features of armed groups, as well as key differences among them. The book covers all the critical areas of study for internal wars: •the changing face of war •trends in international conflict and war
This book examines and interprets a wide range of approaches to the causes of violence and conflict.
•the crisis of the state
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Dimensions 3. Structural Violence 4. Functions 5. Innate 6. Learnt 7. Grievance 8. Mobilisation 9. Crises 10. Hegemony
•economic factors and globalization
2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36911-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36910-7: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02882-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
•ethno nationalism and religious extremism •overview of non-state armed groups •four types of armed groups •organization, ideology and tactics •strategic non-violent action in internal wars. Understanding Internal Wars and Conflicts will be of interest to students and scholars of civil wars, ethnic conflicts, conflict resolution and security studies and international relations in general.
FORTHCOMING
Selected Contents: Part 1: Internal War and International Relations. Part 2: Sources of Instability Part 3: Non-State Armed Groups in Internal Wars. Part 4: Strategies and Instruments for Conducting Internal Conflict and War.
TEXTBOOK
Thinking about War and Peace Denise DeGarmo and E. Duff Wrobbel, Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA
December 2008: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77096-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77097-2: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
Rich in pedagogy and clearly structured throughout, this textbook combines theoretical analysis with both historical and contemporary examples to explain, compare, and evaluate the various causal theories and moral frameworks that have been most influential in discussions of war. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Pluralism 1. The Clash of Civilizations 2. Ethical Relativism 3. Religion and War Part 2: Realism 4. Political Realism 5. Ethical Realism 6. Economics and War Part 3: Idealism 7. Political Liberalism/Idealism 8. Just War Theory 9. International Law and War Part 4: Cosmopolitanism 10. Biology, Psychology, and Economics 11. Virtues, Duties, and Consequences 12. Globalization and War. Conclusion February 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77372-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77445-1: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
NEW
TEXTBOOK
Consociational Theory
3RD EDITION
McGarry/O’Leary and the Northern Ireland Conflict
Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution
Understanding Northern Ireland Colonialism, Control and Consociation Brendan O’Leary, University of Pennsylvania, USA and John McGarry, Queen’s University, Canada The third edition of this classic textbook continues to provide the best introductory account of the politics of Northern Ireland. Completely revised and updated, it contains three new chapters devoted to the enormous changes to Northern Ireland politics brought about by the peace process. A brand new introduction and an updated audit of the conflict have also been added. Understanding Northern Ireland is essential reading for all students of Northern Ireland politics and peace and conflict studies. Selected Contents: 1. Auditing the Antagonism 2. The Colonial Roots of Antagonism: Fateful Triangles in Ulster, Ireland and Britain, 1609-1620 3. Exercising Control: The Second Protestant Ascendancy, 1920-1962 4. Losing Control: The Collapse of the Unionist Regime, 1963–1972 5. Deadlock, 1972-85: The Limits to British Arbitration 6. The Anglo-Irish Agreement and its Impact 7. Transcending Antagonism?: The Birth of the Peace Process 8. Ceasefires and Beyond 9. The Good Friday Agreement 10. Resolving the Politics of Antagonism 11. The Future of Northern Ireland January 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-34905-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34906-2: £19.99
Rupert Taylor, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics Consociational theory explains how democratic stability is possible in culturally or ethnically segmented political systems. It is one of the most important theories in Comparative Politics and one of the most contested. This volume brings together the leading proponents and opponents of consociational theory and conflict resolution. Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Power Shared after the Death of Thousands John McGarry and Brendan O’Leary Part 2 2. The Wider Context of the New Dispensation Adrian Guelke 3. Peace by Design? The Institutional Accommodation of Competing Self-Determination Claims through ’Complex Power Sharing’ Stefan Wolff 3. Consociationalism and Northern Ireland Stephen Farry 4. Consociational Government: Inside the Northern Ireland Executive Rick Wilford 5. Consociationalism and ’The Spirit of Accommodation’ Jurg Steiner 6. A Culture of Power-Sharing Michael Kerr 7. Sunningdale for Slow Learners? Towards a Complexity Paradigm Adrian Little 8. Squaring some Vicious Circles: Transforming the Political in Northern Ireland John Cash 9. Progressive Integration (and Accommodation, too) Ian O’Flynn 10. Time for a Paradigm Shift Robin Wilson 11. Ways of Seeing: Constitutional Change, Consociationalism, and the Limits of Political Theory John Morison 12. The Injustice of a Consociational Solution to the Northern Ireland Conflict Rupert Taylor
Choreography and Theatrical Politics Paul Dixon, University of Ulster, UK Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This innovative volume uses a theatrical metaphor to offer a clearer framework for capturing the complex and contradictory politics of peacemaking in Northern Ireland. Selected Contents: 1. Curtain Raiser Part 1: Theatrical Politics and Conflict Resolution 2. Consociationalism 3. Civil Society 4. Politics as Theatre Part 2: The Script: Continuity, Change and the Peace Process 5. Dress Rehearsal? The First Peace Process (1972-74) and Second Peace Process (1994-) Compared 6. The International Stage and the Pan-Nationalist Script Part 3: Rewriting the Scripts? 7. Changing Scripts: The ’New’ Politics of Northern Ireland 8. Going Back Stage: Journalism and the Peace Process March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34860-7: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-64083-8
This major new handbook comprises cutting-edge essays from leading scholars in the field of Conflict Analysis and Resolution (CAR). The volume provides a comprehensive overview of the core concepts, theories, approaches, processes, and intervention designs in the field. The central theme is the value of multidisciplinary approaches to the analysis and resolution of conflicts. This consists of moving from the study of analytical approaches to understanding the deep-rooted causes of conflict, to third-party intervention approaches to preventing or ending violence, and to resolving and transforming conflict. The Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution is a benchmark publication with major importance both for current research and for the future of the field. It will be essential reading for all students of conflict resolution, peace and conflict studies, and International Relations in general, as well as to practitioners in the field. Selected Contents: Part 1: Core Concepts and Theories. Part 2: Core Approaches: Conceptual and Methodological. Part 3: Core Practices: Processes. Part 4: Alternative Voices and Complex Intervention Designs. Conclusions
December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42913-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96256-5
July 2008: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-43395-2: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89316-6
FORTHCOMING
The Northern Ireland Peace Process
Edited by Dennis J.D. Sandole and Ingrid Sandole-Staroste, both at George Mason University, Washington DC, USA, and Sean Byrne and Jessica Senehi, both at University of Manitoba, Canada
RELATED JOURNAL NEW TO ROUTLEDGE IN 2008
Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict Editor: Clark McCauley - Psychology, Bryn Mawr College, USA Associate Editors: Anthony Marsella, Psychology, University of Hawaii, USA, Joel Wallman, Anthropology and Criminology, Harry Frank Guggenheim Foundation, USA and Arthur J. Kendall, Political Psychology and Statistics, Social Research Consultants, USA Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict is a pioneering interdisciplinary journal that publishes original papers and reviews that contribute to understanding and ameliorating conflicts between states and non-state challengers. These conflicts too often lead to violence, sometimes to the extremes of terrorism or genocide. Understanding the trajectory to violence requires examination of conflicts that do not escalate to violence as well as those that do. This means studying individuals, groups, and movements who challenge the state without violence, as well as those who turn to radicalism and terrorism. Similarly, it is necessary to study state agents, agencies, and policy makers who respond to challenge without violence, as well as those who turn to torture, ethnic cleansing and genocide. Volume 1, 2008, 3 issues per year Institutional Rate (print and online access) US$351, £180, €281 Institutional Rate (online only) US$333, £171, €266 Personal Rate (print only) US$68, £35, €54
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
57
58
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies Edited by Charles Webel, University of Tromsø, Norway and Johan Galtung, European University Center for Peace Studies, Austria This major new Handbook provides a cutting-edge and transdisciplinary overview of the main issues, debates, state-of-the-art methods, and key concepts in peace and conflict studies today. The fields of peace and conflict studies have grown exponentially since being initiated by Professor Johan Galtung half a century ago. They have forged a transdisciplinary and professional identity distinct from security studies, political science, and international relations. The Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies will be essential reading for students of peace studies, conflict studies and conflict resolution. It will also be of interest and use to practitioners in conflict resolution and NGOs, as well as policy makers and diplomats. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Toward a Philosophy and Metapsychology of Peace 2. Peace by Peaceful Conflict Transformation: The Transcend Approach Part 1: Understanding and Transforming Conflict 3. Negotiation 4. Mediation 5. Former Yugoslavia and Iraq: A Comparative Analysis of International Conflict Mismanagement 6. Peace Studies and Peace Politics: Multicultural Common Security in North-South Conflict Situations 7. Disarmament 8. Nuclear Disarmament Part 2: Creating Peace 9. Peace and Conflict Counseling and Training: The Transcend Approach 10. Nonviolence – More Than the Absence of Violence 11. Human Rights / Peace Processes 12. Reconciliation 13. Peace as a Self-Regulating Process Part 3: Supporting Peace 14. Gender and Peace: Towards a Gender-Inclusive Holistic Perspective 15. Peace Business 16. Peace Journalism 17. Peace Psychology: Theory and Practice 18. Rethinking Peace Education Part 4: Peace Across the Disciplines 19. Peace Studies as a Transdisciplinary Project 20. The Spirit of War and the Spirit of Peace: Understanding the Role of Religion 21. International Law: Amid Power, Order and Justice 22. The Language Game of Peace 23. Peace and the Arts 24. Peace through Health? Conclusion 2007: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-39665-3: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08916-3
Routledge Studies in Peace & Conflict Resolution Tom Woodhouse and Oliver Ramsbotham, both at University of Bradford, UK The field of peace and conflict research has grown enormously as an academic pursuit in recent years, gaining credibility and relevance amongst policymakers and in the international humanitarian and NGO sector. This new series aims to provide an outlet for some of the most significant new work emerging from this academic community, and to establish itself as a leading platform for innovative work at the point where peace and conflict research impacts on International Relations theory and processes.
FORTHCOMING
Creativity and Conflict Resolution Unexplored Pathways to Peace Tatsushi Arai, School for International Training (SIT), World Learning, VT, USA Little attention has been paid hitherto to the urgent need for generating theories of creativity for conflict resolution. This book seeks to meet these needs, with seventeen compelling cases of conflict resolution suggesting eleven theories of creativity. It explores an ambitious question that concerns human communities at all the different levels, from family, regional independence movement, and national government, to inter-state alliance: How do creative ways of resolving social conflicts emerge, evolve, and come to be accepted in a given context of inter-group relations? To summarize the main findings of the study succinctly, at the heart of creativity for transcending seemingly intractable inter-communal conflicts is unconventional viability. More specifically, conflict resolution creativity is a social and epistemological process whereby actors involved in a given social conflict learn to formulate an unconventional resolution option and/or procedure for resolution, and a growing number of other stakeholders come to perceive it as a viable way of coping with the underlying problems from their collective and subjective perspective.
Social Capital and Peace-Building Creating and Resolving Conflict with Trust and Social Networks Edited by Michaelene D. Cox, Illinois State University, USA This book illustrates the paradoxical power of social capital in creating and resolving conflict. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Social Capital as an Instrument of Violence 1. Power of Local Ties: Mechanisms of Mass Participation during the Rwandan Genocide Lee Ann Fujii 2. State, Civil Society and Political Participation in Turkey Ersin Kalaycioglu 3. Illicit Interest Groups and their Influence on US-Columbian Relations: A Study of the Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias (FARC) Patricia Micolta 4. The Jammed Democracy: Bolivia’s Troubled Political Learning Process Ton Salman 5. Social Capital, Civil Society and Peace: Reflections on Conflict Transformation in the Philippines Aileen Toohey 6. A Matter of Trust? International Organizations and the Peaceful Settlement of Disputes Megan Shannon 7. Compromised Communities and Re-Emerging Civic Engagement in Mpumalanga Township, Durban, KwaZula-Natal Sarah Mosoetsa Part 2: Social Capital as a Catalyst for Peace 8. Global Migration and Local Effects: The Effect of Civic Organizations on Ethnic Conflict Kelli Moore 9. Civil Society Functions in Peacebuilding and Options for Coordination: The Case of Guatemala and Afghanistan Thania Paffenholz 10. Negotiating in a Coordination Network of Citizen Peacebuilding Initiatives in the Georgian-Abkhaz Peace Process Paula Garb 11. Bridging the Gap: Building Peace Norwegian Style Ann Kelleher and James Larry Taulbee 12. Gender, Conflict and Peace-Building: Lessons from Conflict in the Former Yugoslavia Majal Korac Sanderson 13. Building Bridges of Understanding through Continuing Education and Professional Development of Arabs and Israelis Arnold Noyek 14. Repertoires of Trust: The Practice of Trust in a Multinational Organization Amid Political Conflict Nissim Mizrachi Part 3: Ambiguities of Social Capital in Peace and Conflict 15. The Virtue and Mischief of Social Capital Michaelene Cox 16. Integrative Theory on the Peace and Violence Producing Powers of Networks Susan Allen Nan 17. Civil Society’s Role in Peacebuilding: An Analytic Framework Thania Paffenholz and Christoph Spurk October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77658-5: £70.00
Truth Recovery and Justice after Conflict Managing Violent Pasts
October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47276-0: £75.00
Marie Breen Smyth, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK
FORTHCOMING
Memory and Conflict Resolution Rhys Kelly, University of Bradford, UK This is the first volume to examine current memory research in both the natural and social sciences for analysts of conflict and conflict resolution processes. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theorizing Memory. Part 2: Violence and Memory. Part 3: Memory and Transformation May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41554-5: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Focuses on the conditions which predispose or prevent embarkation on a truth recovery process and the rationale for that process, arguing that there is no magic moment of ‘readiness’ for truth recovery, but that the conditions are constructed rather than spontaneously occurring. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Function of Truth Recovery in Transitional Societies 3. Truth and Cultures of Organised and Normalised Lying 4. Shame, Honour and Cultures of Violence and Peace 5. Victims, Healing, Forgiveness and Truth Case Study 6. Framing the Grievances of the Past: Northern Ireland since the Belfast Agreement 7. Readiness for Truth: The Northern Ireland Affairs Committee Inquiry 8. Is Northern Ireland Ready for Truth? 9. Conclusions: Truth Recovery and Post Conflict Reconstruction 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43398-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93422-7
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
NEW
Peace in International Relations Oliver P. Richmond, University of St Andrews, UK This book examines the way in which peace is conceptualized in IR theory, a topic which has until now been largely overlooked. The volume explores the way peace has been implicitly conceptualized within the different strands of IR theory, and in the policy world as exemplified through practices in the peacebuilding efforts since the end of the Cold War. Issues addressed include the problem of how peace efforts become sustainable rather than merely inscribed in international and state-level diplomatic and military frameworks. The book also explores themes relating to culture, development, agency and structure. It explores in particular the current mantras associated with the ’liberal peace’, which appears to have become a foundational assumption of much of mainstream IR and the policy world. Analyzing war has often led to the dominance of violence as a basic assumption in, and response to, the problems of international relations. This book aims to redress the balance by arguing that IR now in fact offers a rich basis for the study of peace. Selected Contents: Part 1: Towards an Orthodoxy of Peace - and Beyond. Part 2: Post-Positivism and Peace May 2008: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-39419-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39420-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92733-5
FORTHCOMING
Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding Moving From Violence to Sustainable Peace Louis Kriesberg and Bruce Dayton both at Syracuse University, USA This book seeks to examine the causes of conflict escalation and de-escalation, and to uncover the processes and dynamics that lead protagonists to turn either toward or away from peaceful means of opposition.
Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management Fen Osler Hampson, Chester Crocker and Pamela Aall This series will publish the best work in the field of security studies and conflict management. In particular, it will promote leading-edge work that straddles the divides between conflict management and security studies, between academics and practitioners, and between disciplines.
NEW
Conflict Management and African Politics Ripeness, Bargaining, and Mediation Edited by Terrence Lyons, George Mason University, USA and Gilbert M. Khadiagala, University of Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa This book builds on the overarching theme of conflict management to reflect on negotiations, mediation, and conflict resolution in Africa. Selected Contents: 1. Conflict Management and African Politics: Framing the Links Terrence Lyons and Gilbert M. Khadiagala Part 1: New Research on Negotiation Theory 2. Putting The Practical Negotiator to the Test: Two Examinations of the Formula-Details Proposition Pamela Chasek and Lynn Wagner 3. Perverse Negotiations: Bribery, Bargaining, and Ripeness Bertram I. Spector 4. Ripeness Revisited: The Perils of Muscular Mediation Alan Kuperman Part 2: The International Relations of Africa 5. The Evolution of Euro-African Relations Gilbert M. Khadiagala 6. Post-Cold War Conflict in West Africa: A Subordinate State System in Collapse? Terrence Lyons Part 3: Conflict and Conflict Resolution in Africa 7. Conditions for Mediation Success: Evaluating U.S. Initiatives in Sudan and Liberia Donald Rothchild 8. The Zimbabwe Independence Settlement Revisited: Race, Land, Class, and Ripe Moments Fadzai Gwarazimba 9. African Conflict ‘Medicine’: An Emerging Paradigm Shift in African Conflict Resolution? Ben Fred-Mensah January 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-44301-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93081-6
FORTHCOMING
International Conflict Mediation New Approaches and Findings Edited by Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand and Scott Sigmund Gartner, University of California, Davis, USA The essays in this book looks at the changing analytical landscape of international conflict mediation, examining mediation outcomes and the factors that lead to successful and failed efforts, and in so doing provide an expanded understanding of the conflict resolution process. Selected Contents: 1. Empirical Studies in International Mediation Jacob Bercovitch and Scott Sigmund Gartner 2. Is There Method in the Madness of Mediation? Some Lessons for Mediators from Quantitative Studies of Mediation Jacob Bercovitch and Scott Sigmund Gartner 3. Practicing Democratic Community Norms: Third Party Conflict Management and Successful Settlements Sara McLaughlin Mitchell, Kelly M. Kadera and Mark J.C. Crescenzi 4. Softening Up: Making Conflicts More Amenable to Diplomacy J. Michael Greig and Paul F. Diehl 5. Third-Party Intermediaries and Negotiated Settlements, 1946–2000 Derrick V. Frazier and William J. Dixon 6. Credibility and Strategy in International Mediation Zeev Maoz and Lesley G. Terris 7. Biased for Peace: Commitment Problems, Impartiality, and the Effectiveness of Third-Party Guarantees in Asymmetric Intrastate Conflicts Holger Schmidt 8. Power Play: Mediation in Symmetric and Asymmetric International Crises David Quinn, Jonathan Wilkenfeld, Kathleen Smarick and Victor Asal 9. Assessing Mediation Effectiveness in Failed and Fragile States David Carment 10. Mediator Types and the Effectiveness of Information Provision Strategies Burcu Savun 11. Culture and Mediation: Comparing Community Mediation in the Philippines and Taiwan James Wall, Tsungting Chung, Daniel Druckman, Wan Yan and Gil Marvel P. Tabucanon 12. Guaranteeing Peace: The Request for, and Promise of, UN and Non-UN Security Guarantees Isak Svensson 13. CAMEO (Conflict and Mediation Event Observations): An Event Data Framework for a Post Cold War World Deborah J. Gerner, Philip A. Schrodt and Ömür Yilmaz November 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45309-7: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
International Mediation in Civil Wars Bargaining with Bullets
By integrating the latest ideas from experts in de-escalation dynamics with richly presented case studies by area specialists, this volume fills a gap in our understanding of the forces that lead to moderation and constructive engagement in the context of violent, intrastate conflicts. Indeed, this is the only volume that integrates theoretical work with case studies in an attempt to better understand the transformation of violent opposition movements.
Timothy D. Sisk, University of Denver, USA This book provides a framework for the study of peace negotiations as a bargaining problem, and explores how international mediation can be more effectively designed and practised to enhance the prospects for ending civil wars. Selected Contents: Introduction: Pursuing War, Negotiating Peace 1. Untold Sorrow: Civil Wars and War Termination, 1990-2007 2. Peace Processes as a Bargaining Problem 3. Peace through Negotiation: Escaping Untold Sorrow 4. South Africa: Negotiating Democracy after Apartheid 5. Liberia: Leveraging for Peace by Pursuing Justice 6. Burundi: Empowering the Fragile Center 7. Sri Lanka: Mediating without Power 8. Kashmir: The Power of Imagination 9. Peace Talks and Political Violence: Conducting Peacemaking with Power
January 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48084-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48085-7: £22.99
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47705-5: £70.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
59
60
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
Negotiation and Conflict Management
NEW
Essays on Theory and Practice
Regional Trade Integration and Conflict Resolution
I. William Zartman, Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA
Southern Perspectives
This book presents a series of essays by I. William Zartman outlining the evolution of the key concepts required for the study of negotiation and conflict management, such as formula, ripeness, pre-negotiation, mediation, power, process, intractability, escalation, and order. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Political Analysis of Negotiation: How Who Gets What and When [1974] 2. Negotiations: Theory and Reality’ [1974] 3. The 50% Solution [1976] 4. Negotiation as a Joint DecisionMaking Process [1977] 5. Negotiating from Asymmetry [1985] 6. Common Elements in the Analysis of the Negotiation Process [1988] 7. Pre-Negotiations: Phases and Functions [1989] 8. Negotiations: The Beginning, The Middle, and The End [1989] 9. The Economic Analysis of Negotiation and Lessons for Theory [1994] 10. Escalation and Ripeness in International Negotiations [1997] 11. Beyond the Hurting Stalemate [2000] 12. Defining Intractability [2005] 13. Mediation in the Post Cold War Era [2005] 14. Negotiating with Terrorists [2006] 2007: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-42950-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94525-4
FORTHCOMING
Theory and Practice of International Mediation Selected Essays Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand Jacob Bercovitch has been at the forefront of developments in international mediation for more than 25 years, and is generally recognized as one of the most important scholars in the field. His theoretical and empirical analyses have come to define the parameters in the study of mediation. In the international arena, where a large and highly diverse number of actors coexist, where each guards its sovereignty and independence zealously, and where each views the resort to violence as a viable option, mediation is one of the most important ways of dealing with conflicts.
Edited by Shaheen Rafi Khan, SDPI, Pakistan Series: Routledge Advances in International Political Economy This volume addresses the growth of regional trade agreements (RTAs) which have mushroomed since the 1990s, and considers their potential as a tool for reducing inter and intra-state conflict. Exploring the links between trade, conflict and peace in different and varying contexts, this book maps the extant RTAs in the region, analyses the factors which hinder or promote regional trade integration and considers their economic and political impacts. Presenting a series of case studies in four regions: South America; the southern African region; South Asia and South East Asia, the authors consider three key questions: •What is the significance of the recent and rapid development of RTAs for peace building both within and between countries? •To what extent do RTAs engender inter and intrastate conflict? •To what extent are trade and RTAs hostage to conflict and is regional political stability a precondition for economic integration? Selected Contents: Foreword 1. Introduction: Regional Trade Agreements - Promoting conflict or building peace? Part 1: Regional trade agreements and conflict 2. Regional integration, trade and conflicts in Latin America 3. Regional trade agreements in South Asia: Trade and conflict linkages 4. Regional integration, trade and conflict in Southern Africa 5. Regional trading arrangements (RTAs) and conflict: The case of Southeast Asia Part 2: Case studies 6.The case of Peru and Ecuador 7. Managing conflict through trade: The case of Pakistan and India 8. Outlines of intra-state conflict in Zimbabwe and Regional Challenges 9. Trading across the Straits. Will a Free Trade Agreement between China and Taiwan promote peace? 10. Conclusion: Trading enemies for partners - The role of regional trade integration in conflict prevention October 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47673-7: £70.00
Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This series publishes the best new work in the field of international relations, and of politics more generally, challenging existing empirical and normative theories, and advancing new paradigms and significant new research.
FORTHCOMING
Capitalism, Democracy and the Prevention of War and Poverty Perspectives on Economic and Political Freedom Edited by Peter Graeff and Guido Mehlkop, both at Dresden University of Technology, Germany This book seeks to explore and understand the causes of war and poverty, drawing on the theory of democratic peace and the theory of capitalistic peace. It discusses: democracy, conflict resolution, economic development and industrial modernization. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Peter Graeff & Guido Mehlkop 2. What Is Democratic Peace, and Why Pursue It? Rudolph J. Rummel 3. Ancient Greece and the Democratic Peace Bruce Russett 4. World War I Gordon Tullock 5. System Transformation and Political Violence Ekkart Zimmermann 6. Rewards of Freedom Democracy and the Inflow of Foreign Direct Investment Indra DeSoysa 7. Is the IMF Right? How Robust Is the Relationship Between Market-Oriented Institutions and Policies and Economic Growth? Jakob DeHaan & Jan-Egbert Sturm 8. Socially Desired Consequences of Economic Freedom Empirical Evidence for the Influence of Economic Freedom on Corruption and the Shadow Economy Jörg Blasius & Peter Graeff 9. Varieties of Capitalism in Rich Democracies in Transition: Toward the New Societal Model Volker Bornschier 10. Power and Authority: A Social Mechanism Revisited Andrea Maurer 11. Conclusion Peter Graeff & Guido Mehlkop November 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46740-7: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Gender Inclusive Writings on Violence, Men, and Feminist International Relations Adam Jones, Yale University, USA Gender Inclusive is a collection of writings by Adam Jones, one of the leading experts on genocide and an authority on gendercide.
This volume brings together some of the most significant essays on international mediation by Jacob Bercovitch, and will help scholars and practitioners trace the history of the field, its position today, and its future. The book will be of much interest to all students of mediation, negotiation, conflict management and International Relations in general.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Engendering Debate 1. Does ‘Gender’ Make the World Go Round? 2. Engendering Debate 3. Introduction: Worlding Men 4. Reviews: Enloe, Maneuvers (Contemporary Politics); Weber, Faking It (International Feminist Journal of Politics); Moser and Clark, Victims, Perpetrators or Actors? (International Feminist Journal of Politics) Part 2: Gendercide and Genocide 5. Pity the Innocent Men 6. The Murdered Men of Ciudad Juárez 7. Gender and Ethnic Conflict in Ex-Yugoslavia 8. Gendercide in Kosovo 9. Effacing the Male: Gender, Misrepresentation, and Exclusion in the Kosovo War 10. Gendercide and Genocide 11. Gender and Genocide in Rwanda 12. Problems of Gendercide 13. Genocide and Humanitarian Intervention: Incorporating the Gender Variable Part 3: The Home Front 14. The Globe and Males: Reading for Patterns of Gender Bias in Canada’s National Newspaper 15. Of Rights and Men: Towards a Minoritarian Framing of Male Experience
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature and Theory of Mediation. Part 2: Case Studies in Mediation. Part 3: Empirical Studies in Mediation. Part 4: Current Issues in Mediation Research October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46958-6: £65.00
November 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77513-7: £70.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
War, Peace and Hegemony in a Globalized World
NEW
Urbicide The Politics of Urban Destruction Martin Coward, University of Sussex, UK Developing the concept of urbicide – the deliberate destruction of cities – Martin Coward outlines a theoretical understanding of the urban condition at stake in such violence. The first comprehensive analysis, Coward argues that it is necessary to address the widespread and deliberate destruction of buildings as a distinct form of political violence. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Destruction of Shared Space 1. Interpreting Destruction of the Built Environment 2. Urbicide 3. The Built Environment and the Constitution of Shared Spatiality 4. The Nature of Heterogeneity 5. The Philosophico-Political Stakes of Urbicide. Conclusion: The Contemporary Assault on Urbanity October 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46131-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89063-9
Violence and Non-Violence in Africa Edited by Pal Ahluwalia, University of California, San Diego, USA and Louise Bethleham and Ruth Ginio, both at Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel This unique volume seeks both to historicize and to deconstruct the pervasive, almost ritualistic, association of Africa with forms of terrorism as well as extreme violence, the latter bordering on and including genocide. Selected Contents: Introduction: ‘Unsettling Violence’ 1. The Glorious Violence of Amada Seyon of Ethiopia 2. The Unwritten History of Ethnic Co-Existence in Colonial Africa: An Example from Douala, Cameroon 3. The Vulgarization of Politics: Ethnic Violence in Kenya 4. Sacral Spaces in Two West African Cities 5. The ‘Rugged Life’: Youth and Violence in Southern Nigeria 6. Security and Violence on the Frontier of the State: Vigilant Citizens in Nkomazi, South Africa 7. ‘Keeping the Peace’: Violent Justice, Crime and Vigilantism in Tanzania 8. Mellow Yellow: Image, Violence, and Play in Apartheid South Africa 9. Childhood in the Shadow of Violence: Kathorus, South Africa 10. To Live With It
The Changing Balance of Power in the Twenty-First Century
61
Cass Series on Peacekeeping Michael Pugh, University of Bradford, UK
Edited by Chandra Chari, The Book Review Literary Trust, India Written by leading scholars, such as Joseph Nye, Eric Hobsbawm and Akira Iriye, this book focuses on how the US could adapt its foreign policy initiatives to fit in with the growing aspirations of a multipolar world for a more balanced international order.
This series examines all aspects of peacekeeping, from the political, operational and legal dimensions to the developmental and humanitarian issues that must be dealt with by all those involved with peacekeeping in the world today.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Chandra Chari Section 1: Global Perspectives 2. War, Peace and Hegemony at the Beginning of the 21st Century Eric Hobsbawm 3. Global Governance in the Age of Transnationalism Akira Iriye 4. The Future of Power Joseph S. Nye, Jr. 5. The Troubled Quest for International Nuclear Order William Walker 6. Globalization, Hegemony and the Failure of Empire Prem Shankar Jha 7. Global Prosperity and the Prospect of War in the 21st Century T.C.A. Srinivasa-Raghavan 8. Human Security in Asia in a Conservative Era: Against the Odds, Twice Paul M. Evans 9. Hegemony and Strategic Choice Kanti Bajpai and Varun Sahni Section 2: Regional Perspectives 10. Europe, NATO and the Emergence of a Polycentric World Chandrashekhar Dasgupta 11. The International Role of Latin America after September 11: Tying the Giant Jorge Chabat 12. The Change of the World in the Early 21st Century and China’s Strategy of Peaceful Rise Yu Xintian 13. Changing Balance of Power in the International Order in the Context of Globalization: The Case of Japan Akiko Fukushima 14. Security in Northeast Asia: Alternative Scenario Vyjayanti Raghavan 15. East Asia, ASEAN and Regional Order: Power, Cooperation and Principle Simon S.C. Tay 16. South Asian Economy: A Mix of Positives and Negatives N. Ravi 17. West Asia: Is There an Alternative to Sole Super-Power Hegemony? Hamid Ansari 18. Africa in 21st Century International Relations: Challenges and Responses Abdul Lamin
Clinton, Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Interventionism
2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43577-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94664-0
Based on a wealth of sources, files and interviews, and including previously unpublished material, this book explores the foundations of the political ethics of Dag Hammarskjöld, the second Secretary-General of the United Nations, examining how they influenced his actions in several key crisis situations.
Rise and Fall of a Policy Leonie Murray, University of Ulster, UK This volume re-examines the evidence surrounding the rise and fall of peacekeeping policy during the first Clinton Administration. Specifically, it asks: What happened to cause the Clinton Executive to abandon its previously favoured policy platform of humanitarian multilateralism? Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Policy Change and Public Opinion 2. Executive Decision-Making 3. Congressional Culpability 4. Somalia 5. Rwanda. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41277-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08913-2
Political Ethics and The United Nations Dag Hammarskjöld as Secretary-General Manuel Froehlich, Friedrich-Schiller University of Jena, Germany
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Office of the UN Secretary-General 3. Principal Elements of Dag Hammarskjöld’s Political Ethics 4. Connections between Ethical Thought and Political Action 5. The Hammarskjöld Tradition
2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40514-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96413-2
2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44532-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93391-6
RELATED JOURNAL The Nonproliferation Review Editor: Stephen Schwartz, The James Martin Center for Nonprolifieration Studies, Monterey Institute of International Studies, USA The Nonproliferation Review is a refereed journal concerned with the causes, consequences, and control of the spread of nuclear, chemical, biological, and conventional weapons. The Review features case studies, theoretical analyses, reports, and policy debates on such issues as individual country programs, treaties and export controls, terrorism, and the economic and environmental effects of weapons proliferation. The Review has proven to be an essential resource for policy makers and scholars worldwide. Volume 15, 2008, 3 issues per year Print ISSN 1073-6700 Online ISSN 1746-1766
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
62
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
Cass Series on Peacekeeping Continued...
NEW
Explaining War and Peace
Intra-State Conflict, Governments and Security
Case Studies and Necessary Condition Counterfactuals
Dilemmas of Deterrence and Assurance
FORTHCOMING
Peacekeeping in the 21st Century Cosmopolitanism and the Globalization of Security Tom Woodhouse and Oliver Ramsbotham, both at University of Bradford, UK This book provides a comprehensive survey of the current levels of peace-keeping forces at global, regional, sub-regional and nation-state levels. The authors offer a census of peace-keeping capacity in the first decade of the twenty-first century and chart plans to develop this capacity in order to provide an assessment of global capability for implementing commitment to the human security agenda that has recently emerged and been endorsed by the UN Security Council and member states. While concerned to measure capacity and activity, the book also has a normative dimension that identifies discourses about peace-keeping, peacebuilding and conflict prevention in the context of the national, regional and global locations in which they are taking place in order to provide both a qualitative and quantitative assessment of the likelihood of the emergence of a new model of peace-keeping based on cosmopolitan peace-keeping theory and practice. It presents a unique account and analysis of the state of peace-keeping in the opening decades of the twenty-first century and a projection of its potential evolution and contribution to the freedom from fear agenda within the millennium development goals.
Edited by Stephen M. Saideman, McGill University, Canada and Marie-Joëlle J. Zahar, Université de Montréal, Canada This volume seeks to understand the central role of governments in intra-state conflicts, exploring how the government in any society plays two pivotal roles: as a deterrent against those who would use violence and as a potential danger to the society. Selected Contents: 1. Causing Security, Reducing Fear: Deterring Intra-State Violence and Assuring Government Restraint Stephen M. Saideman and Marie-Joëlle Zahar 2. Fear, Preemption, Retaliation: An Empirical Test of the Security Dilemma Stathis N. Kalyvas 3. Six Feet Over: Internal War, Battle Deaths and the Influence of the Living on the Dead David Armstrong and Christian Davenport 4. Inequality, Indivisibility, and Insecurity S Mansoob Murshed 5. Rulers as Mass Murderers: Political Institutions and Human Insecurity Aysegul Aydin and Scott Gates 6. Resentment, Fear, and the Structure of the Military in Multiethnic States Roger Petersen and Paul Staniland 7. Violence as Politics: ETA and Basque Nationalism André Lecours 8. Africa’s Power Sharing Institutions as a Response to Insecurity: Assurance without Deterrence Donald Rothchild 9. The ‘Chicken or the Egg’? External Support and Rebellion in Ethnopolitics Yasemin Akbaba, Patrick Jamesm and Zeynep Taydas 10. Tackling the Anarchy Within: The Role of Deterrence and Great Power Intervention in Peace Operations Sarah-Myriam Martin-Brûlé 11. Conclusion: Dilemmas of Insecurity: Implications For Research and Policy Marie-Joëlle Zahar and Stephen M. Saideman
FORTHCOMING
March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44051-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44052-3: £21.99
Anders Wivel, Birthe Hansen, and Peter Toft, all at University of Copenhagen, Denmark
UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict Reconstruction Learning Lessons From Haiti Eirin Mobekk, University of Bradford, UK This book looks at UN Peace Operations in Haiti and why they went so dramatically wrong first time around, resulting in a much deep-seated conflict, in order that these lessons can be taken into account in future operations elsewhere.
Security Strategy and American World Order Lost Power
This book analyzes security strategy in the contemporary world order, and develops new theoretical and conceptual tools for policy analysis. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Explaining Balancing and Bandwagoning 3. Russia 4. The Middle East 5. Europe 6. Comparisons, Conclusions and Perspectives September 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-46624-0: £70.00
This edited volume focuses on the use of ‘necessary condition counterfactuals’ in explaining two key events in twentieth century history: the origins of the First World War and the end of the Cold War. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Causal Explanation, Necessary Conditions, and Case Studies 3. The Role of Necessary Conditions in the Outbreak of World War I 4. Contingency, Catalysts and Non-Linear Change: The Origins of World War I 5. Powder Kegs, Sparks and World War I 6. Necessary Conditions and World War I as an Unavoidable War 7. Power, Globalization, and the End of the Cold War: Reevaluating a Landmark Case for Ideas 8. Perestroika without Politics: How Realism Misunderstands the Cold War’s End 9. New versus Old Thinking in Qualitative Research 10. Conclusions 2007: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-42232-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42233-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08910-1
FORTHCOMING
Territory, War, and Peace An Empirical and Theoretical Analysis John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan, both at University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book presents, tests, and analyzes what has come to be known as the territorial explanation of war, arguing that a key to both peace and war lies in understanding the role territory plays as a source of conflict and inter-group violence.
May 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46050-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92711-3
Selected Contents: 1. The Twenty First Century Conflict Environment 2. Peacekeeping Surveyed: Current Missions, Mandates and Challenges 3. America and the Caribbean 4. Asia and Asia-Pacific 5. Africa 6. Europe 7. Russia and Central and Eastern Europe 8. Middle East 9. Cosmopolitan Peacekeeping and 21st-Century Conflict
FORTHCOMING
Edited by Jack Levy, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, USA and Gary Goertz, Arizona State University, Tempe, USA
Of all the issues that spark conflict, territorial disputes have the highest probability of escalating to war. Settling territorial disputes and establishing mutually recognized boundaries can produce long periods of peace between neighbours, even if other salient issues arise. While territory is not the only cause of war and wars arise from other issues, territory is one of the main causes of war, and learning how to manage it, can, in principle, eliminate an entire class of wars. Containing five previously published essays and six new essays on the territorial explanation of war over twenty years by John Vasquez (one of the world’s leading IR scholars and theorists) and Marie Henehan, it builds on the argument presented in The War Puzzle (Vasquez, 1993). Selected Contents: Part 1: The Issue of Territory. Part 2: Territory and War. Part 3: Territory and Peace. Part 4: Conclusion July 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42413-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42414-1: £20.99
Selected Contents: 1. UN Peace Operations: An Overview 2. Haiti and the Need for Multilateral Interventions 3. Disarmament, Demobilisation and Reintegration (DDR) 4. Security Sector Reform 5. Justice and Reconciliation 6. External Democracy Promotion 7. Sustainable Economic Development 8. Conclusion March 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48086-4: £75.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES
Territorial Conflicts in World Society Modern Systems Theory, International Relations and Conflict Studies Edited by Stephan Stetter, University of Bielefield, Germany Series: New International Relations By bringing into dialogue modern systems theory and international relations, this text provides theoretically innovative and empirically rich perspectives on conflicts in world society. Selected Contents: Part 1: Points of Observation: Systems Theory, IR and the Study of Conflicts in World Society. Part 2: Points of Contact: Sociological, Legal and Philosophical Perspectives on Systems Theory, IR and Conflicts in World Society 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41674-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96284-8
FORTHCOMING
Transforming Armed Groups after Conflict War-to-Peace Transitions Edited by Mats Berdal and David Ucko, both at Kings College London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book examines the challenges of transforming ‘rebel’ or other non-state armed groups into political entities after conflicts have ended. Selected Contents: 1. Political Reintegration after Civil Wars Mats Berdal 2. The Way Back In: Reintegrating Illegal Armed Groups in Colombia Then and Now Alexandra Guaqueta 3. Bullets to Ballots: The Political Reintegration of UNITA in Angola Alex Vines 4. Flip-flop rebel, dollar soldier; Demobilisation in the Democratic Republic of Congo Zoë Marriage 5. R before D: the case of post conflict reintegration in Tajikistan Stina Torjesen and S. Neil MacFarlane 6. The challenge of DDR in Northern Uganda: The Lord’s Resistance Army Anna Borzello 7. The Political Integration of Sierra Leone’s Revolutionary United Front (RUF) Kieron Mitton 8. The Political Integration of Palestinian Armed Groups Yezid Sayigh 9. The Challenge of Political Reintegration and Armed Groups in Iraq David Ucko 10. Conclusion Mats Berdal October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47665-2: £70.00
Resources, Governance and Civil Conflict
Identity Politics in the Age of Genocide
Edited by Magnus Öberg, Uppsala University, Sweden and Kaare Strøm, University of California, San Diego, USA
The Holocaust and Historical Representation
Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science
Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics
Explores how governance structures - domestic political institutions, international peacekeeping efforts, armed interventions by other states - and natural resources affect the onset, dynamics and the termination of civil wars.
In an era of globalization and identity politics, this book explores how Holocaust imagery and vocabulary have been appropriated and applied to other genocides.
Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Introduction 2. Civil Conflict in the Contemporary World Part 2 3. Insights from Macro Studies of the Risk of Civil War 4. Civil War and Interstate Disputes 5. Robin Hood or Al Capone? Natural Resources and Conflict in India’s Naxalite Insurgency 6. Government Restructuring and Resources in the Face of Ethno-Nationalist Insurgency in the Basque Country (1979-2004) 7. Political Marginalization and Economic Exclusion in the Making of Insurgencies in Sudan 8. Military Intervention, Democratization, and Post-Conflict Political Stability Part 3 9. Enforcing Alone: Collective Action in Ethnic Conflicts Settlement 10. From Bullets to Ballots: Using the People as Arbitrators to Settle Civil Wars 11. Democracy after War: Causes and Consequences of the 1948 Civil War in Costa Rica 12. Do Democracies Deliver the Deals? The Threat of Mediation Withdrawal in Internal Conflicts 13. Rebels, Resolve, and Resolution. Conflict in the Shadow of Settlement Part 4 14. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-41671-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94071-6
The EU and Conflict Resolution Promoting Peace in the Backyard Nathalie Tocci, European University Institute, Italy Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies Through the study of five ethno-political conflicts lying on, or just beyond, Europe’s borders, this book analyzes the impact and effectiveness of EU foreign policy on conflict resolution. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The EU’s Role in Conflict Resolution: A Framework of Analysis 3. The Missed Opportunity to Promote Reunification in Cyprus 4. Ebbs and Flows in the Europeanization of Turkey’s Kurdish Question 5. Mixed Signals to Serbia and Montenegro 6. The Glaring Gap between Rhetoric and Reality in the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 7. Caught Between Neglect and Competing Mediation in Georgia’s Secessionist Conflicts 8. Comparing the EU’s Role in Neighbourhood Conflicts 9. Conclusions 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41394-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96092-9
63
David B. MacDonald, University of Otago, New Zealand
Selected Contents: Introduction: The Holocaust and Identity Politics 1. Cosmopolitanizing the Holocaust: From the Eichmann Trial to Identity Politics 2. Considering Holocaust Uniqueness: From Hebrew Peoplehood to the Americanization of Memory 3. Colonialism, Genocide, and Indigenous Rights: America, Australia, and New Zealand 4. Uncle Sam’s Willing Executioners? Indigenous Genocide and Representation in the United States 5. Australia: Aboriginal Genocide and the Holocaust 6. Indigenous History Through the Prism of the Holocaust: New Zealand Maori 7. The Armenian Genocide: The Politics of Recognition and Denial 8. The Armenian Genocide and Contemporary Holocaust Scholarship 9. Nanking, the Chinese Holocaust, and Japanese Atomic Victim Exceptionalism 10. Serbs, Croats, and the Dismemberment of Yugoslavia: War and Genocide in the Twentieth Century 11. Serbophobia and Victimhood: Serbia and the Successor Wars in Yugoslavia. Conclusions 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43061-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93464-7
RELATED JOURNAL International Peacekeeping Editor: Michael Pugh, University of Bradford, UK International Peacekeeping examines the theory and practice of peacekeeping and peace operations as instruments of policy at an international level. From a broader perspective the journal also reflects debates about peacebuilding and monitoring of agreements, preventive deployments, sanctions, international policing, protection of aid in internal disputes, and the relationship between peacekeepers, state authorities, rival factions, civilians and non-governmental organizations. The journal promotes debate on these issues in the fields of international politics, military studies, international law and development studies. Volume 15, 2008, 5 issues per year Print ISSN 1353-3312 Online ISSN 1743-906X
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
64
NEW
NEW
NEW
Strategic Studies
TEXTBOOK
The Evolution of Strategic Thought
A Reader
US Defense Politics
Adelphi Paper Classics
Edited by Thomas Mahnken, Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA and Joseph A. Maiolo, King’s College London, University of London, UK
The Origins of Security Policy
Series: Adelphi Papers
This new Reader brings together key essays on strategic theory by some of the leading contributors in the field. Filling a large gap in the market, it will guide students through both the theoretical and practical aspects of Strategic Studies. Including classic essays and works of contemporary scholarship, the volume provides a wide-ranging survey of the key ideas and themes in the field of Strategic Studies. It comprises six thematic sections, each of which has an Editors’ Introduction and suggestions for further reading: •uses of strategic theory •interpretation of the classics •instruments of war: land, sea, and air power •nuclear strategy •irregular warfare and small wars •future warfare, future strategy. Striking a balance between theoretical essays and case studies, the Strategic Studies Reader will be essential reading for all students of strategic studies, international security and modern warfare, as well as for professional military students. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Uses of Strategic Theory Introduction. Strategy as a Science Bernard Brodie. Strategic Studies and the Problem of Power Lawrence Freedman. What is a Military Lesson? William C. Fuller Part 2: Interpretation of the Classics Introduction. The Art of War Sun Tzu. Strategy: The Indirect Approach Basil Liddell Hart. Arms and Influence Thomas C. Schelling Part 3: Instruments of War: Land, Sea, and Air Power Introduction. J.F.C. Fuller’s Theory of Mechanized Warfare Brian Holden Reid. Some Principles of Maritime Strategy Julian Corbett. Air Power and the Origins of Deterrence Theory Before 1939 Richard J. Overy. Kosovo and the Great Air Power Debate Daniel L. Byman and Matthew C. Waxman Part 4: Nuclear Strategy Introduction. The Absolute Weapon Bernard Brodie. The Delicate Balance of Terror Albert Wohlstetter Part 5: Irregular Warfare and Small Wars Introduction. Science of Guerrilla Warfare T.E. Lawrence. Problems of Strategy in China’s Civil War Mao Tse Tung. Counterinsurgency Warfare: Theory and Practice David Galula. Why Big Nations Lose Small Wars: The Politics of Asymmetric Conflict Andrew Mack. Countering Global Insurgency David J. Kilcullen. Strategic Terrorism: The Framework and its Fallacies Michael Smith and Peter Neumann Part 6: Future Warfare, Future Strategy Introduction. Cavalry to Computer: The Patterns of Military Revolutions Andrew F. Krepinevich. From Kadesh to Kandahar: Military Theory and the Future of War Michael Evans. Why Strategy is Difficult Colin S. Gray. The War on Terror in Historical Perspective Adam Roberts. The Lost Meaning of Strategy Hew Strachan March 2008: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77221-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92846-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
Harvey Sapolsky, MIT, Cambridge, USA, Eugene Gholz, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Caitlin Talmadge, MIT, Cambridge, USA
Collected on the occasion of the 50th anniversary of the IISS, the twelve Adelphi Papers in this volume represent some of the finest examples of writing on strategic issues. They offer insights into the changing security landscape of the past half-century and glimpses of some of the most significant security events and trends of
This new textbook seeks to explain how US defense and national security policy is formulated and conducted. The focus is on the role of the President, Congress, political partisans, defense industries, lobbies, science, the media, and interest groups, including the military itself, in shaping policies. It examines the following key themes: •US grand strategy •who joins America’s military
our times.
•how and why weapons are bought
Selected Contents: Introduction Patrick M. Cronin 1. Evolution of NATO Alastair Buchan (Adelphi Paper 1, 1961) 2. Controlled Response and Strategic Warfare T.C. Schelling (Adelphi Paper 19, 1965) 3. The Control of Proliferation: Three Views Solly Zuckerman, Alva Myrdal and Lester B. Pearson (Adelphi Paper 29, 1966) 4. Israel and the Arab World: The Crisis of 1967 Michael Howard and Robert Hunter (Adelphi Paper 41, 1967) 5. The Asian Balance of Power: A Comparison with European Precedents Coral Bell (Adelphi Paper 44, 1968) 6. Change and Security in Europe Pierre Hassner (Adelphi Paper 49, 1968) 7. Urban Guerrilla Warfare Robert Moss (Adelphi Paper 79, 1971) 8. Oil and Influence: The Oil Weapon Examined Hanns Maull (Adelphi Paper 117, 1975) 9. The Spread of Nuclear Weapons: More May Be Better Kenneth N. Waltz (Adelphi Paper 171, 1981) 10. Intervention and Regional Security Neil Macfarlane (Adelphi Paper 196, 1985) 11. Humanitarian Action in War Adam Roberts (Adelphi Paper 305, 1996) 12. The Transformation of Strategic Affairs Lawrence Freedman (Adelphi Paper 379, 2006)
•the management of defense •public attitudes toward the military and casualties •the roles of the President and the Congress in controlling the military •the effects of 9/11 on security policy, homeland security, government reorganizations, and intra-and inter-service relations. The book shows how political and organizational interests determine US defense policy, and warns against the introduction of centralising reforms. In emphasizing the process of defense policy-making, rather than just the outcomes of that process, this book signals a departure from the style of many existing textbooks. Selected Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction A Short History. Enduring Questions Chapter 2: America’s Security Strategy American Power. Dilemmas of American Grand Strategy. Post-Cold War Grand Strategy Alternatives. Constraints on American Security Policy. The American Way of Warfare Chapter 3: Who Fights America’s Wars? The Different Systems. The Guard and Reserves. Who Volunteers. Unanticipated Consequences of the AVF. Socializing the Force Chapter 4: The Military and National Politics Not Above Politics Anymore. Soldiers’ Personal Politics. Partisan National Security Policy? Resisting Control. The Goldwater-Nichols Reform. Civilians Push Back. Controlling Professionals Chapter 5: The Political Economy of Defense The Defense Budget. Replacing Public Arsenals with Private Firms. How Private Arsenals Work. A Cyclical Business. Regulation, Not Industrial Policy. The Strangest of Customers Chapter 6: The Weapons Acquisition Process The Weapons Acquisition Scorecard. Two Types of Uncertainty. Seeking Reform. Making It Worse. Making It Work Chapter 7: Managing Defense Management under Constraints. Managing To Do What? Robert Strange McNamara. Donald Rumsfeld. Managing the Un-Manageable Chapter 8: Service Politics The U.S. Marine Corps. The U.S. Army. The U.S. Navy. The U.S. Air Force. The U.S. Special Operations Command. Jointness Chapter 9: Congress, Special Interests, and the President Little Interest in Oversight. Super-Special Interests as ’Cargo Cults’. Presidents React to Opportunities. The Politics of National Security Policymaking Chapter 10: Homeland Security Recognizing Threats to the Homeland. Don’t Just Stand There, Reorganize! More Planning, Please. Rise of the First Responders. WMD Chapter 11: Preparing for the Next War Markets versus Planning. Public versus Private. Experts versus Politics. Centralization versus Decentralization. Hail Confusion and Indecision. Glossary
April 2008: 234x156: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-45961-7: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92831-8
TEXTBOOK
Understanding Contemporary Strategy Thomas M. Kane and David Lonsdale both at University of Hull, UK This is a new co-authored textbook that explains and describes, in accessible language, the key intellectual debates around military strategy in the early twenty-first century. Selected Contents: 1. What is Strategy? An Introduction 2. Twentieth Century Land Warfare 3. Emerging Military Technology: Evolution or Revolution? 4. Insurgency 5. Once and Future Terrorism 6. Nuclear Weapons in the Twenty-First Century 7. War at Sea 8. Strategic Air Warfare 9. War in Space 10. The Intelligence Services 11. Why People Fight 12. Grand Strategy in the Twenty-First Century 13. Conclusion March 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
August 2008: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77265-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77266-2: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89247-3 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
Strategy and History Colin Gray, University of Reading, UK and Williamson Murray
NEW
War in Iraq
America, Technology and Strategic Culture
Planning and Execution Edited by Thomas G. Mahnken and Thomas A. Keaney, both at Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA
A Clausewitzian Assessment
This series focuses on the theory and practice of strategy and is as interested in ideas as in historical cases of grand strategy and military strategy in action. All historical periods, near and past, and even future, are of interest.
Brice Harris
TEXTBOOK
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1 On Conflict and Culture: A Theoretical Exposition. The American Strategic Approach: A Functional Analysis. The American Strategic Approach: A Cultural Analysis Part 2 The American Strategic Approach: A Clausewitzian Analysis. The Iraq War in Context. Bibliography
War, Peace and International Relations An Introduction to Strategic History Colin S. Gray, University of Reading, UK This new volume explores the theory and practice of war and peace in modern historical context. In fifteen clear and concise chapters, this book hits the high and low points of international politics over a two hundred year period, plus a brief foray into the future out to 2025. War, Peace and International Relations serves as an excellent introduction to the international history of the past two centuries, showing how those two centuries were shaped and reshaped extensively by war. This book takes a broad view of what was relevant to the causes, courses, and consequences of wars. This upper-level textbook is an invaluable resource for students of strategic studies, security studies, international relations and international history. Selected Contents: 1. Strategic History, 1800-2025: Themes and Contexts 2. Carl von Clausewitz and the Theory of War 3. From Limited War to National War: The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Way of War 4. The Nineteenth Century, I: A Strategic View 5. The Nineteenth Century, II: Technology, Warfare, and International Order 6. The Great War and the Invention of Modern Warfare, 1914-18 7. The Twenty-Year Armistice, 1919-1939 8. The Second World War in Europe, I: The Structure and Course of Total War 9. The Second World War in Europe, II: Understanding the War 10. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, I: Politics 11. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, II: Strategy 12. The Cold War, I: Politics and Ideology 13. The Cold War, II: The Nuclear Revolution 14. War and Peace After the Cold War: The Interwar Decade 15. 9/11 and the Age of Terror 2007: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-38638-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38639-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08899-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
This book analyses the American way of war within the context of Clausewitzian theory. In doing so, it draws conclusions about the origins, viability, and technical feasibility of America’s current strategic approach.
August 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77584-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89212-1
Clausewitz and America Strategic Thought and Practice from Vietnam to Iraq Stuart Kinross, National Audit Office, London, UK This book demonstrates how Clausewitzian thought influenced American strategic thinking between the Vietnam War and the current conflict in Iraq. Selected Contents: Introduction. 1. The Clausewitzian Paradigm, American Strategic Thought and the Legacy of Vietnam 2. The Emergence of Clausewitz in American Strategic Thought 3. The Re-orientation of American Strategic Thought 4. The Renaissance in American Strategic Thought 5. The Gulf War 6. The Problem of Low-Intensity Conflict 7. Strategy and Policy in Post-Cold War America 8. American Strategy and Policy in the Age of Terror 9. Iraq: Invasion, Occupation, and Insurgency. Conclusion August 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-38023-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08912-5
This volume provides a collection of insightful essays on all phases of the Iraq War: both US-led major combat operations to defeat the Ba’athist regime as well as efforts to reconstruct the country and defeat the insurgency. Selected Contents: Introduction Thomas A. Keaney and Thomas G. Mahnken Part 1: Defeating the Regime and Occupying Iraq 1. American Anabasis: The United States Army’s Entry into War in Iraq Isaiah Wilson 2. Iraqi Military Effectiveness Kevin M. Woods, with Michael R. Pease, Mark E. Stout, Williamson Murray and James G. Lacey 3. The Afghan Model in Northern Iraq Richard Andres 4. Deep Attack against Iraq: Precision Weapon, Cyber Attack and the Future of War Richard Andres 5. Doomed Execution: Iraq and its War Plan Kevin M. Woods, with Michael R. Pease, Mark E. Stout, Williamson Murray and James G. Lacey 6. Mission Not Accomplished: What Went Wrong with Iraqi Reconstruction Nora Bensahel Part 2: Reconstructing Iraq and Countering the Insurgency 7. Origins, Causes, and Evolution of the Iraqi Insurgency, 2003-06 Ahmed Hashim 8. Signaling Resolve and the First Battle of Fallujah Carter Malkasian 9. Counterinsurgency in Iraq - The Karbala Model Peter R. Mansoor 10. Extinguishing the Insurgency in Iraq: A Civil Affairs Perspective John Ballard 11. The U.S. Army and Counterinsurgency in Iraq Kalev I. Sepp 12. Rediscovering the Way of Lawrence, Some Thoughts on Postmodern Planning Isaiah Wilson. Conclusion: The Iraq War in Context Eliot A. Cohen 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42075-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08895-1
FORTHCOMING
War, Transformation and Asia-Pacific Security Technology and Future Security
Strategic Basing and the Great Powers, 1200–2000 Robert E. Harkavy, Pennsylvania State University, USA Examines the great powers’ strategic basing networks over the last 800 years, stressing the evolvement of basing structures as a function of changing technological determinants and of the changing nature of the international system. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Mongols and the Mings: Naval Basing During an Earlier Age of Sail 3. The Mediterranean Basing Competition and Galley Warfare: Venice, Genoa, Ottoman Empire, Spain, circa 1200-1600 4. Basing Systems in the Age of Empire and Sail 5. The Interwar Period: A Transitional Era 6. Bases During the Cold War: The Bipolar Base Race 7. After the Cold War: Basing in a Unipolar System
Malcolm R. Davis, Royal Australian Navy, Department of Defence, Australia This book explores how the notion of a ‘Revolution in Military Affairs’ or RMA might emerge in East Asia, particularly within the maritime (naval and air) realm of military operations and capabilities. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The changing character and conduct of war 3. What is Transformation and does it matter? 4. Transformation and the Asia-Pacific region 5. Future Warfare and Transformation in Asia 6. What does future warfare look like? 7. Conclusions. Bibliography May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-36620-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01881-1
2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-70176-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-70007-5
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
65
66
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
Strategy and History
Science, Strategy and War
Essays on Theory and Practice
The Strategic Theory of John Boyd
Great Powers and the Quest for Hegemony
Colin S. Gray, University of Reading, UK
Frans P.B. Osinga
The World Order since 1500
Strategy and History comprises a selection of Professor Gray’s key contributions to strategic debate over the past thirty years. These essays have been selected both because they had significant messages for contemporary controversies, and because they have some continuing relevance for today and the future. Each essay in this book is really about strategy in the modern world, and reflects the many dimensions of this complex subject.
By highlighting diverse sources that shaped Boyd’s thinking, and by offering a comprehensive overview of his work, this volume demonstrates that the common interpretation of the meaning of Boyd’s OODA loop concept is incomplete.
Jeremy Black, University of Exeter, UK
This important publication provides an invaluable insight into the development of strategic studies over the past 30 years from one of the world’s leading theorists and practitioners of the subject. The book will be of great interest to all students and analysts of strategy and international studies. Selected Contents: Introduction: Holding the Strategy Bridge Part 1: Strategy, Strategic Studies, and History 1. Across the Nuclear Divide – Strategic Studies, Past and Present (1977) 2. New Directions for Strategic Studies? How Can Theory Help Practice? (1992) 3. History for Strategists: British Seapower as a Relevant Past (1994) 4. Why Strategy is Difficult (1999) 5. From Principles of Warfare to Principles of War (2005) Part 2: Strategic Issues 6. Nuclear Strategy: The Case for a Theory of Victory (1979) 7. The Revolution in Military Affairs (1998) 8. Arms Control Does Not Control Arms (1993) Part 3: Geography, Culture, Ethics 9. Geography and Grand Strategy (1991) 10. Strategic Culture as Context: The First Generation of Theory Strikes Back (1999) 11. Force, Order, and Justice: The Ethics of Realism in Statecraft (1993) Part 4: War and the Future 12. What is War? A View from Strategic Studies (2005)
Selected Contents: Part 1. Introduction Introducing ‘A Discourse’. ‘A Towering Figure’. ‘Deeply Flawed’. Aim and Argument. A Note on Strategy. A Note on Strategic Theory. The Formative Factors of Strategic Theory. Organization of this Study. Part 2. The Seeds of a Theory and the Fertile Soil The Seed of a Theory. Boyd’s Military Life. Reading History. Fertile Soil: The US Military After Vietnam Experience, Curiosity and Challenges Part 3. Science: Boyd’s Fountain Boyd and Science. Shifting Foundations. Paradigm Shift. The Emerging Systems View of the World Systems Everywhere. Boyd and the First Stage of the Paradigm Shift. Conclusion Part 4. Completing the Shift Riding the Wave. Beyond Open and Chaotic Systems: Complexity Theory. The Postmodern Turn. Chaos Everywhere. A Discourse and the Scientific Zeitgeist. Concluding Words Part 5. Core Arguments A Discourse in Prose. Boyd’s ‘Abstract’ of A Discourse. Destruction and Creation. Patterns of Conflict. Concluding Words. Part 6. Exploration and Refinement Introduction. Organic Design for Command and Control. The Strategic Game of ? and ? Revelation. The Conceptual Spiral. The Essence of Winning and Losing Part 7. Completing the Loop Beyond the Rapid OODA Idea. The Continuing Relevance of a Discourse. Analysis/Synthesis 2006: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-37103-2: £75.00
David J. Lonsdale, University of Hull, UK This book offers a strategic analysis of one of the most outstanding military careers in history, identifying the most pertinent strategic lessons from the campaigns of Alexander the Great.
This timely book provides a general overview of Great Power politics and world order from 1500 to the present. Jeremy Black provides several historical case-studies, each of which throws light on both the power in question and the international system of the period, and how it had developed from the preceding period. The point of departure for this book is Paul Kennedy’s 1988 masterpiece, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers. That iconic book, with its enviable mastery of the sources and its skilful integration of political, military and economic history, was a great success when it appeared and has justifiably remained important since. Written during the Cold War, however, Kennedy’s study was very much of its time in its consideration of the great powers in ‘Western’ terms, and its emphasis on economics. This book brings together strategic studies, international relations, military history and geopolitics to answer some of the contemporary questions left open by Professor Kennedy’s great work, and also looks to the future of great power relations and of US hegemony. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Kennedy Thesis Considered 2. Bids for Mastery, 1500–1590 3. Seventeenth-Century Crises, 1590–1680 4. The Rise of the Great Powers, 1680–1774 5. A Reshaped World, 1775-1860 6. Accelerated Change, 1860-1913 7. Bids for Power, 1914-1943 8. The Fall of Empires, 1944–1991 9. American Hegemony, 1991–2007? 10. Into the Future 11. Conclusions
2006: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-38634-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38635-7: £21.99
Alexander the Great: Lessons in Strategy
Series: War, History and Politics
October 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39579-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39580-9: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93889-8
RELATED JOURNAL The Journal of Strategic Studies Editors: Joe A. Maiolo, King's College London, UK, Thomas G. Mahnken, The Johns Hopkins University, USA and Timothy D. Hoyt, United States Naval War College, USA Since the appearance of the first issue in 1978, The Journal of Strategic Studies has taken a lead in promoting fresh thinking in the field among practitioners and academics alike.
Selected Contents: 1. The Art of Strategy 2. Ancient Greek Warfare 3. Lessons in Strategy 1: Grand Strategy 4. Lessons in Strategy 2: Military Operations 5. Lessons in Strategy 3: Use of Force. Conclusion: Lessons in Strategy.
The defining feature of The Journal of Strategic Studies is its commitment to multi-disciplinary approach. The editors welcome articles that challenge our historical understanding of man's efforts to achieve political ends through the application of military and diplomatic means; articles on contemporary security and theoretical controversies of enduring value; and of course articles that explicitly combine the historical and theoretical approaches to the study of modern warfare, defence policy and modern strategy.
2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35847-7: £70.00
Volume 31, 2008, 6 issues per year Print ISSN 0140-2390 Online ISSN 1743-937X
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
The Globalization of Political Violence Globalization’s Shadow Edited by Richard Devetak, University of Queensland, Australia and Christopher W. Hughes, University of Warwick, UK Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation This edited volume offers important new methodological and multi-disciplinary insights into the study of globalization and political violence. It brings together studies from various disciplines in order to address the precise nature of the relationship between globalization and political violence as it seeks to offer new theoretical and empirical understandings of the types of actors involved in political violence, either as perpetrators or victims. Examples of the studies include the changing character of state militaries and state-to-state conflict under globalization, the emergence of ‘new wars’ fuelled by globalization, the role of state militaries in intervention, new forms of violence directed by states against refugees and anti-globalization protesters, the role of terrorist actors post-9/11, networks for the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and the rise of private military firms amongst others. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Globalization’s Shadow: An Introduction to the Globalization of Political Violence Richard Devetak Part 2: Military Force 2. Globalization and Military Force(s) Graeme Cheeseman 3. Cosmopolitanism and Military Intervention William Smith and Robert Fine Part 3: Global Insecurity 4. Globalization and Political Violence: The Environmental Connection Lorraine Elliott 5. International Legal Responses to WMD Proliferation Daniel H. Joyner Part 4: States of Violence 6. The Globalization of Violence against Refugees Sharon Pickering 7. Old Violences, New Challenges: The Adaptation of Basque ETA to its Changing Environment Asta Maskaliunaite Part 5: State Failure and the Global Economy 8. State Failure and Intervention in Africa Paul-Simon Handy and Dunja Speiser 9. Post-Conflict Recovery: New Wars and the Global Economy Tony Addison Part 6: Counter-Globalizations 10. Antipodal Terrorists? Accounting for Differences in Australian ’Global’ Neojihadists Peter Lentini 11. ’Viva Nihilism!’ On Militancy and Machismo in (Anti-) Globalization Protest Sian Sullivan 2007: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-42533-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42534-6: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93569-9
NEW IN PAPERBACK
LSE International Studies Series
The Official History of the Falklands Campaign, Volume 1 The Origins of the Falklands War Lawrence Freedman, King’s College London, University of London, UK Series: Government Official History Series Covering the origins of the 1982 war, this updated paperback contains some new material and describes the long history of the dispute between Argentina and Britain over the sovereignty of the islands, and the difficulties faced by governments in finding a way to reconcile the dispute. Selected Contents: 1. Origins of the Dispute 2. Inconsistent Appeasement 3. Communications and Condominiums 4. Mis-Communication and Non-Cooperation 5. Shackleton 6. Unreliable Defence 7. Reappraisal 8. Undetected Deterrence 9. Marking Time 10. Towards Lease-Back 11. The Rise of Lease-Back 12. The Fall of Lease-Back 13. Micawberism 14. No Plans 15. Alarm Bells 16. South Georgia 17. Crisis 18. Delayed Response 19. The Worst Moment 20. Conclusion: The Quality of Hindsight, Types of Trouble, Crisis Management 2007: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-41912-3: £22.99
NEW IN PAPERBACK
The Official History of the Falklands Campaign, Volume 2 War and Diplomacy Lawrence Freedman, King’s College London, University of London, UK Series: Government Official History Series In the second volume of his official history of the Falklands Campaign, Lawrence Freedman provides a detailed and authoritative account of one of the most extraordinary periods in recent British political history and a vivid portrayal of a government at war. This paperback edition has been updated and contains some new material.
John Kent, Christopher Coker, Fred Halliday, Dominic Lieven and Karen Smith This series focuses on the impact of cultural changes on foreign relations, the role of strategy and foreign policy and the impact of international law and human rights on global politics.
NEW
Ethics and War in the 21st Century Christopher Coker, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK This book explores the ethical implications of war in the contemporary world. The author, a leading theorist of warfare, explains why it is of crucial importance that Western countries should continue to apply traditional ethical rules and practices in war, even when engaging with international terrorist groups. Selected Contents: 1. Fighting Terrorism 1.1 A New Discourse on War? 1.2 Richard Rorty and the Ethics of War 2. Etiquettes of Atrocity 2.1 Etiquettes of Atrocity 2.2 Discourses on War 2.3 Keeping the Discourse: The United States and Vietnam 2.4 Carl Schmitt and the Theory of the Partisan 3. Changing the Discourse 3.1 Germany and the Eastern Front 1941-5 3.2 France and Algeria 1955-8 3.3 Israel and the Intifada 3.4 Conclusion 4. A New Discourse? 4.1 The War on Terror – Is it a War? 4.2 Excluding Unlawful Combatants 4.3 Network Warfare 4.4 Networked Ethics 5. Grammars of Killing 5.1 Grammars of Killing 5.2 Respecting our Enemies 5.3 Non-Lethal Weapons 6. The Unconditional Imperative 6.1 Jaspers and the Warrior Ethos 6.2 The Micromanagement of the Battlefield 6.3 Corporate Warriors? 6.4 Asimov’s Children 7. Back to the Greeks 7.1 Back to the Greeks? 7.2 Simone Weil and The Iliad 7.3 Thucydides and the Melian Dialogue 7.4 What’s he to Hecuba? 8. The Heuristics of Fear January 2008: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-45280-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45282-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93089-2
Selected Contents: Introduction. Acknowledgements. Timings. Section 1: At War. Section 2: Options for a Settlement. Section 3: Operation Sutton. Section 4: The Peruvian Initiative. Section 5: American Support. Section 6: Enforcing the Exclusion Zone. Section 7: International Opinion. Section 8: The Changing Military Balance. Section 9: Fortress Falklands. Section 10: The Franks Report 2007: 234x156: 896pp Pb: 978-0-415-41911-6: £24.99
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
67
68
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
LSE International Studies Series Continued ...
Civil-Military Cooperation in Post-Conflict Operations
Cass Military Studies
Emerging Theory and Practice Edited by Christopher Ankersen, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK
FORTHCOMING
The Warrior Ethos
TEXTBOOK
Military Culture and the War on Terror
Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare
Christopher Coker, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK The first scholarly book to look at the role of the ’warrior’ in modern war, and in the War on Terror in particular. Selected Contents: 1. The Unhappy Warrior 2. Achilles and the Warrior Soul 3. Escaping the State of Nature 4. Emerson and Self-Trust 5. Brave New World, Brave New Warriors 6. Warrior Ethos 2007: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-42441-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42452-3: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08906-4
The New American Way of War Military Culture and the Political Utility of Force Ben Buley, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, London, UK By tracing the origins and evolution of the competing views on the political utility of force, this book sets the currently popular image of a new American way of war in its broader historical, cultural and political context, and provides an assessment of its future prospects.
Origins, Operations, Challenges Edited by Thomas Keaney, Merrill Center for Strategic Studies and Thomas Rid, RAND Corporation, USA This book is about counterinsurgency - how modern regular armed forces react, and should react, to irregular warfare. What are the doctrinal origins of counterinsurgency warfare? What are today’s main operational issues? What are the future strategic challenges? This book fills three gaps: First, there is no book that focuses principally on counter-insurgency and specifically discusses all the aspects of it in a complete, systematic and critical fashion (official military publications lack both a critical view and usually are focused on one particular army and its own historical experiences). Second, there is no book that captures today’s rather productive debate on small wars in such a comprehensive way. Third, so far the European perspective in the small wars debate has been neglected. This book, with authors from Britain, France and Germany, as well as the USA, attempts to change that. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Doctrinal Origins of Counter Insurgency. Part 2: Operational Aspects of Counter Insurgency. Part 3: Strategic Challenges of Counter Insurgency
2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42995-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93416-6
January 2009: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77764-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77765-0: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
America, the UN and Decolonisation
A European Army
Cold War Conflict in the Congo John Kent, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK Series: LSE International Studies Series This book shows how the preservation of the existing economic and social order in the Congo was a key element in the decolonization process and the fighting of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Part 1 Introduction 1. From Independence to the Fall of Lumumba 2. From the Fall of Lumumba to the Establishment of the Adoula Government 3. Dealing with Katangan Secession Part 2 4. The Problems of Nation Building. Jan- Oct 1963 5. The Emerging Chaos: Growing Rebellion and Disunity and the Return of Tshombe 6. Dealing with the Rebellions and the Mobutu Coup 7. The Changes Made by Mobutu and the Effect on Expatriate Capital
Selected Contents: Foreword Larry Minear 1. Introduction: Interrogating Civil Military Cooperation Christopher Ankersen Part 1: Theoretical Approaches 2. Civil-Military Cooperation and Human Security Andy Knight 3. Managing Territories with Rival Brothers: The Geopolitical Stakes of Military-Humanitarian Relations Yann Braem 4. Integrated Planning and Coordination in Complex Peacebuilding Operations Cedric de Coning 5. A Management Perspective on Co-Operation between Military and Civilian Actors S.J.H. Rietjens Part 2: Cases 6. Yes, but is it Peacebuilding? Evaluating Canadian CIMIC in Afghanistan Owen Savage 7. Civil-Military Cooperation of the German Armed Forces: Theoretical Approach and Contemporary Practice in Kosovo Bernhard G. Voget 8. CIMIC on the Edge: Afghanistan and the Evolution of American Civil Military Operations Michael McNerney Part 3: Extensions 9. Medical CIMIC: An Australian Perspective Susan Neuhaus 10. Contemporary Challenges in the Civil-Military Relationship: Complementarity or Incompatibility? Raj Rana 11. Conclusion: Joined Up or Mixed Up? CIMIC and the Future Christopher Ankersen 2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42884-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94060-0
Imperial Defence The Old World Order, 1856–1956 Edited by Greg Kennedy, Joint Services Command and Staff College, UK This collection of essays provides a comprehensive guide to British Imperial Defence in the century up to the 1956 Suez crisis.
Security Strategy and Defence Integration in Europe Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International Relations, Brussels, Belgium This book examines the idea of military integration in Europe by elaborating on the possible size and composition of a ‘European army’ and assessing in detail how it can be achieved. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. EU Ambitions 2. EU Forces 3. EU Command 4. EU Civilian Capabilities 5. EU Partners 6. EU Strategic Culture December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46625-7: £70.00
Civil-Military Cooperation (CIMIC) is the relationship between militaries and humanitarians. This book demonstrates the wide variety of national approaches to CIMIC activities, introducing some theoretical and ethical considerations into a field that has largely been bereft of this type of debate.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Foreign Office and Defence of Empire, 1856–1918 2. The Foreign Office and Defence of Empire, 1919–1945 3. The Foreign Office and Defence of Empire, 1946–1956 4. The Treasury and Defence of Empire 5. The British Army and Defence of Empire, 1856–1956 6. RN and Defence of Empire, 1856–1918 7. RN and Defence of Empire, 1919–1956 8. Intelligence and Defence of Empire, 1856–1956 9. The Role of Religion and the Idea of Imperial Defence 10. Air Power and the Defence of Empire, 1918–1956 11. Imperial Defence and Propaganda, 1856–1956 12. The Dominions and Imperial Defence, 1856–1956 13. Afterword 2007: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-35595-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00243-8
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46414-7: £70.00
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
Military Advising and Assistance
NEW
NEW
From Mercenaries to Privatization, 1815–2007
Military Cooperation in Multinational Peace Operations
Private Military and Security Companies
Managing Cultural Diversity and Crisis Response
Ethics, Policies and Civil-Military Relations
Edited by Joseph Soeters, Tilburg University, the Netherlands and Philippe Manigart, Royal Military Academy, Brussels, Belgium
Edited by Andrew Alexandra, Melbourne University, Australia, Deane-Peter Baker, University of KwaZulu Natal, Durban, South Africa and Marina Caparini, Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces, Switzerland
Edited by Donald Stoker, US Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA This edited volume presents a number of historical case studies of military advisors and/or their missions in order to provide clear examples of the functioning, motives and evolution of foreign military and naval advising in the modern era. Selected Contents: 1. The History and Evolution of Foreign Military Advising and Assistance, 1815-2007 Donald Stoker 2. Missions or Mercenaries? European Military Advisors in Mehmed Ali’s Egypt, 1815-1848 John Dunn 3. The Impact of Foreign Advisors on Chile’s Armed Forces, 1810-2005 William F. Sater 4. Buying Influence, Selling Arms, Undermining a Friend: The French Naval Mission to Poland and the Development of the Polish Navy, 1923-32 Donald Stoker 5. Uneasy Intelligence Collaboration, Genuine Ill Will, with an Admixture of Ideology: The British Military Mission to the Soviet Union, 1941-45 Alaric Searle 6. American Advisors to the Republic of Korea: America’s First Commitment in the Cold War, 1946-1950 Bryan Gibby 7. The FrenchAlgerian War: Communist China’s Support for Algerian Independence Donovan Chau 8. Relegated to the Backseat: Farm Gate and the Failure of the Air Advisory Effort in South Vietnam, 1961-1963 Edward B. Westermann 9. Ruminations of a Woolly Mammoth, or Training and Advising in Counterinsurgency and Elsewhere during the Cold War John D. Waghelstein 10. “Imperial Grunts” Revisited: The US Advisory Effort in Columbia Douglas Porch and Christopher Muller 11. ‘Training the New Afghan Tank Force – A MultiNational Advisory Mission, 2 June 2003 – 3 December 2003 Jon Byrom 12. The Evolution of Combined USMC/Iraqi Army (IA) Operations: A Company Commander’s Perspective, Fallujah, Iraq, September 2005 – April 2006 William Grube 13. A Justified Heaping of the Blame? An Assessment of Privately Supplied Security Sector Training and Reform in Iraq – 2003-2005 and Beyond Christopher Spearin 14. The Transformation of Private Military Training Patrick Cullen December 2007: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77015-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93871-3
This edited volume uses theoretical overviews and empirical case studies to explore both how soldiers cope with the new forms of cultural diversity occurring within various multinational military operations, and how their organizations manage them. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Joseph Soeters and Philippe Manigart Part 1: Thematic Overviews 2. The UN: Multinational Cooperation in Peace Operations Donna Winslow 3. The Interplay Between the Transnational and Multinational: Intercultural Integrating Mechanisms in UN Peace Operations Efrat Elron 4. Leadership and Management Teams in Multinational Military Cooperation Angela Febbraro 5. Tough Talk: Clear and Cluttered Communication in Peace Operations Andrea van Dijk Part 2: Case Studies 6. The British Way of War: The UK Approach to Multinational Operations Anthony King 7. A Regional Recipe for Success: Multinational Peace Operations in East Timor John R. Ballard 8. Unususal Bi-National Military Cooperation: The Case of Turkish-Gambian Relations Abulkadir Varoglu, Mehmet Cakar and Nejat Basim 9. Towards Transnational Identities in the Armed Forces? German-Italian Military Cooperation in Kosovo Maren Tomforde 10. Diversity versus Effectiveness in Multinational Units: Italian, Hungarian and Slovenian Cooperation in the Multinational Land Force Ljubica Jelusic and Bojan Pograjc 11. Swedish-Irish Cooperation in Liberia Erik Hedlund, Louise Weibull and Joseph Soeters 12. Accidental Neighbours: Japanese and Dutch Troops in Iraq Jan van der Meulen and Hitoshi Kawano 13. The Formation of the Global Soldier: Managing Identities in Multinational Military Units Anne-Marie Søderberg and Merete Wedell-Wedellsborg 14. Smooth and Strained Multinational Military Cooperation: Three Cases in Kabul Joseph Soeters, Delphine Resteigne, Rene Moelker and Philippe Manigart Part 3: Afterthoughts 15. Epilogue Joseph Soeters and Philippe Manigart April 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44589-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92872-1
69
This edited book provides an interdisciplinary, stateof-the-art overview of the growing phenomenon of private military companies. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Ethics and Governance of Private Military and Security Companies Andrew Alexandra, Deane-Peter Baker and Marina Caparini Part 1: Ethics 1. What Are Mercenaries? Uwe Steinhoff 2. Of ‘Mercenaries’ and Prostitutes: Can Private Warriors be Ethical? Deane-Peter Baker 3. Regulating Anarchy: The Ethics of PMCs in Global Civil Society Mervyn Frost 4. Benevolence, Honourable Soldiers, and Private Military Companies: Reformulating Just War Theory Joseph Runzo 5. Private Security Companies and Corporate Social Responsibility Christopher Kinsey Part 2: Policies and Law 6. Mars Meets Mammon Andrew Alexandra 7. Private Military Companies: Markets, Ethics, Economics Jurgen Brauer 8. Ruthless Humanitarianism: Why Marginalizing Private Peacekeeping Kills People Doug Brooks and Matan Chorev 9. Private Security Companies and Intelligence Provision Dominick Donald 10. Private Actors and the Governance of Security in West Africa Ade Ebo 11. Private Military/Security Companies: The Status of their Staff and their Obligations under International Humanitarian Law and the Responsibilities of States in Relation to their Operations Emanuela-Chiara Gillard 12. Regulating Private Military and Security Companies: The U.S. Approach Marina Caparini Part 3: Civil–Military Relations 13. Privatization of Security, International Interventions and the Democratic Control of Armed Forces Herbert Wulf 14. Privatized Peace? Assessing the Interplay between States, Humanitarians, and Private Security Companies Christopher Spearin 15. The Military and the Community: Comparing National Military Forces and Private Military Companies Jessica Wolfendale 16. Interface Ethics: Military Forces and Private Military Companies Asa Kasher 17. The New Model Soldier and Civil–Military Relations Elke Krahmann January 2008: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43275-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93083-0
RELATED JOURNAL Strategic Analysis Published in association with the Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis (IDSA)
Special Forces, Strategy and the War on Terror
Editor: Narendra Sisodia
Warfare By Other Means
Strategic Analysis began as a monthly journal in April 1977 and served as a medium for publishing commentaries on current events till early 1987. During this time, it was complementary to the IDSA Journal, which was a quarterly published between July 1968 and January-March 1987 and focused on research articles. After the closure of The IDSA Journal, the Strategic Analysis emerged as the IDSA's flagship. Though it continued to be a monthly, its contents came to include both research articles as well as commentaries on national and international developments. It was transformed into a quarterly, refereed journal from 2002 thus setting the trend for other Indian publications in this field. Volume 32, 2008, 6 issues per year Print ISSN 0970-0161 Online ISSN 1754-0054
Alastair Finlan, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK This volume undertakes a systematic analysis of the relationship between Special Forces and contemporary strategy, explaining the resurgence of interest in Special Forces in the West. Selected Contents: 1. Theory 2. Practice 3. Command and Control 4. Culture and Technology 5. 9/11 and Operation Enduring Freedom 6. Operation Iraqi Freedom and the Future of Special Forces 7. Notes 8. Bibliography August 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38021-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94575-9
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
70
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
NEW
The Military and Domestic Politics A Concordance Theory of Civil-Military Relations
Cass Series: Naval Policy and History
Rebecca L. Schiff, Brandeis University, USA
Geoffrey Till, King’s College, London, UK
The intervention of the military in national politics and the everyday lives of citizens is a key question in civil-military relations. This book explains how concordance theory can provide a model for predicting such domestic intervention.
This series consists primarily of original manuscripts by research scholars in the general area of naval policy and history, without national or chronological limitations. It will from time to time also include collections of important articles as well as reprints of classic works.
Selected Contents: Acknowledgements 1. Introduction 2. Domestic Military Intervention and Civil–Military Relations 3. Concordance Theory 4. Post-Revolutionary United States (1790–1800) 5. Concordance in India and Discordance in Pakistan 6. Argentina’s Perón Period (1946–55) 7. Israel: Concordance in the ’Uncivil’ State 8. Concordance and Culture: From the Military–Industrial Complex to Corporate Philanthropy. References August 2008: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77340-9: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
The Nursery Sector of the Western Front 1914–1918 A Cross-national Examination John Williams, Dept of Germanic Studies, University of Sydney, Australia A new examination of the fighting in a ’nursery’ sector of the Western Front in World War I using data from various national archives, focusing on the German material. Selected Contents: 1. The fall of Lille (October 1914) 2. Neuve Chapelle (March 1915) 3. Sebastopol en Weppes (March – May 1915) 4. The fighting for Aubers ridge (May 1915) 5. The nursery (June 1915 – June 1916) 6. Under the jackboot. Lille during the war 6. The battle of Fromelles (19-20 July 1916) 7. Live and let live (September 1916 – April 1918) 8. Ludendorff’s spring offensive (April 1918) 9. The last days (OctoberNovember 1918) 10. Epilogue. June 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-37505-4: £70.00
War and Media Operations The US Military and the Press from Vietnam to Iraq Thomas Rid, American Academy, Berlin, Germany This is the first academic analysis of the role of embedded media in the 2003 Iraq War, providing a concise history of US military public affairs management since Vietnam.
FORTHCOMING 2ND EDITION TEXTBOOK
Seapower A Guide for the Twenty-First Century
Chinese Naval Strategy in the 21st Century The Turn to Mahan James R. Holmes, University of Georgia, Athens, USA and Toshi Yoshihara, Air War College, Maxwell, USA This volume is the first systematic effort to test the interplay between Western military thought and Chinese strategic traditions vis-à-vis the nautical arena. Selected Contents: Preface: Is History Bunk? 1. China Turns Seaward 2. Mahanian Sea-Power Theory and History 3. China Interprets Mahan 4. China’s Littoral Dilemma 5. Mahanian Sea Power with Chinese Characteristics 6. Commanding China’s Commons 7. Potential Futures for China’s Maritime Strategy 8. A Roadmap for Asian Maritime Stability 2007: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77213-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94663-3
Geoffrey Till, King’s College, London The sea has always been central to human development as a source of resources, and as a means of transportation, information-exchange and strategic dominion. It has provided the basis for mankind’s prosperity and security. This is even more true in the early 21st century, with the emergence of an increasingly globalized world trading system. Navies have always provided a way of policing, and sometimes exploiting, the system. In contemporary conditions, navies, and other forms of maritime power, are having to adapt, in order to exert the maximum power ashore in the company of others and to expand the range of their interests, activities and responsibilities. Their traditional tasks still apply but new ones are developing fast. This updated and expanded new edition of Geoffrey Till’s acclaimed textbook on seapower will provide a guide for everyone interested in the changing and crucial role of seapower in the 21st century. Selected Contents: Introduction to Second Edition. 1. The Sea and Seapower 2. Who Said What and Why it Matters 3. The Constituents of Seapower 4. Navies and Technology 5. Command of the Sea 6. Securing Command of the Sea 7. Exploiting Command of the Sea 8. Expeditionary Operations 9. Naval Diplomacy 10. Good Order at Sea 11. Competing Directions In Naval Development: Theory 12. Competing Directions In Naval Development: Practice and Conclusion January 2009: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-48088-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Military as a Learning Organization 2. Perspectives on Military Learning 3. A Model of Strategic Innovation Part 2: The History of Media Operations 4. Disastrous Public Affairs: Vietnam 5. Restrictive Public Affairs: Grenada, Panama, and the Persian Gulf 6. Experimental Public Affairs: Somalia, the Balkans, and Afghanistan Part 3: A Case Study of Strategic Innovation 7. Retrieving Past Experiences? 8. Strategic Public Affairs: Iraq Part 4: Discussion and Outlook 9. The Friendly Learning Loop 10. The Adversarial Learning Loop
FORTHCOMING
Indian Maritime Strategy in the 21st Century Edited by James R. Holmes, Andrew C. Winner and Toshi Yoshihara, all at Naval War College, USA This is first academic study of India’s emerging maritime strategy. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: India Turns Seaward 2. Geography, History, and Indian Sea Power 3. The Inner Circle: India in the Indian Ocean 4. Looking Outward: India and the Asian Sea Powers 5. Global Sea Power: The Indo-U.S. Relationship 6. Will Indian Means Match Indian Ends? 7. Conclusions: Possible Futures for Indian Maritime Strategy December 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45420-9: £70.00
Naval Coalition Warfare From the Napoleonic War to Operation Iraqi Freedom Edited by Bruce A. Elleman USA and S.C.M. Paine, both at US Naval War College, Newport, USA This is the first scholarly book examining naval coalition warfare over the past two centuries from a multi-national perspective. Containing case studies by some of the foremost naval historians from the US, Great Britain, and Australia, it also examines the impact of international law on coalitions. Together these collected essays comprise a comprehensive examination of the most important naval coalitions of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Chapters are arranged chronologically, beginning with the Napoleonic Wars, and ending with the second Gulf War, and each makes use of new research and methodologies to address the creation of the coalition, its actions, and its short- and long-term repercussions. The editors draw contemporary lessons from the book’s historical case studies. These findings are used to discuss the likelihood and character of future naval coalition; for example, the likelihood and possible outcome of an anti-PRC coalition in defence of Taiwan.
2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41659-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96452-1
2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77082-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94532-2
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
STRATEGIC AND MILITARY STUDIES
FORTHCOMING
Information Strategy and Warfare
Power Shifts, Strategy and War
Naval Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Operations
A Guide to Theory and Practice
Declining States and International Conflict
Edited by John Arquilla, and Douglas A. Borer, both at US Naval War College, Monterey, USA
Dong Sun Lee, Korea University, Seoul, South Korea
Series: Contemporary Security Studies
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
This volume develops information strategy as a construct equal in importance to military strategy as an influential tool of statecraft.
Marked changes in the balance of power between states in the international system are generally seen by IR scholars as among the most common causes of war. This book explains why such power shifts lead to war breaking out in some cases, but not in others.
Stability from the Sea Edited by James J. Wirtz, Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, USA and Jeffrey A. Larsen, Science Applications International Corporation, Colorado, USA This volume explores naval peace-keeping and humanitarian operations, highlighting the challenges and opportunities they create. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Jim Wirtz Part 1: Background 2. Stability Operations: The View from Afloat Dan Moran 3. SSTR as History: The British Imperial Navy Experience John Ferris 4. International Law and Stability Operations Theo Farrell Part 2: Service Models 5. The US Navy and SSTR Jessica Piombo and Michael Malley 6. Blue Water and Muddy Deck Shoes: US Navy Support to US Marine Corps SSTR Operations Terry Terrif Part 3: Cases: Implementing Stability Operations 7. An Examination of Maritime Peace Support Operations Adam Siegel 8. The Role of Naval International Programs in SSTR Operations Sam Tangredi 9. Stability and Security on Inland Waterways: Naval Riverine Forces J.W. Stoltz 10. Civil-Military Teams: The PRT Model in Afghanistan Nicholas Tomb 11. SSTR Operations in Liberia Alan Kuperman 12. Conclusion Jeffrey Larsen August 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46623-3: £70.00
Selected Contents: Introduction: The Rise of Information Strategy Part 1: Confronting Terror and Insurgency 1. The War of Ideas and the Idea of War 2. Thinking about Al Qaeda as a Global Tribe 3. Influence Strategies in Iraq and Beyond 4. Muslim Insurgencies and the Future of Iraq Part 2: Improving Information Strategy 5. Public Diplomacy 6. Strategic Assessment and Information Warfare 7. Rebuilding a Capacity for Deception: The ’1% Solution’ 8. The Trouble with Psychological Operations 9. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77124-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94563-6
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. A Strategic Theory of Preventive War 3. The Russo-German Rapprochement, 1870-90 4. The Schlieffen Plan and the First World War 5. Pearl Harbor Attack Plan and the Pacific War 6. Conclusion. Appendix: Coding Cases of Power Shifts 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77338-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93821-8
RELATED JOURNAL
NEW
Journal of Military Ethics
Military Transformation and Strategy Revolutions in Military Affairs and Small States Edited by Bernard Loo, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore
Editors: Bård Mæland, School of Mission and Theology, Chaplaincy, Norwegian Defence, Norway and James Turner Johnson, Rutgers University, USA Journal of Military Ethics (JME) is an international, peer-reviewed journal devoted to normative aspects of military force.
Series: Contemporary Security Studies
NEW
Operational Warfare at Sea Theory and Practice Milan Vego, US Naval War College, Rhode Island, USA This new volume provides a comprehensive analysis of both the theory and practice of operational warfare at sea. Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction 2. The Objectives 3. Methods 4. Operational Functions 5. Operational Planning 6. Operational Design 7. Operational Idea 8. Preparation and Execution 9. Operational Leadership 10. Operational Thinking. The Future. Select Bibliography September 2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77004-0: £75.00
This book explores the idea of a ‘revolution in military affairs’ (RMA), which underpins the transformational agenda of the US military, and examines its implications for smaller states. Selected Contents: Introduction: Revolutions in Military Affairs: Theory and Applicability to Small Armed Forces Bernard Loo 1. Change and Transformation in Military Affairs Eliot Cohen 2. Biotechnology, Military Transformation and the Future of War Christopher Coker 3. Managing the Revolution in Military Affairs Ron Matthews 4. The Essentials of Effects Based Operations Joshua Ho 5. The Transformation of Special Operations Forces in Contemporary Conflict Malcolm Brailey 6. Unmanned Aerial Vehicles: Missions, Challenges, and Strategic Implications for Small and Medium Powers Manjeet Singh Pardesi 7. The RMA and ‘Military Operations Other Than War’: A Swift Sword that Cuts Both Ways David J. Betz 8. Small Navies and NetworkCentric Warfare: Is There a Role? Paul T. Mitchell 9. Organizational Culture and Change: The Revolution in Military Affairs, Counterinsurgency, and the US Army Elizabeth Kier 10. Officer Attitudes Toward the Revolution in Military Affairs Thomas G. Mahnken and James R. FitzSimonds 11. Transforming Organizational Culture: Lessons Learned from a Systems Perspective Nancy Roberts
The journal publishes articles discussing justifications for the resort to military force (jus ad bellum) and/or what may justifiably be done in the use of such force (jus in bello). The scope of JME also includes research/discussion on ethical issues in military training, as well as the post-conflict role of military forces. JME seeks to include articles from a variety of academic disciplines and cultural backgrounds. Articles may adopt theoretical, empirical or historical approaches. Volume 7, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN 1502-7570 Online ISSN 1502-7589
August 2008: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42110-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89182-7
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
71
72
INTELLIGENCE STUDIES
FORTHCOMING
Handbook of Intelligence Studies
FORTHCOMING
TEXTBOOK
Edited by Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, Athens, USA
Secret Intelligence
Intelligence and Politics
This topical volume offers a comprehensive review of secret intelligence organizations and activities.
An Introduction Philip Davies, Brunel University, UK The 9/11 attacks, the public furores over intelligence following the invasion of Iraq in 2003, and a succession of highly publicized inquiries on both of sides of the Atlantic, have served to amplify a rapidly growing interest in Intelligence Studies. Subsequent terrorist attacks in Britain, Spain and Indonesia, and emerging international tensions over nuclear proliferation and the so-called ‘war on terror’ drive a continued and ever growing interest in the subject. This book is the first introduction to the key concepts and issues in intelligence for students. It covers general ideas, methods, problems and debates in the field, and takes a global perspective, using examples from a range of national intelligence systems. The book is divided into three key areas: intelligence itself, the role of intelligence in government, and political issues and debates surrounding intelligence. Selected Contents: Introduction. Introduction for Course Convenors 1. What is Intelligence? The Elements of Intelligence 2. Collection: Sources and Methods 3. Counter-Intelligence: Protecting Intelligence 4. Covert Action: War by Other Means 5. Analysis and Estimates: Putting the Pieces Together 6. Requirements and Priorities: The Need to Know Intelligence in Government 7. Intelligence and Policy: The ProducerConsumer Interface 8. The Intelligence Community: Coordination and Integration 9. Causes of Intelligence Failure: Why it Goes Wrong 10. Defence Support: Information for Combat 11. Police Intelligence: Information for Law Enforcement Intelligence and Politics 12. Ethics and Intelligence 13. Intelligence and Democracy I: Surveillance and Civil Liberties 14. Intelligence and Democracy II: Accountability and Oversight 15. Intelligence and Democracy III: Proportionality and the Law 16. Intelligence in NonDemocratic States: Espionage and Regime Security January 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42869-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42868-2: £20.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
Leading experts in the field approach the three major missions of intelligence: collection-and-analysis; covert action; and counterintelligence. Within each of these missions, the dynamically written essays dissect the so-called intelligence cycle to reveal the challenges of gathering and assessing information from around the world. Covert action, the most controversial intelligence activity, is explored, with special attention on the issue of military organizations moving into what was once primarily a civilian responsibility. The authors furthermore examine the problems that are associated with counterintelligence, protecting secrets from foreign spies and terrorist organizations, as well as the question of intelligence accountability, and how a nation can protect its citizens against the possible abuse of power by its own secret agencies. Selected Contents: Introduction Loch K. Johnson Part 1: The Study of Intelligence 1. Sources and Methods for the Study of Intelligence Michael Warner 2. The American Approach to Intelligence Studies James J. Wirtz 3. The Historiography of the FBI Rhodri JeffreysJones 4. Intelligence Ethics: Laying a Foundation for the Second Oldest Profession Michael Andregg Part 2: The Evolution of Modern Intelligence 5. The Accountability of Security and Intelligence Agencies Ian Leigh 6. ’Knowing the Self, Knowing the Other’: The Comparative Analysis of Security Intelligence Peter Gill 7. U.S. Patronage of German Postwar Intelligence Wolfgang Krieger Part 3: The Intelligence Cycle Collection and Processing 8. The Technical Collection of Intelligence Jeffrey Richelson 9. Human Source Intelligence Frederick P. Hitz 10. Open Source Intelligence Robert David Steele 11. Adapting Intelligence to Changing Issues Paul R. Pillar 12. The Challenges of Economic Intelligence Minh A. Luong Part 4: The Intelligence Cycle and the Crafting of Intelligence Reports: Analysis and Dissemination 13. Strategic Warning: Intelligence Support in a World of Uncertainty and Surprise Jack Davis 14. Achieving All-Source Fusion in the Intelligence Community Richard L. Russell 15. Adding Value to the Intelligence Product Steven Marrin 16. Analysis for Strategic Intelligence John Hollister Hedley Part 5: Counterintelligence and Covert Action 17. Cold War Intelligence Defectors Nigel West 18. Counterintelligence Failures in the United States Stan A. Taylor 19. Émigré Intelligence Reporting: Sifting Fact from Fiction Mark Stout 20. Linus Pauling: A Case Study in Counterintelligence Run Amok Kathryn S. Olmsted 21. The Role of Covert Action William J. Daugherty 22. The Future of Covert Action John Prados Part 6: Intelligence Accountability 23. Intelligence Oversight in the UK: The Case of Iraq Mark Phythian 24. Intelligence Accountability: Challenges for Parliaments and Intelligence Services Hans Born and Thorsten Wetzling 25. Intelligence and the Rise of Judicial Intervention Fred F. Manget 26. A Shock Theory of Congressional Accountability for Intelligence Loch K. Johnson
A Reader Edited by Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK, Richard Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Wesley Wark, University of Toronto, Canada This key Reader in the field of intelligence studies focuses on policy, blending classic essays on concepts and approaches with recent essays dealing with current issues and the ongoing debate about the future of intelligence. The subject of secret intelligence has never enjoyed a higher profile. The attacks of 9/11, Madrid and London, the conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan, the missing WMD, animated public debates over prisoner interrogation and new domestic security regulations have made this a very hot subject. Intelligence and security services, together with almost all government departments and agencies are responding to new threats. Aiming to be more comprehensive and current than existing books and to achieve truly international coverage of the field of intelligence, this Reader will provide key course material, with each section including full summaries of each article, a select bibliography and a range of essay questions. Written by leading scholars in the field, Secret Intelligence will be essential reading for students and academics of intelligence studies, security studies and international studies in general, and for anyone wishing to understand the current relationship between intelligence and policy-making. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Intelligence Cycle 1. What is Intelligence? 2. Collection 3. Analysis 4. Politicization and Producer-Consumer Linkage Part 2: Intelligence, Security and Counter-Terrorism 5. Intelligence and 9/11 6. Intelligence and WMD 7. Intelligence and Counter-Terrorism 8. CounterEspionage Part 3: Intelligence, Accountability and Ethics 9. The Problems of Oversight and Accountability 10. The Problem of Surveillance and Civil Liberties 11. Intelligence and Ethics 12. The Problems of Torture and Assassination Part 4: Intelligence Operations and Action 13. Covert Action 14. Liaison: The Diplomacy of Intelligence 15. Intelligence and Peacekeeping 16. Intelligence, Globalisation and the Future December 2008: 246x174: 444pp Hb: 978-0-415-42023-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY
2006: 246x174: 388pp Hb: 978-0-415-77050-7: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08932-3
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INTELLIGENCE STUDIES
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Studies in Intelligence
Secrecy and the Media The Official History of the D-Notice System Nicholas John Wilkinson
Intelligence Theory Richard Aldrich, University of Warwick,UK and Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK
Series: Government Official History Series This book traces the development of the D-Notice system, which controls the media’s access to government secrets, from 19th-century colonial campaigns, through two world wars, to modern operations and counterterrorism. Its examples are drawn from media, political and official sources (some not yet open), and cover not only Defence (including Special Forces), but also the activities of MI5, MI6 and GCHQ. It relates principally to UK, but also to American and other allies interests. How this unique and sometimes controversial institution, once itself secretive, now operates openly in the modern world, is not only essential reading for those in the media and government departments dealing with security and intelligence; it is also an accessible exposé for the public, in whose interests both sides are operating. Selected Contents: Section 1: Pre-Formation – The Long Debate. Section 2: Act I – Formation and Early Modus Operandi of the Committee. Section 3: WWI Section 4: Between the World Wars. Section 5: WWII – Suspended Animation. Section 6: Early Years of the Cold War – 1945 to 1967. Section 7: The ‘Lohan’ Affair 1967. Section 8: Late Cold War and N Ireland – 1967–1991. Section 9: Post Cold War and the ‘New’ Terrorism 1991/2004. Section 10: Quo Vadit? March 2009: 234x156: 688pp Hb: 978-0-415-45375-2: £49.95
The growing interest in intelligence activities and the opening of hitherto closed archives since the end of the Cold War has stimulated this series of scholarly monographs, wartime memoirs and edited collections. With contributions from leading academics and prominent members of the intelligence community, this series has quickly become the leading forum for the academic study of intelligence.
NEW
Exploring Intelligence Archives Enquiries into the Secret State Edited by R. Gerald Hughes, Peter Jackson and Len Scott, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK This edited volume brings together many of the world’s leading scholars of intelligence with a number of former senior practitioners to facilitate a wide-ranging dialogue on the central challenges confronting students of intelligence. The book presents a series of documents, nearly all of which are published here for the first time, accompanied by both overview and commentary sections. The central objectives of this collection are twofold. First, it seeks to build on existing scholarship on intelligence in deepening our understanding of its impact on a series of key events in the international history of the past century. Further, it aims to explore the different ways in which intelligence can be studied by bringing together both scholarly and practical expertise to examine a range of primary material relevant to the history of intelligence since the early twentieth century. This book will be of great interest to students of intelligence, strategic and security studies, foreign policy and international history.
Key Questions and Debates Edited by Peter Gill, Salford University, UK, Stephen Marrin, Mercyhurst College, USA and Mark Phythian, University of Leicester, UK This edited volume brings together a range of individuals who are centrally involved in the debate about the role and utility of theory in intelligence studies, and includes both classic essays and new articles that critically analyse key issues. Selected Contents: Introduction Peter Gill, Stephen Marrin, & Mark Phythian 1. An Historical Theory of Intelligence David Kahn 2. Intelligence as Risk Shifting Michael Warner 3. Sketches for a Theory of Strategic Intelligence Loch K. Johnson 4. Intelligence Theory and Theories of International Relations: Shared world or separate worlds? Mark Phythian 5. Theory of Surprise James Wirtz 6. Analysis, War, and Decision: Why intelligence failures are inevitable Richard Betts 7. Intelligence in a Turbulent World: Insights from organization theory Glenn Hastedt and B. Douglas Skelley 8. Intelligence Analysis and Decision-Making: Methodological challenges Stephen Marrin 9. Defending Adaptive Realism: Intelligence theory comes of age Jennifer Sims 10. Policing, Intelligence Theory and the New Human Security Paradigm: Some lessons from the field James Sheptycki 11. Theory and Intelligence Reconsidered Philip H. J. Davies 12. Theories of Intelligence: Where are we, where should we go and how might we proceed? Peter Gill August 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42947-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89299-2
STASI Shield and Sword of the Party John Christian Schmeidel This is a fascinating new examination of one of the most feared and efficient secret services the world has ever known, the Stasi. Selected Contents: 1. Origins and Development of the East German Secret Police 2. The Inoffizieller Mitarbeiter Informant System 3. In Unequal Battle: Stasi and the Churches 4. Stasi Penetration of the Artistic Community and Universities 5. Foreign Espionage Operations 6. Cooperation between the Red Army Faction and Staatssicherheit September 2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36589-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01841-5
Selected Contents: Introduction: Enquiries into the ‘Secret State’ 1. ‘Knowledge is never too dear’: Exploring Intelligence Archives R. Gerald Hughes and Len Scott 2. British SIGINT Decrypts on London Naval Conference, 1930 3. French Military Intelligence Responds to the German Remilitarisation of the Rhineland, 1936 4. The Creation of XX Committee, 1940 5. The Creation of a Vietnamese Intelligence Service, 1946-50 6. The Interrogation of Klaus Fuchs, 1950 7. The CIA and Oleg Penkovsky, 1961-2 8. American and British Intelligence on South Vietnam, 1963 9. British Intelligence on the Arab-Israeli Military Balance, 1965 10. A KGB View of CIA Activity against the Soviet Bloc, 1983 11. A Conversation with Former DCI William E. Colby: Spymaster during the ‘Year of the Intelligence Wars’ 12. The Butler Report March 2008: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-34998-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34972-7: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02312-9
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
73
74
INTELLIGENCE STUDIES
RELATED JOURNALS
FORTHCOMING
NEW
The South African Intelligence Services
US National Security, Intelligence and Democracy
From Apartheid to Democracy, 1960-2005
The Church Committee and the War on Terror
Kevin A. O’Brien, Public Security & Intelligence, UK
Edited by Russell A. Miller, University of Idaho College of Law, USA
This is the first comprehensive history of the South African Intelligence Service, covering the periods from Apartheid up to the present day. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: South African Intelligence in Revolution and Counter-Revolution 19602005 2. South Africa 1960-2000: Changing History, Changing International Context 3. Republican Intelligence: The Birth of South Africa’s Intelligence Capability, 1948 to 1965 4. The ANC’s Revolutionary War, 1960-1978 5. The Threat Grows: The Rise of the ’Securocracy’, 1965-1972 6. ’Total Strategy’ and Scandal: The ’Securocratisation’ of the Government, 1972-1978 7. The Assassins’ Web: The Rise of the National Intelligence and Counter-Revolutionary Structures, 19781985 8. Crossing the Rubicon: ’The Gloves Come Off’ for the Total Counter-Revolutionary Strategy, 1985-1990 9. The Failure of the ANC’s Revolutionary War Strategy, 1978-1990 10. Negotiating a Settlement: Reform and Retrenchment For All, 1990-1994 11. The New South Africa’s Intelligence Environment, 1994-1995 12. Problems in Progress: Control, Oversight and Accountability in South Africa’s Intelligence Dispensation, 1996-2005 13. Conclusion: Still Fighting The War – The Legacy of South Africa’s Intelligence December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43397-6: £70.00
US Covert Operations and Cold War Strategy Truman, Secret Warfare and the CIA, 1945–53 Sarah-Jane Corke, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada
This volume examines the investigation by the 1975 Senate Select Committee (‘Church Committee’) into US intelligence abuses during the Cold War, and considers its lessons for the current ‘War on Terror’. Selected Contents: Introduction – National Security and Constitutional Government – The Legacy of the Church Committee Russell A. Miller Part 1: The Church Committee and Its Relevance Today 1. Liberty and Security – Reflecting on the Church Committee Gary Hart 2. The Church Committee: Thirty Years Ago and Today Frederick A. O. Schwarz, Jr. 3. From Ostriches to Guardians: Intelligence Oversight Roles in the Aftermath of the Church Committee Investigation Loch K. Johnson 4. The Church Committee: Its History and its Relevance LeRoy Ashby 5. Idaho Voices: How the Church Committee Played with Church’s Constituents Kathy Aiken Part 2: Contemporary Issues of Democracy and National Security 6. Return of the Imperial Presidency David Adler 7. Domestic Surveillance for International Terrorists: Presidential Power and Fourth Amendment Limits Richard Henry Seamon 8. Free Association and Surveillance: The Implications of US Anti-Terrorism Policy Elizabeth Brandt 9. Prosecution Under the Material Support to Terrorism Statutes: Time to Fix What’s Broken Alan Williams 10. Militant Democracy and the War on Terror Russell Miller 11. Mandating Judicial Deference to Executive Expertise: Using the Mosaic Theory to Authorize Continued Enforcement of National Security Letter Gag Orders Michael Greenlee July 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44646-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89496-5
Based on recently declassified documents, this book provides the first examination of the Truman administration’s decision to employ covert operations in the Cold War.
FORTHCOMING
Selected Contents: Introduction: Covert Operations and National Security 1. Dancing on the Roof of the St. Regis Hotel: The Donovan Tradition, 1942-45 2. A Strategic Monstrosity: The Search for a Cold War Policy, 1945-47 3. The Inauguration of Political Warfare: George Kennan and Political Warfare, 1947-48 4. An Elucidation of Imponderables that Defy Close Analysis: Negotiating Cold War Policy, 1948-49 5. A Few Martyrs: Penetrating the Soviet Bloc, 1950 6. The Psychological Strategy Board, 1951 7. The War of the Potomac: The Election, 1952. Conclusion: Eisenhower a New National Cold War Strategy
The Eighth Army Campaign in Italy, 1943–45
2007: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42077-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01630-5
Intelligence, Command and Military Operations Kevin Jones A new exploration of the relationship between intelligence and command at the operational level of war, seen via the experience of the British 8th Army in Italy 1943-45. Selected Contents: 1. The Application of Intelligence to Military Operations in the British Army during the Second World War 2. Eighth Army’s Intelligence Organisation and Performance during the Italian Campaign 3. Preparing for the Worst – Montgomery, Intelligence, and the Planning of Operation BAYTOWN 4. Leese, Intelligence, and the Planning of the Liri Valley and Gothic Line Offensives 5. Leese, Intelligence, and the Opening Phase of the Liri Valley and Gothic Line Offensives 6. McCreery, Intelligence, and the Final Offensive in Italy November 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-38636-4: £70.00
Intelligence and National Security Editors: Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, USA and Peter Jackson, Aberystwyth University, UK Intelligence has never played a more prominent role in international politics than it does now at the opening of the twenty-first century. National intelligence services are larger than ever and play a more public role than ever before in policy making process of important states and their role evolves constantly along with the character of international relations. Intelligence and National Security is the world's leading academic journal on the role of intelligence in international relations. It examines this issue from a wide range of disciplinary approaches deployed by authors from around the world. Volume 23, 2008, 6 issues per year Print ISSN 0268-4527 Online ISSN 1743-9019
International Journal of Intelligence and Counter Intelligence Editor-in-Chief: Richard R. Valcourt, American Military University, USA The International Journal of Intelligence and Counter-Intelligence serves as a medium for professionals and scholars to exchange opinions on issues and challenges encountered by both government and business institutions in making contemporary intelligence-related decisions and policy. At the same time, this quarterly serves as an invaluable resource for researchers looking to assess previous developments and events in the field of national security. Dedicated to the advancement of the academic discipline of intelligence studies, The International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence publishes articles and book reviews focusing on a broad range of national security matters. As an independent, non-partisan forum, the journal presents the informed and diverse findings of its contributing authors, and does not advocate positions of its own Volume: 21, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0885-0607, Online ISSN: 1521-0561
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
COLD WAR STUDIES
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Cold War History
Berlin in the Cold War, 1948–90 Documents on British Policy Overseas, Series III, Vol. VI
Odd Arne Westad and Michael Cox, both at London School of Economics, UK
Edited by Patrick Salmon, Keith Hamilton and Stephen Robert Twigge, all at Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Information Management Group, London, UK
In the new history of the Cold War that has been forming since 1989, many of the established truths about the international conflict that shaped the latter half of the twentieth century have come up for revision. This series is an attempt to make available interpretations and materials that will help further the development of this new history. It concentrates in particular on publishing expositions of key historical issues and critical surveys of newly available sources.
Series: Whitehall Histories A facsimile collection of diplomatic documents covering British reactions to critical developments regarding Berlin, its quadripartite administration, and role in the Cold War during 1948–49, 1959–61 and 1988–90. Selected Contents: Preface. Abbreviations. List of Persons. Chapters and Document Summaries 1. Berlin Isolated, 1948–49 2. Berlin Divided, 1959–61 3. Berlin Reunited, 1988–90
Britain, Germany and the Cold War
October 2008: 234x156: 120pp Pack (CD ROM and Booklet): 978-0-415-45532-9: £75.00
R. Gerald Hughes, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK
RELATED CATALOGUE To order a copy of the Whitehall Histories Series leaflet email politics@routledge.com
The Search for a European Détente 1949–1967
This well-researched book details the ambiguity in British policy towards Europe in the Cold War as it sought to pursue détente with the Soviet Union whilst upholding its commitments to its NATO allies. Selected Contents: Introduction: Britain, Germany and Europe in the Cold War 1. Stunde Null to Deutschlandvertrag 2. Détente or Politik der Stärke? 3. Macmillan and the Search for Détente 4. The Fall of the Politik der Stärke and Rise of the Anglo-Saxon Consensus 5. The Wilson Government and the Divided Continent 6. Conclusion: A New Role, A New Era 2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41207-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08908-8
FORTHCOMING
Cold War in Southern Africa White Power, Black Liberation Edited by Sue Onslow This edited volume examines the complexities of the Cold War in Southern Africa. In the aftermath of European decolonization, the struggle between white minority governments and black liberation movements encouraged the various parties to appeal for external support from both superpower blocs. This was either to augment their military capability and political influence vis-a-vis white opponents and black rivals, or to establish a policy of non-alignment to enhance national independence and freedom to manoeuvre. The book highlights the importance of the global ideological environment on the perceptions and consequent behaviour of the white minority regimes, the black nationalist movements, and the newly independent African nationalist governments. Together, they underline the variety of archival sources on the history of Southern Africa in the Cold War and its growing importance in Cold War Studies.
Europe and the End of the Cold War A Reappraisal Edited by Frederic Bozo, University of the Sorbonne, Paris, France, Marie-Pierre Rey, Université de Paris I Panthéon Sorbonne, France, N. Piers Ludlow, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK and Leopoldo Nuti, University of Rome Tre, Italy This volume is a broad-ranging, European-focused examination of the end of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction: Who Won the Cold War in Europe? A Historiographical Overview Michael Cox. Perestroika and its Effects Revisited Gorbachev’s New Thinking and Europe, 1985-1989 Marie-Pierre Rey. In the Name of Europe: Soviet Withdrawal from Eastern Europe Svetlana Savranskaya. Developments in Eastern Europe Rumblings in Eastern Europe: Western Pressure on Poland’s Moves towards Democratic Transformation Gregory F. Domber. The Catholic Church and the Cold War’s End in Europe: Vatican Ostpolitik and Pope John Paul II, 1985-1989 Bernd Schäfer. The International Context of Hungarian Transition, 1989: The View from Budapest László Borhi. German Unification between the Superpowers in the Name of Europe’s Future: Soviet, French, and British Qualms about Kohl’s Rush to German Unification Jacques Lévesque. Gorbachev’s Consent to United Germany’s Membership in NATO Hannes Adomeit. The US, German Unification and European Integration Robert L. Hutchings. German Unification: Seizing the Opportunity German Unification and European Integration are but Two Sides of One Coin: The FRG, Europe, and the Diplomacy of German Unification Helga Haftendorn. France, German Unification, and European Integration Frédéric Bozo. A Naturally Supportive Environment: The European Institutions and German Unification N. Piers Ludlow. German Unification: Concerns and Misgivings: The United Kingdom and German Unification Patrick Salmon. Italy, German Unification and the End of the Cold War Leopoldo Nuti. Soviet Disintegration and the Building of a New Europe From the Common European Home to the Confederation: François Mitterrand and Mikhail Gorbachev in Search of a Road to the Big Europe Andrei Grachev. International Reactions to Soviet Disintegration: The Case of the Baltic States Kristina Spohr Readman. Competing Visions in the Euro-Atlantic Area Eastern Europe and the Early Prospects for EC/EU and NATO Membership Vojtech Mastny. Helmut Kohl and the Maastricht Process Hans Stark. The EU, NATO and the Origins of CFSP & ESDP: Old Thinking, False Starts and New Imperatives Jolyon Howorth January 2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44903-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93095-3
This book will appeal to students of cold war studies, US foreign policy, African politics and International History. October 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47420-7: £75.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
75
76
COLD WAR STUDIES
European Integration and the Cold War
FORTHCOMING
NEW
Ostpolitik-Westpolitik, 1965–1973
The Crisis of Détente in Europe From Helsinki to Gorbachev, 1975–1985
The Baltic Question during the Cold War
Edited by N. Piers Ludlow, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK This edited volume uses newly released archival material to show linkages between the development of the European Union and the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction Piers Ludlow France 1. The Linkage Between European Integration And Detente: De Gaulle’s and Pompidou’s Contrasting Approaches (1965-1974) Georges Henri Soutou 2.‘Grandeur et Dépendances’: The Dilemmas of Gaullist Foreign Policy, September 1967-April 1968 Garret Martin Germany 3. Détente and European Integration in the policies of Willy Brandt and Georges Pompidou Wilfried Loth 4. New Ospolitik and European Integration:Concept and Policies in the Brandt Era Andreas Wilkens Britain 5. Anglo-American Relations, the Atlantic Alliance and European unity, 1965-1968 James Ellison 6. AngloFrench relations, detente and Britain’s second application for membership of the EEC, 1966–1967 Helen Parr The Netherlands 7. The Netherlands, the Gaullist challenge and the evolving Cold War, 1966–1973 Jan van der Harst The Community Institutions 8. An Insulated Community? The Community Institutions and the Cold War, 1965-1970 Piers Ludlow The United States 9. Searching For a Balance: The American Perspective Jussi Hanhimaki. Conclusions Piers Ludlow 2007: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-42109-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08897-5
FORTHCOMING
International History of the Vietnam War Ang Cheng Guan, Nanyang Technical University, Singapore This book attempts to complete the groundbreaking and seminal study of the Vietnam War from an international perspective began by the late-Ralph B. Smith in the 1980s, of which only three volumes of a projected five was completed. The most recent volume was published more than a decade ago in 1991 and it brought the story of the Vietnam War up till 1966. This book takes up the story where it stopped – The Manila Conference and the Decisions of November 1966 through to the end of the conflict in April 1975. It adopts the same ‘formula/methodology’ as the earlier volumes by:
Edited by Leopoldo Nuti, University of Rome Tre, Italy This book of essays by an international array of scholars analyzes the reheating of the Cold War in the late 1970s and early 1980s. Selected Contents: Introduction Leopoldo Nuti Part 1: The Superpowers and the CSCE 1. Zbigniew Brzenzinski and the Helsinki Final Act P. Vaughan 2. Unintended Consequences: The Emergence of Human Rights Movements in the USSR after the Signing of the Helsinki Final Act, and the Reaction of the Soviet Authorities S. Savranskaya 3. Ronald Reagan and the CSCE: Rethinking Traditional Cold War Narratives S. Snyder Part 2: The New Strategic Landscape of the 1980s 4. The Euromissiles Story: A Reappraisal L. Nuti 5. From Helsinki to the Missiles Question: A Minor Role for Small Countries, 1973–85 V. Dujardin 6. The Conceptual Military Competition: The Military-Technical Revolution as a Soviet Response to the Western Military Doctrines D. Adamsky 7. The Strategic Defense Initiative: Between Strategy, Diplomacy and U.S. Intelligence Estimates J. Prados 8. Reagan’s SDI Announcment: A Case Study of the International Dynamics of the late Cold War S. Kalic Part 3: Economic Issues and European Integration 9. Washington’s Economic Diplomacy and the Reconstruction of U.S. Leadership F. Favino 10. Old and New Forms of European Integration: From the EMS to the Genscher-Colombo Plan M.E. Guasconi 11. Economic Diplomacy and East-West Trade during the Era of Détente: Strategy or Obstacle for the West? W. Lippert Part 4: Tensions and Threat Perceptions in the Eastern Bloc 12. The Polish Crisis and the Strange Stance of Romania in the Late 1970s and Early 1980s P. Opris 13. Programming Armageddon: Warsaw Pact’s War Planning, 1969–1985 R. Nation 14. The Soviet Military’s Response to the Euromissiles Crisis B. Heuser Part 5: Transnational Issues 15. Eurocommunism in the East-German SED Records L. Fasanaro 16. Between East and West: Social Democracy as Alternative to Communism and Capitalism: Willy Brand’s Strategy as President of the Socialist International B. Rother 17. The GDR in the Opening Years of the Second Cold War, 1978–82 O. Bange 18. From the Cold War to Globalization: Eurocommunism, Social-Democracy, and Neo-Liberalism, 1974–80 D. Basosi and G. Bernardini October 2008: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46051-4: £70.00
Edited by John Hiden and David J. Smith, both at University of Glasgow, UK and Vahur Made, Estonian School of Diplomacy, Tallinn, Estonia This edited book presents a comprehensive analysis of the ’Baltic Question’ that arose within the context of the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Baltic Question and the Cold War John Hiden, Vahur Made and David J. Smith. The Baltic States and Europe, 1918-1940 Vahur Made. The US, Soviet Russia and the Baltic States: From Recognition to the Cold War Eero Medijainen. Roosevelt and the Dictators: The Origin of US Non-Recognition of the Soviet Annexation of the Baltic States Jonathan L’hommedieu. The Politics of a Principle: US NonRecognition Policy Before, During and After the Recovery of Baltic Independence Paul A. Goble. Soviet Foreign Policy During the Cold War: The Baltic Factor Konstantin K. Khudoley. Britain and the Baltic States: The Late 1940s and the Early 1990s Craig Gerrard. French Policy towards the Baltic States 1939–1991: From Abandonment to Reunion Suzanne Champonnois. West Germany and the Baltic Question During the Cold War Kristina Spohr Readman. The Estonian Government-in-Exile: A Controversial Project of State Continuation Vahur Made. Emigrés, Dissidents and International Organisations Helen M. Morris and Vahur Made. Between Political Rhetoric and Realpolitik Calculations: Western Diplomacy and the Baltic Independence Struggle in the Cold War Endgame Kristina Spohr Readman. The End of the ‘Baltic Question’? The Baltic States, Russia and the West in the Post-Cold War Era David J. Smith March 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37100-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93061-8
The Cold War in the Middle East Regional Conflict and the Superpowers 1967–73 Edited by Nigel J. Ashton, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK This edited volume re-assesses the relationship between the United States, the Soviet Union and key regional players in waging and halting conflict in the Middle East between 1967 and 1973. These were pivotal years in the Arab-Israeli conflict, with the effects still very much in evidence today. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Cold War and Conflict in the Middle East, 1967–73 Nigel J. Ashton 2. The Soviet Attitude toward Resolution of Conflict 1967–1973 Galia Golan 3. How US and Israeli Intelligence Failed to Estimate the Soviet Intervention in the Arab-Israeli War of Attrition Dima Adamsky 4. The ’Expulsion’ of the Soviet ’Advisers’ from Egypt, 1972 Isabella Ginor 5. The Cold War and the Six Day War: U.S. Policy toward the Arab-Israeli Crisis of June 1967 Peter Hahn 6. The Nixon Administration’s Policy towards the Arab-Israeli Conflict from 1969 to 1973 Salim Yaqub 7. Egyptian Decision-Making during the War of Attrition Laura James 8. The Big Lie and the Great Betrayal: The Impact of the June 1967 War in Arabia Spencer Mawby 9. Cold War, Hot War and Civil War: Jordan, 1967–73 Nigel Ashton 10. Syria’s Hot Wars 1967 and 1973. In the Cold War Najib Ghadbian 11. Israel’s Traumatic Pre-1967 War Experience and its Implications for its Foreign Policy Decision-Making in the Post-War Era Zaki Shalom 12. Conclusion
• following a tight chronology • examining the decisions of both sides of the war simultaneously • when appropriate relate the war to the regional and global perspective at every stage in the evolution of the conflict. The author makes use of a far greater body of communist and non-communist sources which were not available in the pre-Cold War period when Professor Smith began his study. May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35095-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-69672-9
2007: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42578-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94580-3
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
COLD WAR STUDIES
The Emergence of Détente in Europe
The Military Balance in the Cold War
Brandt, Kennedy and the Formation of Ostpolitik
US Perceptions and Policy, 1976–85
Arne Hofmann, formerly at Queen Mary, University of London, UK
David Walsh
This book examines US-German relations in the early 1960s and the development of Brandt’s ’policy of small steps’, and later Ostpolitik - the centrepiece of European détente. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Willy Brandt and John F. Kennedy, 1960–1963 1. ‘New Frontier’: From the Kennedy Campaign to the First Meeting, 1960 – March 1961 2. ‘Almost Like Brothers’?: The First Meeting Between the Mayor and the President, March 1961 3. ‘Essentials’?: From the First Meeting to the Berlin Wall 4. ‘Mending Wall’: Brandt, Kennedy, Johnson and the Berlin Wall 5. In Search of a Modus Vivendi: Willy Brandt and Kennedy’s Quest for a Berlin Agreement 6. From Crisis to Détente: The Autumn of 1962 7. ‘Nineteen Sixty-Three’: The Pinnacle of the Brandt–Kennedy Alliance and the First Steps Towards Détente Part 2: Small Steps Towards New Frontiers? Values, Ideas, Concepts and the Emergence of a Détente Strategy 1. From World View to Détente Strategy: Coexistence, Transformation and Conceptual Concordance 2. The Intricacies of the Status Quo: Modes of Change and Conceptual Difference 3. Towards a New German Policy: Dealing with the East and Conceptual Adaptation Part 3: Domestic and International Politics Between Berlin, Bonn and Washington 1. Playing the Triangle 2. Selling Candidates and Policies: Images, Campaigning and the Promotion of a New Policy. Conclusion 2007: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-38637-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08889-0
The Making of Détente Eastern Europe and Western Europe in the Cold War, 1965-75 Edited by Wilfried Loth, Duisburg-Essen University, Germany and George Soutou, University of ParisSorbonne, France
RELATED JOURNALS Cold War History
This book examines the impact of American perceptions of the military balance between the United States and the Soviet Union during the key period of 1976-1985. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Strategic Forces 1. Counterforce: The Schlesinger Doctrine and PD 59, 1974-1980 2. ’Protracted Nuclear War,’ 1981-1985 3. Strategic Defense: Of Shelters and ’Star Wars’ Part 2: The Balance in Europe 4. The Nuclear Balance 5. Conventional Forces Part 3: Power Projection 6. The Naval Balance 7. Power Projection: Forces for Rapid Deployment Part 4: Defense Spending 8. The Expenditure Debate. Conclusion 2007: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-42619-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94631-2
FORTHCOMING
Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold War Reconciliation, Comradeship, Confrontation, 1953-57 Svetozar Rajak, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK This book provides the first comprehensive insight into one of the spectacular episodes of the Cold War – the process of reconciliation between Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union between 1953 and 1955. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overtures 2. Normalisation 3. Comradeship 4. Confrontation. Conclusion February 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-38074-4: £70.00
Cold War History is based in the Cold War Studies Centre at the London School of Economics. It aims to make available to the general public the results of recent research on the origins and development of the Cold War and its impact on nations, alliances and regions at various levels of statecraft, as well as in areas such as the military and intelligence, the economy, and social and intellectual developments. The new history of the Cold War is a fascinating example of how experts -- often working across national and disciplinary boundaries -- are able to use newly available information to refine, or in some cases destroy, old images and interpretations. Cold War History aims at publishing the best of this emerging scholarship, from a perspective that attempts to de-centre the era through paying special attention to the role of Europe and the Third World. The journal welcomes contributions from historians and representatives of other disciplines on all aspects of the global Cold War and its present repercussions. Volume: 8, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1468-2745, Online ISSN: 1743-7962
Small Wars & Insurgencies Editors: Paul B. Rich, University of Cambridge, UK, Thomas-Durell Young, Naval Postgraduate School, USA and Thomas Mockaitis, DePaul University, USA Small Wars & Insurgencies is directed at providing a forum for the discussion of the historical, political, social, economic and psychological aspects of insurgency, counter-insurgency, limited war, peacekeeping operations and the use of force as an instrument of policy. Including an authoritative review section, its aim is to provide an outlet for historians, political scientists, policy makers and practitioners to discuss and debate theoretical and practical issues related to the past, present and future of this important area of both international and domestic relations.
Containing essays by leading Cold War scholars, such as Wilfried Loth, Geir Lundestad and Seppo Hentilä, this volume offers a broad-ranging examination of the history of détente in the Cold War. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background Structural Problems 1. Cold War, Culture and Propaganda 2. Convergence Theories in France in the Sixties and Seventies Part 2: The Problems of the Eastern Bloc 3. The “Mejdunarodniki” in the Sixties and Seventies: Background, Connections and Agenda of Soviet International Elites 4. The Sofia Spring 5. Yugoslavia: International Problems and International Role Part 3: Tensions and Recoveries in the Western Alliance 6. American-Western European Relations (not) Redefined (1969-1977) 7. France and NATO (1966-1976) 8. The Harmel Report (1967) and the Consolidation of the Western Alliance 9. Ostpolitik and its Impact on the Federal Republic’s Relationship with the West 10. American Policy towards Moscow and the Fear in Western Europe of a Soviet-American Condominium Part 4: Security in Europe and the Helsinki Process 11. The Federal Republic of Germany and European Security 12. Britain and the Helsinki Process 13. Giscard d’Estaing and the East 14. Finland and the Two German States 15. The Warsaw Pact and the Helsinki Process 16. The Limits of Helsinki: Kissinger and the 1974 Portuguese Revolution
Volume: 19, 2008, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0959-2318, Online ISSN: 1743-9558
2007: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43718-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94492-9
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
77
78
SPACE POWER
FORTHCOMING
FORTHCOMING
Theory of Space Power
Space and Defense Policy
Everett Dolman and John Sheldon
The Perils of Strategic Analogy
The Space Power and Politics series provides a forum where space policy and historical issues can be explored and examined in-depth. The series produces works that examine civil, commercial, and military uses of space and their implications for international politics, strategy, and political economy. The range of published books will include works on government and private space programs, technological developments, conflict and cooperation, security issues, and history.
John Sheldon
Edited by Frances Pilch and Damon Coletta, both at Air Force Academy, Colorado, USA
Space Power & Politics
The International Politics of Space Michael Sheehan, University of Wales, Swansea, UK Series: Space Power and Politics
The book will provide a coherent strategic theory for space power, and explain why previous attempts at theorizing about space power have failed. The book argues that the main reason for this failure is the tendency of theorists to rely on strategic analogies when framing a theory of space power. A strategic analogy is a conceptual tool that finds similarities between two or more strategic environments (land, sea, air, space and cyberspace) and then extrapolates other points of similarity between those strategic environments. The book will look at how theorists extrapolate similarities from the sea and air strategic environments to the space strategic environment, using a rigorous methodology that compares and contrasts strategic analogies through the prism of strategic dimensions such as geography and technology.
The year 2007 saw the fiftieth anniversary of the Space Age, which began with the launching of Sputnik by the Soviet Union in October 1957. Space is crucial to the politics of the postmodern world. It has seen competition and cooperation in the past fifty years, and is in danger of becoming a battlefield in the next fifty. The International Politics of Space is the first book to bring these crucial themes together and provide a clear and vital picture of how politically important space has become, and what its exploitation might mean for all our futures.
The use of this methodology helps elucidate the true character of space power as it really is, not as many theorists wish it to be. Furthermore, this process then provides the foundational elements of a theory of space power, and provides a more rigorous basis from which strategic theorists can leave behind the unsound method of reasoning by strategic analogy and start the process of inductive creativity in theory making for space power.
Michael Sheehan analyzes the space programmes of the United States, Russia, China, India and the European Space Agency, and explains how central space has become to issues of war and peace, international law, justice and international development, and cooperation between the worlds leading states. It highlights the significance of China and India’s commitment to space, and explains how the theories and concepts we use to describe and explain space are fundamental to the possibility of avoiding conflict in space in the future.
FORTHCOMING
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Perceptions of Space and International Theory 2. Propaganda and National Interest: Scientific Socialism and the Soviet Space Programme, 1957-69 3. The New Frontier: US Space Policy, 1957-72 4. International Cooperation in Space 5. European Integration and Space 6. Space as a Force Multiplier 7. Space Control 8. Space, Justice and International Development 9. India: Security through Space 10. China: The Long March into Space 11. Cooperation and Competition in the Post-Cold War Era 2007: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-39807-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39917-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93390-9
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Strategic Analogies and Space Power 2. The Character of Space Power 3. Space Power and Sea Power 4. Space Power and Air Power 5. Strategic Analogies and the Foundations of a Theory of Space Power. Select Bibliography December 2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47715-4: £75.00
The book is an edited volume on US space policy, and aims to introduce students to the role of space in military and defense strategy. Selected Contents: Introduction Damon Coletta 1. Space and Grand Strategy Jim Wirtz 2. Space and Economics Bruce Linster 3. Space, Science, and Technology Tim Lawrence, Ken Siegenthaler, and Tom Ward 4. The Policy Process Eligar Sadeh and Brenda Vallance 5. Understanding Space Law: Legal Framework for Space Jonty Kasku-Jackson and Elizabeth Waldrop 6. Space and the Military Pete Hays 7. Space and Intelligence: A Case Study David Christopher Arnold 8. The Acquisitions Process: Acquiring Technology for Space and Defense Steve Green, Kurt Heppard, and Robert Tremaine 9. The Civil Sector John Logsdon and Mick Gleason 10. Russia and China: Strategic Choices Concerning Space Clay Moltz 11. The European Space Perspective Xavier Pasco 12. The Impact of Foreign Space Policies on U.S. Defense Policy James Vedda and David Turner 13. Cooperation in Space: International Institutions Tom Graham and Darren Huskissen. Conclusion Roger Harrison. January 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77732-2: £70.00
FORTHCOMING
Securing Outer Space International Relations Theory and the Politics of Space Edited by Michael Sheehan, University of Wales, Swansea, UK and Natalie Bormann, Brown University, USA Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies
The US Military and Outer Space Perspectives, Plans and Programs Peter L. Hays, National Defense University, Washington DC, USA This new book clearly explains the evolution of US military perspectives, plans, and programmes for the use of space from the 1950s to the present. It shows how and why the military’s use of space has moved from the highest strategic levels down to the tactical level, enabling a new American way of war that substitutes precision for mass. It also explores the role of key individuals and organizations in shaping the military’s use of space and evaluates the utility of the evolution of airpower doctrine and organizations as an analogy for the development of space power. The book would also cover recent events such as the use of space for precision bombing and network-centric warfare in Kosovo, Afghanistan, and Iraq, as well as recent political and bureaucratic developments such as implementing the recommendations of the Rumsfeld Space Commission.
This book explores the questions Outer Space raises for our understanding of terrestrial international relations. Selected Contents: Introduction Natalie Baumann and Michael Sheehan 1. State Sovereignty and Territory in Outer Space Jill Stuart 2. Applying International Relations Theory to the Current Politics of Outer Space Edyth Weeks 3. Dangerous Debris: The Politics and Technology of a Space Debris Control Regime Dématija Cuk and Karthika Sasikumar 4. Intergalactic Relations and The Politics of Outer Space: Lessons from Science Fiction Mark Hamilton 5. The Spaces Between Us: The Gendered Politics of Outer Space Penny Griffin 6. The Unification of the European Space Michael Sheehan 7. The Lost Dimension: A Virilian Reading of Outer Space Weaponisation Natalie Bormann 8. Taking Sovereignty Out of This World: Space Weapons and the Production of late Modern Statecraft Raymond Duvall and Jonathan Havercroft 9. Between Blind Faith and Deep Skepticism: The Canadian Debate on Ballistic Missile Defence Miguel de Larrinaga 10. The Mice that Soared: Smaller States Perspectives on Space Weaponisation Wade Huntley October 2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46055-9: £70.00
October 2008: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-36654-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01924-5
ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
REFERENCE
RELATED JOURNAL NEW
FORTHCOMING
108TH EDITION
108TH EDITION
The Military Balance 2008
Strategic Survey 2008
International Institute for Stategic Studies
International Institute for Stategic Studies
The Military Balance is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ annual assessment of the military capabilities and defence economics of 170 countries worldwide. It is an essential resource for those involved in security policymaking, analysis and research.
The Strategic Survey is a journal of records that includes all relevant names and titles, chronologies and dates.
The book is a region-by-region analysis of the major military and economic trends and developments affecting security policy and the trade in weapons and other military equipment. This edition includes a review feature on European and US defence industries, an essay entitled ‘Unmanned aerial vehicles: current developments and future utility’, a review of developments in Iraq’s security forces, among other regional texts. Its comprehensive list of tables now includes the air capability of the US and Russia as well as deployment figures, by country, of personnel deployed on United Nations and non-UN peace support operations. There are maps showing the operational situation in Iraq and Afghanistan, the Darfur region of Sudan, and developments in Russia’s early warning radar system. Key Features: • Region-by-region analysis: major military issues affecting each region, changes in defence economics, weapons and other military equipment holdings and the trade in weapons and military equipment • Comprehensive tables: key data on weapons and defence economics, such as comparisons of international defence expenditure and military manpower
Strategic Comments The Online Journal Editor: Alexander Nicoll
The Strategic Survey opens with ’Perspectives’, an assessment of the effect of major events and trends on the strategic landscape. Next, particular strategic policy issues, such as terrorism and weapons of mass destruction, missile defence and the future of peacekeeping, are examined in separate chapters. Another 18 to 20 chapters of similar length, written along thematic rather than merely chronological lines, cover developments in particular regions or countries. The Strategic Survey concludes with ’Prospectives’, an essay setting forth strategic priorities for the coming year. August 2008: 279x211 Hb: 978-1-85743-468-2: £103.00
Strategic Comments is the International Institute for Security Studies’ online source of analysis of international security and politico-military issues. Published ten times per year, with five articles in each issue, Strategic Comments briefing papers offer succinct and cogent insights of consistent authority to its core readership of policy-makers, journalists, business executives and foreign affairs analysts. Volume: 14, 2008, 10 issues per year Online ISSN: 1356-7888
RELATED JOURNAL Survival Global Politics and Strategy Editor: Dana Allin Survival, the IISS’ bi-monthly journal, is a leading forum for analysis and debate of international and strategic affairs. With a diverse range of authors, thoughtful reviews and review essays, Survival is scholarly in depth while vivid, well-written and policy-relevant in approach. Shaped by its editors to be both timely and forward-thinking, the journal encourages writers to challenge conventional wisdom and bring fresh, often controversial, perspectives to bear on the strategic issues of the moment. Volume: 50, 2008, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0039-6338, Online ISSN: 1468-2699
• Analysis: significant military and economic developments • Wallchart: detailed world map that shows current areas of conflict, with explanatory tables The Military Balance is currently noted in the following abstracting/indexing services: CSA Worldwide Political Science Abstracts; PAIS: Public Affairs Information Service and Research Base Online. February 2008: 246x189: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-461-3: £221.00
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
79
80
ADELPHI PAPERS
Adelphi Papers Series Editor: Tim Huxley The Adelphi Papers monograph series is the International Institute for Strategic Studies flagship contribution to policy-relevant, original academic research. Eight Adelphi Papers are published each year. They are designed to provide rigorous analysis of strategic and defence topics that will prove useful to politicians and diplomats, as well as academic researchers, foreign-affairs analysts, defence commentators and journalists.
NEW
Selective Security
Military Reform and Democratisation
Repairing the Damage
Turkish and Indonesian Experiences at the Turn of the Millennium
Dana H. Allin, IISS, Gilles Andréani, Paris II Panthèon-Assas University, France, Philippe Errera and Gary Samore, Council on Foreign Relations, New York
Possibilities and limits of transatlantic consensus
Karabekir Akkoyunlu This paper strives to explain why both the Turkish and Indonesian militaries, which share a sense of ownership over the state, may be wary of democratic change; how ‘the people’ perceive the military’s traditional role in society; and in which direction societal and military attitudes towards democratic reform in these two countries have been moving over the years. 2007: 234x156: 86pp Pb: 978-0-415-46443-7: £15.99
War and the United Nations Security Council since 1945
2007: 234x156: 104pp Pb: 978-0-415-41869-0: £15.99
Adam Roberts, Oxford University UK and Dominik Zaum University of Reading, UK
The Search for Security in Post-Taliban Afghanistan
This is a pioneering interpretation of the role of the UN Security Council in facing constantly evolving threats to international security.
Cyrus Hodes, Center for Advanced Defense Studies, Washington DC and Mark Sedra, University of Waterloo, Canada
July 2008: 234x156 Pb: 978-0-415-47472-6: £15.99
Ending Terrorism Lessons for Defeating al-Qaeda Audrey Kurth Cronin, Oxford University, UK and US National War College
April 2008: 234x156: 86pp Pb: 978-0-415-45062-1: £15.99
Iran under Ahmadinejad The Politics of Confrontation Ali M. Ansari, University of St Andrews, UK This paper examines the details of the political rise of Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, president of the Islamic Republic of Iran, and assesses his presidency to date within the context of the dynamics of Iranian politics.
Contemporary Piracy and Maritime Terrorism The Threat to International Security Martin N. Murphy This Adelphi Paper attempts to answer the question of whether piracy and maritime terrorism, individually or together, present a threat to international security.
This paper charts the evolution of the security environment in Afghanistan since the fall of the Taliban, assessing both the causes of insecurity and the responses to them. Through its analysis, it offers some suggestions on how to overcome Afghanistan’s growing security crisis.
NEW
Understanding how terrorism ends is the best way to avoid being manipulated by the tactic. This Adelphi Paper describes historical patterns in ending terrorism to suggest how insights from that history can lay a foundation for more effective counter-strategies.
This Adelphi Paper suggests ten propositions for future transatlantic consensus – that is to say, ten security challenges for which the allies should be able to agree on common strategies. These run the gamut from an effective strategy to prevent Iran from developing a nuclear weapons capability to transatlantic leadership for international cooperation against global warming.
2007: 234x156: 118pp Pb: 978-0-415-43883-4: £15.99
Developing the Mekong Regionalism and Regional Security in China–Southeast Asian relations
Russian Foreign Policy Beyond Putin
Evelyn Goh, Oxford University, UK
Eugene B. Rumer, National Defense University, Washington DC This paper examines the key drivers of Russian foreign policy – domestic politics and economic, military and security considerations – and concludes with recommendations for policymakers on how to deal with Russia’s return to the international arena as an assertive actor after its long period of introspection and preoccupation with domestic troubles. 2007: 234x156: 100pp Pb: 978-0-415-45063-8: £15.99
2007: 234x156: 108pp Pb: 978-0-415-45234-2: £15.99
Ambitious development projects for building regional infrastructural links and trade in the Mekong River basin contribute to mediating security concerns in the Mekong countries. However, such development schemes also generate new insecurities. This paper examines the relations between China and Southeast Asian nations played out around this crucial resource. 2007: 234x156: 71pp Pb: 978-0-415-43873-5: £15.99
2007: 234x156: 104pp Pb: 978-0-415-45486-5: £15.99
Also see The Evolution of Strategic Thought on page 64
www.routledge.com/books/series/Adelphi_Papers ORDER NOW!
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INDEX
A Aall, Pamela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Abi-Ezzi, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Acharya, Amitav . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Adams, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Adelphi Papers Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64, 80 Afghanistan, Arms and Conflict . . . . . . . . . .28 After 9/11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Ahluwalia, Pal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Akkoyunlu, Karabekir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Aldrich, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72, 73 Alexander the Great: Lessons in Strategy . . .66 Alexander, Yonah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Alexandra, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Alison, Miranda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Allin, Dana H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Al-Marashi, Ibrahim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 America and Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 America, Technology and Strategic Culture . .65 America, the EU and Strategic Culture . . . . . .5 America, the UN and Decolonisation . . . . . .68 America’s Grand Strategy and World Politics . .48 American Foreign Policy and The Politics of Fear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 American Intellectuals and US Strategy . . . .49 American Policy Toward Israel . . . . . . . . . . .51 American Sanctions in the Asia-Pacific . . . . .18 Amoore, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Ancient China on Postmodern War . . . . . . .20 Andersson, Jan Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Andréani, Gilles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Andrew, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72, 73 Ankersen, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Ansari, Ali M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Arai, Tatsushi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Archer, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Armed Groups and the Balance of Power . .11 Armstrong, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Arquilla, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Art, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Ashton, Nigel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Asia’s Nuclear Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Asian Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Asian Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Asian Security Studies Series . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Asia-Pacific Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Athwal, Amardeep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Australia as an Asia-Pacific Regional Power . .17 Aziz, Mazhar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
B Baev, Pavel K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Baker, Deane-Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Balmaceda, Margarita M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Baltic Question during the Cold War, The . .76 Bandarage, Asoka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Barakat, Sultan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Barnett, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Bartrop, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Baru, Sanjaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 BASEES/Routledge Series on Russia and East European Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Basrur, Rajesh M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Bateman, Sam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Beattie, Amanda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Beeson, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Behrendt, Sven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Bellamy, Alex J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 17 Bellany, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Belloni, Roberto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Ben Dor, Gabriel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Bercovitch, Jacob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15, 59, 60
Berdal, Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 63 Berenskoetter, Felix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Bergman-Rosamond, Annika . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Berlin in the Cold War, 1948–90 . . . . . . . . .75 Bethleham, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Beyond Anti-Americanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Bichsel, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Biersteker, Thomas J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Bigo, Didier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 37 Birdsall, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Biscop, Sven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 68 Bjorgo, Tore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Black, Jeremy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Blakeley, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Bleiker, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Borer, Douglas A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Bormann, Natalie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Bourantonis, Dimitris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Bozo, Frederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Brachman, Jarret M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Braun, Aurel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Breen Smyth, Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 58 Brenner, Edgar H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Bridging the Foreign Policy Divide . . . . . . . .45 Brigety II, Reuben E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Britain, Germany and the Cold War . . . . . . .75 Brown, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Browning, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Buley, Ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Burgess, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Buszynski, Leszek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Butler, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Buying National Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Byrne, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
C Caparini, Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Capitalism, Democracy and the Prevention of War and Poverty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Carey, Sabine C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Carment, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Carmola, Kateri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Cass Military Studies Series . . . . . . . . . .10, 20 Cass Series on Peacekeeping . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Cass Series on Political Violence . . . . . . . . . .40 Cass Series: Naval Policy and History . . . . . .70 Catignani, Sergio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Causes and Consequences of International Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Central Asian Studies Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Century of Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Cesari, Jocelyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Chakma, Bhumitra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Chambers, Michael R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Chandler, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 34 Chari, Chandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Chechnya - Russia’s ’War on Terror’ . . . . . . .30 Chew, Emrys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 China and the New International Order . . . .20 China Policy Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 China Turns to Multilateralism . . . . . . . . . . .19 China, the United States, and South-East Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 China, Xinjiang and Central Asia . . . . . . . . .19 China’s Energy Geopolitics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 China’s Security Interests in the 21st Century . .18 China’s War on Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 China-India Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 China-India-Pakistan Strategic Relationship, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 China-US Relations Transformed . . . . . . . . .20 Chinese Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Chinese Naval Strategy in the 21st Century . .70
Chinese Strategic Culture and Foreign Policy Decision-Making . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Chollet, Derek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Christie, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Civilisation and Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Civil-Military Cooperation in Post-Conflict Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Clarke, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Clausewitz and America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Clinton, Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Interventionism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Clinton’s Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Closs Stephens, Angharad . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Cohen, Stuart A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Coker, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67, 68 Cold War History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Cold War History Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Cold War in Southern Africa . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Cold War in the Middle East, The . . . . . . . . .76 Coletta, Damon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Combating Terrorism in Northern Ireland . . .40 Communicating Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Conflict and Cooperation in Multi-Ethnic States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka . . . .23 Conflict Management and African Politics . .59 Conflict Management and Resolution . . . . .55 Conflict Management, Security and Intervention in East Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding . .59 Conflict Transformation in Central Asia . . . .23 Conflict, Security & Development . . . . . . . . .35 Consociational Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Contemporary European Security . . . . . . . . .34 Contemporary Piracy and Maritime Terrorism . .80 Contemporary Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Contemporary Security Studies Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5, 23, 28, 31, 37, 43, 50, 62, 71 Contemporary Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . .43 Cooney, Kevin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Cooperative Security in the Asia-Pacific . . . .16 Cordell, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Corke, Sarah-Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Council on Foreign Relations, . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Countering the Financing of Terrorism . . . . .44 Countering the Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Coward, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Cox, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Cox, Michaelene D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Cramer, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Creativity and Conflict Resolution . . . . . . . . .58 Crisis of Global Institutions?, A . . . . . . . . . .53 Critical International Relations - An Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Critical Issues in Global Politics Series . . .34, 45 Critical Practices of International Relations . .33 Critical Studies on Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Critical Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Critique: Critical Middle Eastern Studies . . . .29 Crockatt, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Crocker, Chester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Cronin, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 CSS Studies in Security and International Relations Series . . . . . . . .10, 11, 28, 37, 52 Curley, Melissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Cushman, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Cyber-Conflict and Global Politics . . . . . . . . . .5 Cyber-Security and Threat Politics . . . . . . . . .10
D Davies, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Davies, Sara E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Davis, Malcolm R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Dayton, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 de Goede, Marieke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Debrix, Francois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 35 Defence Procurement and Industry Policy . .51 Defense & Security Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 DeGarmo, Denise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 DeHaas, Marcel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Democracy and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5, 37 Democracy and Terrorism Series . . . . . . . . . .43 Democracy and the War on Terror . . . . . . . .41 Democratic Responses To Terrorism . . . . . . .43 Der Derian, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Detecting Nuclear Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Developing the Mekong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Devetak, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 67 Dieter, Heribert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Dilemmas of Statebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Dingley, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Disease and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Dixon, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Docker, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Dokos, Thanos P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Dolman, Everett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Dolnik, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Dumbrell, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 50 Duncan, Peter J.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Dunn Cavelty, Myriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 10 Dunn, Myriam Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Dutta, Suchitra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict . . . . . . . . .57
E Eckert, Sue E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Edmonds, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Ehteshami, Anoushiravan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Elleman, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Ellner, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Elman, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Emergence of Détente in Europe, The . . . . .77 Emmers, Ralf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Ending Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Enemark, Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Energy Dependency, Politics and Corruption in the Former Soviet Union . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Energy Security and Global Politics . . . . . . . . .8 Engelbrekt, Kjell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Errera, Philippe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Ethics and War in the 21st Century . . . . . . .67 Ethics, Technology and the American Way of War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Ethnic Politics in Burma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Ethno-Nationalism, Islam and the State in the Caucasus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Ethno-Religious Violence in Indonesia . . . . .21 EU and Conflict Resolution, The . . . . . . . . . .63 EU and the European Security Strategy, The . .12 Eubank, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Europe and the End of the Cold War . . . . . .75 European Army, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 European Integration and the Cold War . . . .76 European Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 European Security and Defence Policy . . . . .12 European Security in a Global Context . . . . .50 European Union and Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . .5 European-American Relations and the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Evangelista, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
81
82
INDEX
Evolution of Regionalism in Asia, The . . . . . .23 Evolution of Strategic Thought, The . . . . . . .64 Exceptionalism and the Politics of Counter-Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Explaining War and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Exploring Intelligence Archives . . . . . . . . . . .73
F Farmanfarmaian, Roxane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Female Terrorism and Militancy . . . . . . . . . .43 Feminist Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Feng, Huiyun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Ferdinand, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Ferguson, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Fernández Sola, Natividad . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Fighting Terrorism and Drugs . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Finlan, Alastair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Forsythe, David P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Frank, Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Franke, Marcus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Frederking, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Freedman, Lawrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Freeman, Gary P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Friedrichs, Jörg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Friesendorf, Cornelius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Frisch, Hillel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 27 Froehlich, Manuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Frost, Mervyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Futamura, Madoka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Future of Biological Disarmament, The . . . . .11
G Galbreath, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 53 Galtung, Johan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Gammer, Moshe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Ganguly, Debjani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Ganguly, Sumit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15, 16, 25 Gender and International Security . . . . . . . .35 Gender Inclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Genocide Studies Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . .54 Geopolitical Theory Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Geopolitics and the Great Powers in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Geopolitics for the 21st Century . . . . . . . . .11 Geopolitics of American Insecurity, The . . . .35 Gholz, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Gibbs, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Gilboa, Eytan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Gill, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Ginio, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Givens, Terri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Global Biosecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Global Counterterrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Global Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Global Institutions Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Global Insurgency and the Future of Armed Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Global Jihadism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Global Security and the War on Terror . . . . . .6 Global Security Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Global Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Globalisation and Defence in the Asia-Pacific . .23 Globalization and Geopolitics in the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Globalization and WMD Proliferation . . . . . . .8 Globalization of Political Violence, The . . . . .67 Goertz, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Goh, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15, 80 Gonzalez-Perez, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Goodhand, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
ORDER NOW!
Götz, Norbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Governing the Global Good? . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Government Official History Series . . . . .67, 73 Gow, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5, 8 Graeff, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Graeger, Nina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Gray, Colin S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65, 66 Great Powers and the Quest for Hegemony . .66 Gregory, Shaun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Grenfell, Damian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Guan, Ang Cheng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Guan, Kwa Chong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Guild, Elspeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Gungwu, Wang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Gunning, Jeroen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Gupta, Dipak K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
H Haacke, Jürgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Hagerty, Devin T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Haggrén, Heidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Hall, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Hallenberg, Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Halliday, Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Hamilton, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Handbook of Defence Politics . . . . . . . . . . .47 Handbook of Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . .72 Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies . . .58 Handbook of Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Handbook of Terrorism Research . . . . . . . . .39 Hansen, Birthe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51, 62 Hardy Jr., James D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Harkavy, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Harmon, Christopher C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Harris, Brice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Harvey, Frank P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Haynes, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Hays, Peter L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 He, Kai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Henehan, Marie T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Heng, Yee-Kuang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Herd, Graeme P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 32 Herman, Johanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Hiden, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Higgott, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Hill, Ronald J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Himalayan Frontiers of India . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 History and Society in the Islamic World Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Ho, Joshua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Hochberg, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Hodes, Cyrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Hofmann, Arne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Holmes, James R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Homeland Security Dilemma, The . . . . . . . . .7 Homeland Security in the UK . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Hook, Glenn D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Horgan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39, 42 Hough, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Hoyt, Timothy D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Huang, Kwei-Bo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Hughes, Christopher W. . . . . . . . . . .2, 22, 67 Hughes, R. Gerald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 75 Human Security in East Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Human Trafficking and Human Security . . . .13 Hurd, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Huxley, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
I
K
Identity Politics in the Age of Genocide . . . .63 Ifantis, Kostas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Immigration Policy and Security . . . . . . . . . .44 Imperial Defence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Inbar, Efraim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 28, 29 India’s Energy Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Indian Maritime Strategy in the 21st Century . .70 Information Strategy and Warfare . . . . . . . .71 Institutional Balancing in the Asia Pacific . . .20 Intelligence and National Security . . . . . . . .74 Intelligence and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Intelligence Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Intelligence, Command and Military Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 International Committee of the Red Cross, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 International Conflict Management . . . . . . .55 International Conflict Mediation . . . . . . . . . .59 International History of the Vietnam War . . .76 International Journal of Intelligence and Counter Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 International Law and the Use of Armed Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 International Mediation in Civil Wars . . . . . .59 International Peacekeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 International Politics of Judicial Intervention, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 International Politics of Space, The . . . . . . . .78 International Statebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Intra-State Conflict, Governments and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Intriligator, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Iran and Nuclear Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Iran under Ahmadinejad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Iran-Europe Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Iraq’s Armed Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Islamist Militancy in Bangladesh . . . . . . . . . .21 Israel and its Army . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Israel’s National Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Israeli Counter-Insurgency and the Intifadas . .26 Israeli History, Politics and Society Series . . .29 Israel-Lebanese Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Kane, Chen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Kane, Thomas M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 64 Kaplan, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Kapur, Ashok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Kapur, S. Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Karatzogianni, Athina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5, 38 Karp, Aaron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 38 Karp, Regina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 38 Kassimeris, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Katona, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Katzenstein, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Keaney, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Keaney, Thomas A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Kedourie,Sylvia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Kelly, Rhys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Kendall, Arthur J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Kennedy, Greg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Kent, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67, 68 Kerr, Rachel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Khadiagala, Gilbert M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Khan, Saira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 16 Kiely, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Kim, Changsu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Kinross, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Kinsey, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Kirchner, Emil J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Korea in the New Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Korean Journal of Defense Analysis, The . . .19 Korf, Benedikt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Krause, Serhat Tutuncuoglu . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Kriendler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Kriesberg, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Kuhrt, Natasha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Kumar Pahari, Anup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Kurds and Iraq, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Kurth Cronin, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
J Jackson, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 74 Jackson, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Jacoby, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 James, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Japan’s Middle East Security Policy . . . . . . . .22 Japan’s Security Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Japan’s Security Policy and Ballistic Missile Defence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Japan’s Security Policy and the ASEAN Regional Forum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Japanese-Russian Relations, 1907–2007 . . .23 Jenkins, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Jeong, Ho-Won . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Johnson, Loch K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72, 74 Jones, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 60 Jones, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Jones, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Jongman, Albert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Jonsson, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Journal of Military Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Journal of Slavic Military Studies, The . . . . . .32 Journal of Strategic Studies, The . . . . . . . . .66
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
L Lacy, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Lang, Jr., Anthony F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 50 Lanteigne, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Larsen, Jeffrey A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Latta, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Lawoti, Mahendra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Leal, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Leaving Terrorism Behind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Lebel, Udi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Lee, Chung Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Lee, Dong Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Lehti, Marko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Lennon, Alexander T.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Levy, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Lewis, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Li, Rex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Lieven, Anatol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Lieven, Dominic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Light, Margot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Limaye, Satu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Lindberg, Tod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Liu, Guoli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Lochard, Itamara V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Lodgaard, Sverre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Lonsdale, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64, 66 Loo, Bernard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Loth, Wilfried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 LSE International Studies Series . .11, 51, 67, 68 Luck, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Ludlow, N. Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 76 Lutz, Brenda J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Lutz, James M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Lyck, Majbritt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
INDEX
Lyons, Terrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
M MacDonald, David B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Mackerras, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Made, Vahur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Madrasas in South Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Mæland, Bård . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Maerli, Bremer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Mahnken, Thomas G. . . . . . . . . . . .64, 65, 66 Maiolo, Joseph A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64, 66 Making of Détente, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Malbasic, Ivona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Malik, Jamal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Managing the China Challenge . . . . . . . . . .16 Manigart, Philippe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Maoist Insurgency in Nepal, The . . . . . . . . .24 Maritime Security in Southeast Asia . . . . . . .18 Marketos, Thrassy N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Markowski, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Marrin, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Marsden, Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Marsella, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Martin-Ortega, Olga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Mastny, Vojtech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Mauer, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 28 McCauley, Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 McDonagh, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 McGarry, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 McNamee, Terence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Mehlkop, Guido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Memory and Conflict Resolution . . . . . . . . .58 Mendras, Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Merlingen, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Michalski, Milena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Michishita, Narushige . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Middle Eastern Military Studies . . . . . . . . . .26 Middle Eastern Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Mietzner, Marcus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Military Advising and Assistance . . . . . . . . .69 Military and Domestic Politics, The . . . . . . . .70 Military Balance 2008, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Military Balance in the Cold War, The . . . . .77 Military Control in Pakistan . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Military Cooperation in Multinational Peace Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Military Politics in Contemporary Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Military Reform and Democratisation . . . . . .80 Military Transformation and Strategy . . . . . .71 Miller, Russell A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Mirza, Nasrullah M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Misra, Amalendu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Mitchell, Paul T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Miyagi, Yukiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Mobekk, Eirin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Moeckli,Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Morada, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Moran, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Mousavian, Seyyed Hossein . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Muggah, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Muller, Harald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Multilateral Dimension in Russian Foreign Policy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Multilateralism and Security Institutions in an Era of Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Multipolarity in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . .6 Murphy, Martin N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Murray, Donette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6, 7 Murray, Leonie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Murray, Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Muslims in the West after 9/11 . . . . . . . . . .36
N NATO, Security and Risk Management . . . . . .6 NATO-Russia Relations in the Twenty-First Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Naval Coalition Warfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Naval Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Neal, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Negotiation and Conflict Management . . . .60 Ness, Cindy D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Networks, Coalition Warfare and US Policy . .9 Neumann, Peter R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 New American Way of War, The . . . . . . . . .68 New International Relations Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11, 24, 52, 63 New Security Issues in Northern Europe . . . .12 Newman, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Nicolas, Francoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Non-Great Powers in International Politics . .11 Nonproliferation Review, The . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Norman, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Noronha, Ligia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 North Korea’s Military-Diplomatic Campaigns . .17 Northern Ireland Peace Process, The . . . . . .57 Nuclear Proliferation and International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Nuclear Proliferation in South Asia . . . . . . . .16 Nuclear Weapons and Conflict Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Nuenlist, Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Nursery Sector of the Western Front 1914–1918, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Nuti, Leopoldo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 76 Nygren, Bertil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Peacemaking Strategies in the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Pedahzur, Ami . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Peou, Sorpong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Perliger, Arie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Phythian, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Pilch, Frances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Political Assassinations and International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Political Consequences of Anti-Americanism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Political Economy of Global Security, The . . .12 Political Ethics and The United Nations . . . . .61 Political Parties and Terrorist Groups 2nd ed. . .44 Politics in Asia Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Politics of Civil Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Porter, Elisabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Power in World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Power Shifts, Strategy and War . . . . . . . . . .71 Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Prest, Stewart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Preventive War and American Democracy . .46 Price, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 PRIO New Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Private Military and Security Companies . . . .69 Private Security and the Reconstruction of Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Private Security Contractors and New Wars . .7 Protest, Repression and Political Regimes . . .44 Psychology of Strategic Terrorism, The . . . . .43 Pugh, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61, 63 Punishment, Justice and International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
O O’Brien, Kevin A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 O’Connor, Brendon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 O’Leary, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Öberg, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Official History of the Falklands Campaign, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Okubo, Shiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Ong, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Onslow, Sue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Ontological Security in International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Operational Warfare at Sea . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Origins of the European Security System . . .11 Orttung, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Osinga, Frans P.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Osler Hampson, Fen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Ostrauskaite, Rasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
P Pact with the Devil, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Paine, S.C.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Pakistan’s Nuclear Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Pakistan’s Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Palestinian Military,The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Palmer, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Paris, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Parmar, J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Parsons, William S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Patomäki, Heikki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Peace in International Relations . . . . . . . . . .59 Peace Operations and International Criminal Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Peacebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51, 52 Peacekeeping in the 21st Century . . . . . . . .62
R Radical Islam and International Security . . . .10 Rafi Khan, Shaheen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Rajak, Svetozar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Ramos, Paulo J. B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Ramsbotham, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 62 Rapoport, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Realism & US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Realism and International Politics . . . . . . . . .46 Realism Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Rebuilding of Greater Russia, The . . . . . . . .31 Reconciliation in Post-Suharto Indonesia . . .22 Reconstructing Post-Saddam Iraq . . . . . . . . .26 Recovering Realism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Regional Cooperation and International Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Regional Trade Integration and Conflict Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Reheating the Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Renshon, Stanley A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Repairing the Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Resources, Governance and Civil Conflict . . .63 Rethinking Gandhi and Nonviolent Relationality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Rethinking Globalizations Series . . . . . . .12, 37 Rethinking Insecurity, War and Violence . . . .37 Rethinking Japanese Security . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Rey, Marie-Pierre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Riaz, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Richmond, Oliver P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Rid, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 70 Rieffer-Flanagan, Barbara Ann J. . . . . . . . . .52 Rise of China and International Security, The . .16 Rising China and Security in East Asia, A . . .14 Risk and the War on Terror . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Risk, Global Governance and Security . . . . . .9 Ritchie, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Roberts, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Robinson, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Robinson, Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Rogers, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Romaniuk, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Routledge Advances in European Politics Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 57 Routledge Advances in International Political Economy Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 44, 51, 60, 63 Routledge Advances in Korean Studies Series . .18 Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18, 19 Routledge Contemporary China Series . . . . .19 Routledge Contemporary Japan Series . . . . .23 Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series . .21 Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Routledge Critical Security Studies Series . .35, 78 Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies Series . .36 Routledge Global Security Studies Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 48, 71 Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Politics . . . . .54 Routledge Handbook of International Law . .47 Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics . .47 Routledge Research in Comparative Politics Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Routledge Research in Human Rights Series . .44 Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series . .13, 17 Routledge Security in Asia Series . . . . . . . . .18 Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 63 Routledge studies in Liberty and Security . . .36 Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Routledge Studies in Peace & Conflict Resolution Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy Series . .49 Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13, 32 Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Routledge/GARNET series: Europe in the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 63 Rubin, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Rumer, Eugene B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 RUSI Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Russell, James A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Russell, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Russia’s Battle with Crime, Corruption and Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Russia’s Demographic Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Russia’s Foreign Policy Dilemmas . . . . . . . . .32 Russia’s Security and the War on Terror . . . .30 Russian Energy Policy and Military Power . . .31 Russian Foreign Policy Beyond Putin . . . . . . .80 Russian Foreign Policy from El’tsin to Putin .30 Russian Military Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Russian Policy towards China and Japan . . .30 Russian Security Policy under Putin . . . . . . .31 Ryan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28, 50
S Saideman, Stephen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
for more information
for e-mail updates in your field
eBooks are only available to order online
83
84
INDEX
Sakwa, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Salama, Sammy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Salmon, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Samore, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Samy, Yiagadeesen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Sandole, Dennis J.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Sapolsky, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Sato, Yoichiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Schiff, Rebecca L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Schmeidel, John Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Schmid, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Schoernig, Niklas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Schwartz, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Science, Strategy and War . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Scobell, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Scott, Len . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Seapower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Search for Security in Post-Taliban Afghanistan, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Secrecy and the Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Secret Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Secret Israeli-Palestinian Negotiations in Oslo,The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Securing ’the Homeland’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Securing Outer Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Securing Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Security and Governance Series . . . . . . . . . . .3 Security and International Politics in the South China Sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Security and Migration in Asia . . . . . . . . . . .14 Security and Post-Conflict Reconstruction . . .9 Security and the War on Terror . . . . . . . . . . .7 Security Strategy and American World Order . .62 Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Sedra, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28, 80 Selective Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Senehi, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Separatist Conflict in Sri Lanka, The . . . . . . .21 Sheehan, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies Series . .22 Sheldon, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Shelley, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Sheppard, Ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Shorr, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Shoup, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Shultz, Richard H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Sigmund Gartner, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Silverstone, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Silverstone, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Simon, Sheldon W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Sims, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Singh, Bhubhindar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Sisk, Timothy D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3, 59 Sisodia, Narendra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Sjoberg, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Skogan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Small Wars & Insurgencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Smith, Barney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Smith, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Smith, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Smith, M.L.R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Smith, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Smith, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Søby Kristensen, Kristian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Social Capital and Peace-Building . . . . . . . . .58 Soeters, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 South African Intelligence Services, The . . . .74 South Asia’s Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 South, Ashley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Southeast Asia and the Rise of China . . . . . .20 Soutou, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Space and Defense Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Space Power & Politics Series . . . . . . . . . . . .78
ORDER NOW!
Special Forces, Strategy and the War on Terror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Spencer, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Sperling, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Sriram, Chandra Lekha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Stansfield, Gareth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 STASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 State Building and International Intervention in Bosnia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 State Fragility and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 State Terrorism and Human Rights . . . . . . . .42 State Terrorism in the Global South . . . . . . .36 Statebuilding and Intervention . . . . . . . . . . .12 Steele, Brent J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Stetter, Stephan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Still Struggling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Stoker, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Storey, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Strategic Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Strategic Basing and the Great Powers, 1200–2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Strategic Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Strategic Consequences of India’s Economic Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Strategic Survey 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Strategy and History Series . . . . . . . . . .65, 66 Strategy of Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Strøm, Kaare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Struggle for the West, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Studies in Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Sudarshan, Anant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Suedfeld, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Sulistiyanto, Priyambudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Sullivan, John P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Suzuki, Shogo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
T Tabloid Terror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Taliaferro, Jeffrey W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Talmadge, Caitlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Tardy, Thierry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Taylor, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17, 18 Taylor, Rupert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Teng, Chung-Chian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Terriff, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Territorial Conflicts in World Society . . . . . . .63 Territory, War, and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Terror, Insecurity and Liberty . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Terrorism and the Politics of Response . . . . .36 Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction . .9 Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Terrorism Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Terrorism Versus Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism . . . .40 Theory and Practice of International Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Theory of Space Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Thinking about War and Peace . . . . . . . . . .56 Thomas, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Thomson, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Thrall, Trevor A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Till, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 70 Tocci, Nathalie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Toft, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Toje, Asle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Torjesen, Stina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Totten, Samuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Tow, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15, 17 Toyama, Kiyohiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Transforming Armed Groups after Conflict . .63 Truth Recovery and Justice after Conflict . . .58 Tsakonas, Panayotis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
See Order Form in the centre of this catalogue
+44 (0)1235 400524
Tsoukala, Anastassia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Tsypkin, Mikhail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Tunsjø, Øystein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Turner Johnson, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Twigge, Stephen Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
U Ucko, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 UN Security Council and the Politics of International Authority, The . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Understanding Conflict and Violence . . . . . .56 Understanding Contemporary Strategy . . . .64 Understanding Contemporary Terrorism and the Global Response . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare . .68 Understanding Global Security . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Understanding Internal Wars and Conflicts . .56 Understanding NATO in the 21st Century . . .7 Understanding Northern Ireland . . . . . . . . . .57 Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Understanding Terrorist Innovation . . . . . . .43 Understanding the Bush Doctrine . . . . . . . .48 Unipolarity and World Politics . . . . . . . . . . .51 United States - Irish Relations . . . . . . . . . . . .49 United States and the Security Council, The . .48 United States Cuban Relations . . . . . . . . . . .49 United States Foreign Policy & National Identity in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . .49 Urbicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 US Collective Memory, Intervention and Vietnam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 US Covert Operations and Cold War Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 US Defense Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 US Foreign Policy and Iran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 US Foreign Policy and the War on Drugs . . .52 US Military and Outer Space, The . . . . . . . .78 US National Security, Intelligence and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 US Nuclear Weapons Policy After the Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 US Taiwan Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 US-Israeli Relations in a New Era . . . . . . . . .28
War, Conflict and Human Rights . . . . . . . . .55 War, History and Politics Series . . . . . . . . . . .66 War, Image and Legitimacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 War, Peace and Hegemony in a Globalized World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 War, Peace and International Relations . . . .65 War, Torture and Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 War, Transformation and Asia-Pacific Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Warikoo, K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Wark, Wesley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Warrior Ethos, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Warwick Studies in Globalisation Series . . . .67 Washington Quarterly, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Water, War and India-Pakistan Relations . . .19 Watkins, Amadeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Wayne, Martin I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Webel, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Weinberg, Leonard . . . . . . . . . .37, 41, 43, 44 Weiss, Thomas G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Wenger, Andreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Westad, Odd Arne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Westra, Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 White, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Whitehall Histories Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Whitehall Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Wibben, Annick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Wilkinson, Nicholas John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Wilkinson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 41, 42 Wilkinson, Rorden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Williams, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Williams, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Williams, M.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6, 46 Williams, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Wilson Rowe, Elana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Wilson, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Winner, Andrew C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Wirtz, James J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 71 Wivel, Anders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Wolff, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Women and Political Violence . . . . . . . . . . .43 Women and Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Wong, Siu-lun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Woodhouse, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 62 Wrobbel, E. Duff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Wu, Guoguang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Y
V Vasquez, John A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Vaughan-Williams, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Vego, Milan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Vendil Pallin, Carolina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Vinay Bhatia, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Vinci, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Violence and Non-Violence in Africa . . . . . .61 Virtuous War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
W Walker, R. B. J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Walking Away from Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . .42 Waller, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Wallman, Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Walsh, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Walton, C. Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Waltz, Kenneth N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 War and Media Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 War and Nationalism in South Asia . . . . . . .18 War and Peace in Qajar Persia . . . . . . . . . . .29 War and Responsibility in Japan . . . . . . . . . .22 War Crimes Tribunals and Transitional Justice . .50 War in Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
Yamamoto, Yoshinobu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Yongnian, Zheng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Yoshihara, Toshi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Yugoslav Military Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Yuzawa, Takeshi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Z Zahar, Marie-Joëlle J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Zartman, I. William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Zaum, Dominik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Zhao, Quansheng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Zhao, Suisheng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies
ORDERING INFORMATION other catalogues Free catalogues are available for all main subjects below. For other subject areas please email info@routledge.com. Simply tick the relevant box(es), complete your name and address on the order form and return to: Bookpoint (T&F), Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SB A-Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418792308 Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418807002 Archaeology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418659007 Archaeology and Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418807309 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418757208 Architecture and Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418854907 Architecture History and Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398777 Art and Visual Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418936009 AS/A2 Student Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418401118 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418787205 Asian Studies Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418399729 Asian Studies Textbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418231609 Built Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398807 Business and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398821 Cardiovascular Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418680100 Cavendish Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397411 Chinese Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418439104 Civil Engineering Books and Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418907009 Classical Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418782002 Classics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418905900 Colloquials Catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418339602 Criminology Books and Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418786109 Cultural Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418947609 Development Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418940907 Disability of Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418770306 Distance Education and Educational Technology . . . . . . . . . 9780418675502 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418931806 Education Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418922101 Education Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397171 Education Research and Scholarly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418398869 English Language and Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418902509 Europa Regionals Survey of the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400111 European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418648704 Film and Television Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418468906 Garland Lab Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216125 Gender and Sexuality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418940204 Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400708 Healthcare Medical Social . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418770108 Higher Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418402696 History Books for Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418943205 Human Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418910405 Japanese Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418761908 Jewish and Israeli Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418791806 Landscape Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418444900 Language Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418282106 Lawrence Erlbaum Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418402092 Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216484 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418936306 Medieval and Early Modern History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418778609 Middle East and Islamic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418277709 Modern History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418216668 Museum and Heritage Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418902806 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418415603 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418291702 Physical Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418220108 Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418726402 Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400784 Politics and International Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418112342 Practical and Professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418114834 Race and Ethnicity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418401880 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418400241 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418857908 Research in Law and Law and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418217863 Research Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418397169 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418832608 Science, Technology and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418601006 SEN Inclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418218020 Shakespeare and Renaissance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418584606 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418221105 Southeast Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418802205 Sport and Exercise Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418763803 Sport and Exercise Textbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418938904 Sport and Leisure Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418939307 Sports Coaching and Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418193709 Sports Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418206300 Sports Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418209707 Strategic Security and Military Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418930106 Student Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418749302 Theatre and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418790809 Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418747704 Urban Studies and Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9780418838907
On the following pages you can: • order books direct or from your local bookstore satisfaction guaranteed We are confident that you will be happy with any book ordered directly from us. If you are not entirely satisfied, simply return the book in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund the cost of the book in full.
• make textbook inspection copy requests Lecturers can use the order form to request up to three books marked ‘Available as an Inspection Copy’ within this catalogue. See inside for conditions.
• make library recommendations Use the order form to give your librarian details of books that you would like to recommend.
• order journals Complete the journals order form to subscribe to any of our authoritative journals, or to request a free sample copy.
You might also be interested in: • ordering online This printed version of the catalogue includes only a selection of our titles in Security Studies. For a complete listing in this and all our other subject areas, visit our website and order online. Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch. visit us at
www.routledge.com
• dedicated subject websites We have a number of dedicated websites to reflect our range of book publishing. For a full list of subject areas please visit: www.routledge.com/subject_resources.asp
• eBooks Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online. eBooks make studying and research extremely flexible. You can choose to rent a book - 'eSubscribe' - for periods ranging from a day up to 6 months, to suit your own needs and budget. For example, if you chose a single chapter from a title as set reading for your students, they could access it online for as little as £1. Alternatively, if they wanted to print or copy and paste pages or chapters, they could do that using 'ePrint' for around 5 - 10p per page. Finally, anyone researching a topic can save time by searching for words or phrases across the full content (not the marketing blurb) of all our eBooks in seconds. Try the DX 'Full Content' Search at
www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk
• sales enquiries: strategic_studies@routledge.com (sales enquiries only, please do not include card details in your email. To order online please visit www.routledge.com)
• other subject catalogues See the box opposite to order FREE catalogues for all main subject areas. You can order by post or go green – go online at www.routledge.com, download a pdf and get your catalogue instantly.
TRADE CUSTOMERS’ REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND DISTRIBUTION For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agents and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: http://www.routledge.com/representatives
www.routledge.com/strageticstudies
INSPECTION COPY REQUESTS
HOW TO ORDER JOURNALS
FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6336
CALL +44 (0) 20 7017 5544
INTERNET www.routledge.com/info/examcopy
FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 5198
EMAIL strategic_studies@routledge.com
INTERNET www.informaworld.com/journals
POST
EMAIL tf.enquiries@informa.com
- Please return to the address below for authorisation
James Williams Inspection Copy Requests, Routledge, FREEPOST SN926, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, OX14 4BR
PERSONAL DETAILS
POST
- Return this form to:
Routledge Customer Services T&F Informa UK Ltd Sheepen Place, Colchester, Essex, CO3 3LP
(PLEASE USE CAPS)
If posting please fill in your details below SURNAME
Please send me a free sample copy of with a view to subscription
FIRST NAME
INSTITUTION
I would like to subscribe to COURSE
ISSN START DATE OF COURSE
PERSONAL DETAILS
LEVEL OF COURSE
(PLEASE USE CAPS)
SURNAME
NO OF STUDENTS
FIRST NAME
ADDRESS
DEPARTMENT
INSTITUTION
POSTCODE
VAT NUMBER (EU member States)
TELEPHONE
Up to 3 paperback titles are available for 60 days inspection for lecturers considering adopting the books. If you adopt a book and expect 10 or more students to buy a copy, you may keep the book free of charge if you complete and return a comments form.
ADDRESS
TOWN
COUNTY
We will then expect your bookshop to order at least 12 copies of the title. Otherwise you must pay the full price of the book/s or return them in mint condition. Please note that inspection copies are not sent out before the month of publication and are sent out at our discretion.
POSTCODE
COUNTRY
TELEPHONE
TITLE
SIGNATURE
DATE
ISBN
SELECT PAYMENT METHOD (please tick or fill appropriate boxes & select card type)
TITLE
PAYMENT ENCLOSED Cheques or bank drafts should be made payable to Informa UK Limited and be drawn on a UK or US bank.
ISBN
CREDIT CARD (NB Select card type)
TITLE MASTERCARD
VISA
AMEX
SWITCH
ISSUE NUMBER (Only applies if paying by Switch)
EXPIRY DATE
ISBN
SECURITY NUMBER Last 3 digits of security number on back of card
MILI0801 A B C D E F G H I J K
ISBN: 978-0-418-92990-2
MILI0801 A B C D E F G H I J K
ISBN: 978-0-418-92990-2
HOW TO ORDER BOOKS These books are available from your regular supplier. If you find it more convenient, please use this form to order directly from us.
CALL (credit cards) +44 (0) 1235 400524
If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.
FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6699 INTERNET www.routledge.com
All prices are net in the UK and subject to change without notice
POST
EMAIL strategic_studies@routledge.com
- Return this form to:
(sales enquiries only, please do not include card details in your email. To order online please visit www.routledge.com)
Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SB
eBooks are only available to order online at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
(only affix stamp if posting from outside UK)
POSTAGE AND PACKING
If posting please fill in your details below and complete the form
PERSONAL DETAILS
UK
EUROPE
REST OF WORLD
5% of total order
10% of total order
15% of total order
Min charge of £1, Max Charge £10 NEXT DAY +£6.50*
Min charge of £2.95, Max Charge £20 NEXT DAY +£6.50
Min charge of £6.50, Max Charge £30
(PLEASE USE CAPS) *We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.
Prices and publication dates are subject to change SURNAME
SELECT PAYMENT METHOD FIRST NAME
(please tick or fill appropriate boxes & select card type)
DEPARTMENT
(my ref number)
PLEASE SEND ME A PRE-PAYMENT INVOICE
CHEQUE payable to Taylor & Francis £ INSTITUTION
CREDIT CARD (NB Select card type) VAT NUMBER (EU member States)
MASTERCARD
ADDRESS
AMEX
VISA
SWITCH
ISSUE NUMBER (Only applies if paying by Switch)
TOWN
EXPIRY DATE
COUNTY
SECURITY NUMBER Last 3 digits of security number on back of card
POSTCODE
COUNTRY
Please tick this box if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system Please tick this box if you would like to receive mailings from Taylor & Francis Group companies
TELEPHONE
SIGNATURE
ORDER BOOKS OVERLEAF
DATE
MILI0801 A B C D E F G H I J K
ISBN: 978-0-418-92990-2
LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION
PLEASE FILL IN YOUR PERSONAL DETAILS OVERLEAF
I recommend you purchase the books listed below. TITLE PRICE
ISBN PUBLICATION DATE
TITLE PRICE
ISBN PUBLICATION DATE
TITLE PRICE
BINDING
BINDING
ISBN PUBLICATION DATE
BINDING
ORDER BOOKS HERE QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
QTY
TITLE
ISBN
PRICE PER BOOK (£)
POSTAGE (see overleaf)
£
GRAND TOTAL £
LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION TO
FROM
POSITION
DEPARTMENT
COURSE(S) FOR WHICH THE BOOK/S WOULD BE RELEVANT
I RECOMMEND THE LIBRARY PURCHASE THE BOOKS LISTED OVERLEAF FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS
Classic Backlist from Routledge Some essentials for your bookshelf....
3rd edition
Textbook
Masters of War
Seapower
The Psychology of Terrorism
Root Causes of Terrorism
Cass Series on Political Violence
Classical Strategic Thought
Myths, Reality and Ways Forward
Michael I. Handel
A Guide for the Twenty-First Century Naval Policy and History
John Horgan, University College Cork, Ireland
Tore Bjørgo, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Norway
Hb: 978-0-7146-5091-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £24.99
Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College, UK
Hb: 978-0-7146-5262-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-5262-7: £21.99
Hb:978-0-415-35149-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35150-8: £24.99
Churchill's Man of Mystery
Vietnam in Iraq
Desmond Morton and the World of Intelligence
Tactics, Lessons, Legacies and Ghosts Contemporary Security Studies
Government Official History Series Gill Bennett
John Dumbrell, Leicester University, UK and David Ryan, University College Cork, Ireland
Hb: 978-0-7146-5542-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8436-9: £24.99
Root Causes of Suicide Terrorism
MI6 and the Machinery of Spying
The Globalization of Martyrdom
Structure and Process in Britain's Secret Intelligence
Cass Series on Political Violence Ami Pedahzur, University of Texas, Austin, USA
Studies in Intelligence
Hb: 978-0-415-77029-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77030-9: £21.99
Hb: 978-0-7146-5457-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8363-8: £23.99
Philip H. J. Davies
Hb: 978-0-415-39430-7: £49.95
Hb: 978-0-415-40562-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40563-8: £21.99
www.routledge.com/strategicstudies Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.